SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
FORM 10-K
FOR ANNUAL AND TRANSITION REPORTS PURSUANT TO SECTIONS 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
x | ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 | |
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2003. |
o | TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM TO
Commission File No. 0-14902
MERIDIAN BIOSCIENCE, INC.
Incorporated under | 3471 River Hills Drive | IRS Employer ID | ||
the Laws of Ohio | Cincinnati, Ohio 45244 | No. 31-0888197 | ||
Phone: (513) 271-3700 |
Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
None
Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
Common Stock, No Par Value
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months, and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
YES | NO | |
x | o |
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation SK (Section 229.405 of this Chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrants knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10K or any amendment to this Form 10K. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2).
YES | NO | |
x | o |
The aggregate market value of Common Stock held by non-affiliates as of March 31, 2003 was $79,598,050 based on a closing sale price of $7.85 per share on March 31, 2003. As of December 8, 2003, 14,826,046 shares of no par value Common Stock were issued and outstanding.
Documents Incorporated by Reference
Portions of the Registrants Annual Report to Shareholders for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2003 furnished to the Commission pursuant to Rule 14a-3(b) as specified and portions of the Registrants Proxy Statement filed with the Commission for its 2004 Annual Meeting are incorporated by reference in Parts II and III as specified.
MERIDIAN BIOSCIENCE, INC.
INDEX TO ANNUAL REPORT
ON FORM 10-K
Page | ||||
Part I
|
|
|
||
Item 1
|
Business
|
2
|
||
Item 2
|
Properties
|
12
|
||
Item 3
|
Legal Proceedings
|
12
|
||
Item 4
|
Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
|
13
|
||
Part II
|
|
|
||
Item 5
|
Market for Registrants Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters
|
13
|
||
Item 6
|
Selected Financial Data
|
14
|
||
Item 7
|
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
|
14
|
||
Item 7A
|
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
|
30
|
||
Item 8
|
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
|
31
|
||
Item 9
|
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
|
56
|
||
Item 9A
|
Controls and Procedures
|
56
|
||
Part III
|
|
|
||
Item 10
|
Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant
|
57
|
||
Item 11
|
Executive Compensation
|
57
|
||
Item 12
|
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management
|
57
|
||
Item 13
|
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions
|
57
|
||
Item 14
|
Principal Accountant Fees and Services
|
57
|
||
Item 15
|
Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports on Form 8-K
|
58
|
FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS
The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 provides a safe harbor from civil litigation for forward looking statements accompanied by meaningful cautionary statements. Except for historical information, this report contains forward-looking statements which may be identified by words such as estimates, anticipates, projects, plans, expects, intends, believes, should and similar expressions or the negative versions thereof and which also may be identified by their context. Such statements are based upon current expectations of the Company and speak only as of the date made. The Company assumes no obligation to publicly update any forward looking statements. These statements are subject to various risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause actual results to differ, including, without limitation, the following: Meridians continued growth depends, in part, on its ability to introduce into the marketplace enhancements of existing products or new products that incorporate technological advances, meet customer requirements and respond to products developed by Meridians competition. While Meridian has introduced a number of internally-developed products, there can be no assurance that it will be successful in the future in introducing such products on a timely basis. Ongoing consolidations of reference laboratories and formation of multi-hospital alliances may cause adverse changes to pricing and distribution. Costs and difficulties in complying with laws and regulations administered by the United States Food and Drug Administration can result in unanticipated expenses and delays and interruptions to the sale of new and existing products. Changes in the relative strength or weakness of the U.S. dollar can change expected results. One of Meridians main growth strategies is the acquisition of companies and product lines. There can be no assurance that additional acquisitions will be consummated or that, if consummated, will be successful and the acquired businesses successfully integrated into Meridians operations.
- 1 -
PART I.
ITEM 1.
BUSINESS
Overview
Meridian is a fully-integrated life science company whose principal businesses
are (i) the development, manufacture, sale and distribution of diagnostic test
kits, primarily for certain respiratory, gastrointestinal, viral and parasitic
infectious diseases, (ii) the manufacture and distribution of bulk antigens and
reagents used by researchers and other diagnostic manufacturers and (iii) the
contract manufacture of proteins and other biologicals for use by
biopharmaceutical and biotechnology companies engaged in research for new drugs
and vaccines. By exploiting revenue opportunities across research, clinical
diagnostics and therapeutic areas for key biologicals, Meridian can maximize
revenues, efficiently invest in research and development and increase
profitability of manufacturing operations.
Operating Segments
As a result of changes that occurred in February 2003 in the organization and
management of Meridians businesses, effective with the quarter beginning
January 1, 2003, Meridian changed its reportable operating segments to US
Diagnostics (formerly referred to as Meridian Bioscience, Inc. or MBI),
European Diagnostics (formerly referred to as Meridian Bioscience Europe or
MBE) and Life Science. While the scientific foundation of these three segments
is essentially the same, the market dynamics, competitive trends, regulatory
requirements and sales and marketing approach vary substantially. The US
Diagnostics operating segment consists of research and development and
manufacturing operations in Cincinnati, Ohio, and the sale and distribution of
diagnostic test kits in the US and countries outside of Europe, Africa and the
Middle East. The European Diagnostics operating segment consists of the sale
and distribution of diagnostic test kits in Europe, Africa and the Middle East.
The Life Science operating segment consists of research and development and
manufacturing operations in Memphis, Tennessee and Saco, Maine, and the sale
and distribution of bulk antigens, antibodies and bioresearch reagents
domestically and abroad. Manufacturing operations for the Life Science
operating segment include a protein production laboratory for the contract
manufacture of proteins and other biologicals used by biopharmaceutical and
biotechnology companies in research for new drugs and vaccines. Financial
information for Meridians operating segments is included in Note 10 to the
consolidated financial statements contained herein.
Meridians primary source of revenues continues to be its core diagnostic
products. Meridians diagnostic products provide accuracy, simplicity and
speed, and enable early diagnosis and treatment of common, acute medical
conditions, and provide for better patient outcomes at reduced costs. Meridian
targets diagnostics for disease states that (i) are acute conditions where
rapid diagnosis impacts patient outcomes, (ii) have favorable
- 2 -
demographic and disease profiles, (iii) are underserved by current diagnostic
products and (iv) have difficult sample handling requirements. This approach
has allowed Meridian to establish significant market share in its target
disease states.
Meridian expects that its Life Science operating segment will serve as a key
platform for sourcing biologicals and technologies, by acquisition or license,
for development of new products for all of Meridians operating segments. One
of Meridians specific strategies in this area is to target biologicals that
have commercial product applications across multiple markets, such as human
diagnostics, veterinary diagnostics and therapeutics. This strategy is
expected to leverage research and development resources as products can be
developed with all three markets in mind, rather than on a market-by-market
basis.
Meridians website is www.meridianbioscience.com. Meridian makes available its
Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on
Form 8-K and any amendments thereto, free of charge, as soon as reasonably
practicable after such material has been electronically filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission.
US Diagnostics Operating Segment
Overview
The US Diagnostics operating segments business focuses on the development,
manufacture, sale and distribution of diagnostic test kits, primarily for
certain respiratory, gastrointestinal, viral and parasitic infectious diseases.
In addition to diagnostic test kits, products also include transport media
that store and preserve specimen samples from patient collection to laboratory
testing. Third-party sales for this operating segment were $39,906,000,
$34,171,000 and $32,557,000 for fiscal 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. As
of September 30, 2003, the US Diagnostics operating segment had 240 employees.
Meridians diagnostic test kits utilize immunodiagnostic technologies, which
test samples of blood, urine, stool and other body fluids or tissue for the
presence of antigens and antibodies of specific infectious diseases. Specific
immunodiagnostic technologies used in Meridians diagnostic test kits include
enzyme immunoassay, immunofluorescence, particle agglutination/aggregation,
immunodiffusion, complement fixation and chemical stains. The enzyme
immunoassay technology is used in multiple test formats; the Premier products
for large volume users and the ImmunoCard® products for single test, low volume
users.
Meridians diagnostic products are used principally in the detection of
respiratory diseases, such as pneumonia, valley fever, flu and RSV;
gastrointestinal diseases, such as stomach ulcers (H. pylori), antibiotic
associated diarrhea (C. difficile) and pediatric diarrhea (Rotavirus and
Adenovirus); viral diseases, such as mononucleosis, Herpes Simplex, chicken pox
and shingles (Varicella-Zoster) and Cytomegolovirus (organ transplant
infections);
- 3 -
and parasitic diseases, such as Giardiasis, Cryptosporidiosis and Lyme. The
primary markets and customers for these products are reference laboratories,
hospitals and physicians offices.
Market Trends
The global market for infectious disease tests continues to expand as new
disease states are identified, new therapies become available and worldwide
standards of living and access to health care improve. More importantly,
within this market there is a continuing shift from conventional testing, which
requires highly trained personnel and lengthy turnaround times for test
results, to more technologically advanced testing which can be performed by
less highly trained personnel and completed in minutes or hours. These
technological advances permit accurate testing to occur outside the traditional
hospital or laboratory.
The increasing pressures to contain total health care costs have accelerated
the increased use of diagnostic testing and the market shift to alternate
sites. With rapid and accurate diagnoses of infectious diseases, physicians
can pinpoint appropriate therapies quickly, leading to faster recovery, shorter
hospital stays and less treatment expense. In addition, these pressures have
led to a major consolidation among reference laboratories and the formation of
multi-hospital alliances that have reduced the number of institutional
customers for diagnostic products and resulted in changes in buying practices.
Specifically, multi-year exclusive or primary source marketing or distribution
contracts with institutional customers have become more common, replacing less
formal distribution arrangements of shorter duration and involving lower
product volumes.
Sales and Marketing
The US Diagnostics operating segments sales and distribution network consists
of a direct sales force in the US and independent distributors in the US and
abroad. The direct sales force consists of three regional sales managers, one
corporate health systems manager, 21 technical sales representatives and two
inside sales representatives. Meridian utilizes two primary independent
distributors in the US, who accounted for 39% of the US Diagnostics operating
segments third-party sales in fiscal 2003. Meridian participates in the
selling effort for key customers where these independent distributors are
utilized. Therefore, Meridian believes that the loss of either of these
independent distributors would not have a material adverse effect on it.
Consolidation of the US healthcare industry is expected to continue and
potentially affect Meridians customers. Industry consolidation puts pressure
on pricing and aggregates buying power. In response, in the last four years,
Meridian has entered into, extended or renewed several exclusive multiple-year
contracts with consolidated healthcare providers and supply agreements with
major reference laboratories.
- 4 -
Products and Markets
Meridian has expertise in the development and manufacture of products based on
multiple core diagnostic technologies, each of which enables the visualization
and identification of antigen/antibody reactions for specific pathogens. As a
result, Meridian is able to develop and manufacture diagnostic tests in a
variety of formats that satisfy customer needs and preferences, whether in a
hospital, commercial or reference laboratory or alternate site location.
Meridians product offering consists of over 200 medical diagnostic products.
Meridians products generally range in list price from $1 per test to $33 per
test.
Meridians product technologies include enzyme immunoassay, immunofluorescence,
particle agglutination/aggregation, immunodiffusion, complement fixation and
chemical stains.
Enzyme Immunoassay (EIA)
Products incorporating the EIA technology achieve
extremely high levels of accuracy in detecting disease-related antigens or
antibodies through the use of special color-based enzyme-substrate reactions.
Meridian utilizes this technology in its multiple test format, the Premier
product for large volume users, and in its single test formats, the
Immuno
Card®,
Immuno
Card
STAT!® and Monolert® products, for lower volume users.
Immunofluorescence
When the microscopic visualization of an antigen/antibody
reaction is necessary or desired, immunofluorescence technology is frequently
utilized. Fluorescing immunochemicals, in the presence of the target antigen
or antibody, can be viewed via a fluorescent microscope. Meridian utilizes
this technology in its Merifluor® products.
Particle Agglutination/Aggregation
This technology utilizes microparticles
(e.g., latex, red blood cells) coated with specific antigens or antibodies that
form visible aggregates in the presence of a specimen containing the
complementary antigen or antibody. This technology is rapid and economical and
is used in Meridians Meritec, MeriStar® and MonoSpot® products.
Other Technologies
Meridian utilizes other technologies that include
immunodiffusion, complement fixation and chemical stains. Meridian also
manufactures and markets specimen collection, transportation, preservation and
concentration products, such as Para-Pak®, Macro-CON® and Spin-CON.
Research and Development
The US Diagnostics operating segments research and development organization
consists of 13 research scientists with expertise in biochemistry, immunology,
mycology, bacteriology, virology and parasitology. Research and development
expenses for the US Diagnostics operating segment for fiscal 2003, 2002 and
2001 were $2,527,000, $1,730,000 and $2,147,000, respectively. This research
and development organization focuses
- 5 -
its activities on new applications for Meridians existing technologies,
improvements to existing products and development of new technologies.
Research and development efforts may occur in-house or with collaborative
partners. Meridian believes that internally developed products are a key
source for sustaining revenue growth. Meridians internally developed products
include Premier Platinum HpSA and Premier Toxins A & B, which accounted for
25% of the US Diagnostics operating segments third-party sales during fiscal
2003.
Manufacturing
Meridians immunodiagnostic products require the production of highly specific
and sensitive antigens and antibodies. Meridian produces substantially all of
its own requirements including monoclonal antibodies and polyclonal antibodies,
plus a variety of fungal, bacterial and viral antigens. Meridian believes it
has sufficient manufacturing capacity for anticipated growth.
Intellectual Property, Patents and Licenses
Meridian owns or licenses US and foreign patents for approximately 25 products
manufactured by the US Diagnostics operating segment, including Premier
Platinum HpSA. In the absence of patent protection, Meridian may be vulnerable
to competitors who successfully replicate Meridians production and
manufacturing technologies and processes. Meridians employees are required to
execute confidentiality and non-disclosure agreements designed to protect
Meridians proprietary products. Meridian believes that its products and
technologies do not infringe the proprietary rights of any third parties.
Government Regulation
Meridians diagnostic products are regulated by the Food & Drug Administration
as devices pursuant to the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (FDCA). Under
the FDCA, medical devices are classified into one of three classes (i.e., Class
I, II or III). Class I and II devices are not expressly approved by the FDA,
but, instead, are cleared for marketing. Class III devices generally must
receive pre-market approval from the FDA as to safety and effectiveness.
A 510(k) clearance will be granted if the submitted data establishes that the
proposed device is substantially equivalent to an existing Class I or Class
II medical device or to a Class III medical device for which the FDA has not
required pre-market approval. The 510(k) clearance process for substantially
equivalent devices allows product sales to be made after the filing of an
application and upon acknowledgment by the FDA, typically within 90 to 120 days
after submission. If the FDA requests additional information, the product
cannot be sold in the US until the application has been supplemented and upon
acknowledgment by the FDA within 90 to 120 days of the supplemental
application. In practice, the FDA has been granting clearance in about 90 days
following submission of the supplemental information. If there are no existing
FDA-approved products or
- 6 -
processes comparable to a diagnostic product or process, approval by the FDA
involves the more lengthy pre-market approval procedures.
Each of the diagnostic products currently marketed by Meridian in the United
States has been cleared by the FDA pursuant to the 510(k) clearance process or
is exempt from such requirements. Meridian believes that most, but not all,
products under development will be classified as Class I or II medical devices
and, in the case of Class II devices, will be eligible for 510(k) clearance.
Sales of Meridians diagnostic products in foreign countries are subject to
foreign government regulation, the requirements of which vary substantially
from country to country. The time required to obtain approval by a foreign
country may be longer or shorter than that required for FDA approval and the
requirements may differ.
European Diagnostics Operating Segment
The European Diagnostics operating segments business focuses on the sale and
distribution of diagnostic test kits, those manufactured by the US Diagnostics
operating segment and others manufactured by third-party vendors.
Approximately 65% of third-party sales for fiscal 2003 were products
manufactured by the US Diagnostics operating segment. Third-party sales for
this operating segment were $13,756,000, $11,920,000 and $12,421,000 for fiscal
2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. As of September 30, 2003, the European
Diagnostics operating segment had 38 employees, including 13 employees in the
direct sales force. The European Diagnostics operating segments sales and
distribution network consists of direct sales forces in Belgium, France,
Holland and Italy, and independent distributors in other European countries,
Africa and the Middle East. The European Diagnostics operating segment
maintains distribution centers in Nivelle, Belgium and Milan, Italy. The
primary markets and customers for this operating segment are hospitals and
reference laboratories. Sales to customers in Italy are mainly to hospitals
and laboratories that are funded by the Italian government.
During the last three years, competitive factors and government reimbursement
policies have slowed growth in European markets. In response to these market
conditions, Meridian restructured its European distribution operations in
fiscal 2001 and 2000 by moving the export business from Germany to Belgium, and
moving the German in-country business to an independent distributor. This
restructuring has improved overall operating results for the European
Diagnostics operating segment by lowering its cost structure. Based on
operating results for fiscal 2003 and expectations for fiscal 2004, Meridian
believes that sales levels in local currency have stabilized, and in fact,
believes that market conditions have begun to improve and will yield modest
growth.
The European Diagnostics operating segments functional currency is the Euro.
The translation of Euros into US dollars is subject to exchange rate risk.
- 7 -
Life Science Operating Segment
Overview
The Life Science operating segments business currently focuses on the
development, manufacture, sale and distribution of bulk antigens and reagents
used by researchers and other diagnostic companies, as well as the contract
manufacturing of proteins and other biologicals used by biopharmaceutical and
biotechnology companies engaged in research for new drugs and vaccines.
Third-party sales for this operating segment were $12,202,000, $13,013,000 and
$11,549,000 for fiscal 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. The Life Science
operating segment consists of Meridians Viral Antigens and BIODESIGN
subsidiaries. As of September 30, 2003, the Life Science operating segment
had 78 employees.
Revenue sources for the Life Science operating segment currently come from the
manufacture, sale and distribution of bulk antigens and reagents used by
researchers and other diagnostic companies. During fiscal 2003, 28% of
third-party sales were to one customer, a substantial portion of which is under
exclusive supply agreements that expire in fiscal 2007. Meridian has a
long-standing relationship with this customer, and although there can be no
assurances, Meridian intends to renew these supply agreements in the normal
course of business.
This customer is currently experiencing delays in taking delivery of certain
bulk antigen from Meridian. These delays are not related to the quality of
Meridians product. As a result of these delays, the Life Science operating
segment may generate an operating loss for the first quarter of fiscal 2004
that would be recouped during the second quarter, upon commencement of
shipments to this customer. Although, there can be no assurances that
shipments will commence during the second quarter. This matter is not expected
to have a material adverse effect on Meridians consolidated results of
operations for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2004.
Growth Strategies
Growth strategies for the Life Science operating segment include (i) developing
new product applications from existing technologies and (ii) acquisition or
licensing of biologicals and technologies for development of new products.
Contract manufacturing of proteins and other biologicals for biopharmaceutical
and biotechnology companies engaged in research for new drugs and vaccines is
an example of a significant new product application built from Meridians
existing expertise in manufacturing bulk antigens and reagents using cell
culture techniques. This business will focus on contract manufacturing of
materials that will be used in Phase I and II clinical trials. During March
2003, Meridian opened its protein production laboratory for commercial
business. During the first quarter of fiscal 2004, Meridian began work in
manufacturing a recombinant protein that will be used by the
- 8 -
National Institutes of Health in the development of a vaccine for parvovirus.
This contract is expected to be completed in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2004.
The proteins that will be produced are intended to be used as injectibles.
As such, they will be produced under cGMP Regulations for Biologics and Human
Drugs under the auspices of the FDA. Approval and licensing, following
clinical trials, of these products will be the responsibility of the applicant,
who owns the right to each protein. Meridian may or may not be the applicant
depending on specific circumstances with particular customers.
The protein production laboratory will provide a new class of customers, and in
some cases, have longer production cycles than historical bulk manufacturing of
antigens and reagents. Longer production cycles can affect timing of revenue
recognition, as revenue is recognized either upon shipment of product or final
lot acceptance depending on contract terms.
Meridian expects that its Life Science operating segment will serve as a key
platform for sourcing biologicals and technologies, by acquisition or license,
for development of new products for all of Meridians operating segments. One
of Meridians specific strategies in this area is to target biologicals that
have commercial product applications across multiple markets, such as human
diagnostics, veterinary diagnostics and therapeutics. This strategy is
expected to leverage research and development resources as products can be
developed with all three markets in mind, rather than on a market-by-market
basis.
Markets
The Life Science operating segment has targeted three primary market segments
for its products and services: bulk biomedical reagents, drug and vaccine
discovery, and drug and vaccine development. The customer base for bulk
biomedical reagents is large and fragmented, and includes other diagnostic
manufacturers as well as researchers in academia and the pharmaceutical and
biotechnology industries. The market segments for drug and vaccine discovery
and development are intended to be served via contract manufacturing in the
protein production laboratory discussed above.
Sales and Marketing
The Life Science operating segment applies sales and marketing efforts in two
different manners that are designed to complement one another. An internal
sales and marketing staff, as well as a website, have been built to market bulk
biomedical reagents directly to a large and fragmented customer base. The
website provides detailed technical information and capability to submit
purchase orders. For major bulk biomedical reagent customers, scientific
resources have been dedicated to establish sole-source supply arrangements.
Similarly for the protein production laboratory, scientific resources are
dedicated to each potential customer.
- 9 -
Research and Development
The Life Science operating segments research and development organization
consists of 5 research scientists. Research and development expenses for the
Life Science operating segment for fiscal 2003, 2002 and 2001 were $1,348,000,
$1,158,000 and $1,216,000, respectively. This research and development
organization focuses its activities on the protein production laboratory,
developing new biomedical reagents, and working with the US Diagnostics
operating segment in the development of products that have commercial
application across multiple markets, such as human diagnostics, veterinary
diagnostics and therapeutics.
Manufacturing and Government Regulation
The proteins that will be produced in VAIs cGMP protein production laboratory
are intended to be used as injectibles. As such they will be produced under
cGMP Regulations for Biologics and Human Drugs under the auspices of the FDA.
Approval and licensing, following clinical trials, of these products will be
the responsibility of the applicant, who owns the rights to each protein. VAI
may or may not be the applicant depending on specific circumstances with
particular customers.
Competition
Diagnostics
The market for diagnostic tests is a multi-billion dollar international
industry, which is highly competitive. Many of Meridians competitors are
larger with greater financial, research, manufacturing and marketing resources.
Important competitive factors of Meridians products include product quality,
price, ease of use, customer service, and reputation. In a broader sense,
industry competition is based upon scientific and technological capability,
proprietary know-how, access to adequate capital, the ability to develop and
market products and processes, the ability to attract and retain qualified
personnel and the availability of patent protection. To the extent that
Meridians product lines do not reflect technological advances, Meridians
ability to compete in those product lines could be adversely affected.
Companies competing in the diagnostic test industry generally focus on a
limited number of tests or limited segments of the market. As a result, the
diagnostic test industry is highly fragmented and segmented. Hundreds of
companies in the United States alone supply immunodiagnostic tests. These
companies range from multi-national health care companies, for which
immunodiagnostics is one line of business, to small start-up companies. Of
central importance in the industry are mid-sized medical diagnostic specialty
companies, like Meridian, that offer multiple, broad product lines and have the
ability to deliver new, high value products quickly to the marketplace. Among
the companies with which Meridian competes in the marketing of one or
- 10 -
more of its products are Abbott Laboratories Inc., Becton, Dickinson and
Company, Diagnostic Products Corporation, Quidel Corporation and Inverness
Medical.
Life Science
The market for bulk biomedical reagents is highly competitive. Important
competitive factors include product quality, price, customer service and
reputation. Where sole-source supply arrangements do not exist, Meridian faces
competitors, many of which have greater financial, research and development,
sales and marketing, and manufacturing resources. From time to time, customers
may choose to manufacture their biomedical reagents in-house rather than
purchase from outside vendors such as Meridian.
The market for contract manufacturing in a validated cGMP facility such as the
protein production laboratory is also competitive. Important competitive
factors include reputation, customer service and price. Although the product
application for this facility was built from Meridians existing expertise in
manufacturing bulk antigens and reagents using cell culture techniques,
Meridian faces competitors with greater experience in contract manufacturing in
a cGMP environment.
Acquisitions
Acquisitions have played an important role in the historical growth of
Meridians businesses. Meridians acquisition objectives are to, among other
things, (i) enhance product offerings, (ii) improve product distribution
capabilities, (iii) provide access to new markets, and/or (iv) provide access
to key biologicals that lead to new products. Recent examples of this include
the acquisition of Gull Laboratories in fiscal 1999 and Viral Antigens in
fiscal 2000. The Gull acquisition enhanced product offerings, expanded sales
and distribution capabilities in Europe and provided the initial access into
the Life Science market for Meridian (through the BIODESIGN subsidiary). The
Viral Antigens acquisition, coupled with the opening of the protein production
laboratory, solidified Meridians entry into the Life Science market. Although
Meridian cannot provide any assurance that it will consummate any acquisitions
in the future, Meridian expects that acquisitions will continue to serve as a
source of new revenues and growth in the future.
International Markets
International markets are an important source of revenue for Meridians
operating segments. For all operating segments combined, international sales
were $23,220,000 or 35% of total sales, $17,993,000 or 30% of total sales and
$18,123,000 or 32% of total sales in fiscal 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.
Domestic exports for the US Diagnostics and Life Science operating segments
were $9,464,000, $6,073,000 and $5,702,000 in fiscal 2003, 2002 and 2001,
respectively. Meridian expects to continue to look to international markets as
a source of new revenues and growth in the future.
- 11 -
Environmental
Meridian is a conditionally exempt small quantity generator of hazardous waste
and has a US EPA identification number. All hazardous material is manifested
and disposed of properly. Meridian is in compliance with applicable portions
of the federal and state hazardous waste regulations and has never been a party
to any environmental proceeding.
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
ITEM 2.
PROPERTIES
Meridians corporate offices, manufacturing facility and research and development facility are located in three buildings totaling approximately 94,000 square feet on 6.2 acres of land in a suburb of Cincinnati. These properties are owned by Meridian. Meridian has approximately 51,000 square feet of manufacturing space and 9,000 square feet of warehouse space in the Cincinnati facility.
Meridian rents approximately 6,000 square feet of space in Nivelle, Belgium for sales, warehousing and distribution. The lease expires in 2009. Meridian also rents office space in France and the Netherlands for small sales offices.
The distribution center in Italy conducts its operations in a two-story building in the Milan, Italy area consisting of approximately 18,000 square feet. This facility is owned by Meridian Bioscience Europe s.r.l.
BIODESIGN rents a 10,000 square foot facility that houses administration, distribution and manufacturing facilities in Saco, Maine under a lease that expires in 2006.
Viral Antigens executive offices and manufacturing facility are located in Memphis, Tennessee. This facility, which is owned by Viral Antigens, is comprised of two buildings totaling approximately 34,000 square feet, including approximately 27,000 square feet of manufacturing space.
ITEM 3.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
During fiscal 2003, Meridian reached a settlement with a former employee regarding his breach of an employment agreement, misappropriation of company trade secrets and related legal proceedings. This settlement provided that Meridian receive proceeds from the disposition of certain personal assets of the former employee. The amount of such proceeds was $216,000. Legal proceedings for these matters have been on-going since June 2000. Legal fees related to these matters amounted to $60,000, $150,000, $440,000 and
- 12 -
$450,000 in fiscal 2003, 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively. During fiscal 2003, Meridian received insurance reimbursement in the amount of $187,000 for a portion of these legal fees.
Meridian is a party to other litigation that it believes is in the normal course of business. The ultimate resolution of these matters is not expected to have a material adverse effect on Meridians financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
ITEM 4.
SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003.
PART II.
ITEM 5.
MARKET FOR REGISTRANTS COMMON
EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
Common Stock Information on the inside back cover of the Annual Report to Shareholders for 2003 and Quarterly Financial Data in Note 12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements are incorporated herein by reference. There are no external restrictions on cash dividend payments.
In November 2002, Meridians Board of Directors adopted a new cash dividend policy whereby the indicated annual dividend rate will be set between 75% and 85% of each fiscal years expected net earnings. The declaration and amount of dividends will be determined by the Board of Directors in its discretion based upon its evaluation of earnings, cash flow requirements and future business developments and opportunities, including acquisitions.
Meridian paid dividends of $0.26 per share, $0.28 per share, and $0.34 per share in fiscal 2001, fiscal 2002, and fiscal 2003, respectively.
- 13 -
Equity Compensation Plan Information as of September 30, 2003 was as follows:
(c)
Number of securities
remaining available
(a)
for future issuance
Number of securities
(b)
under Equity
to be issued upon
Weighted average
Compensation Plans
exercise of
exercise price of
(excluding securities
Plan Category
outstanding options (2)
outstanding options (2)
reflection in column (a)).
1,186,545
$
7.13
150,495
30,000
7.95
1,216,545
$
7.13
150,495
(1) | 1986 Stock Option Plan | (2 | ) | No warrants or rights are authorized | ||||
1990 Directors Stock Option Plan | for issuance. | |||||||
1994 Directors Stock Option Plan | ||||||||
1996 Stock Option Plan, as amended in 2001 | ||||||||
1999 Directors Stock Option Plan |
ITEM 6.
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
Incorporated by reference from inside front cover of the Annual Report to Shareholders for 2003.
ITEM 7.
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Refer to Forward Looking Statements following the Index in front of this Form 10-K.
Future Trends:
Life Science
During fiscal 2003, Meridian opened its protein production laboratory for business, creating the opportunity to serve as an enabler in the development of new drugs and vaccines. This protein production laboratory is an extension of Meridians existing antigen manufacturing technologies and capabilities. It will create a new class of customers, pharmaceutical companies, as well as the opportunity to leverage sales and marketing resources. Sales and marketing resources at Meridians Viral Antigens and BIODESIGN subsidiaries are being aligned to
- 14 -
focus on common customers and complimentary products. As part of our overall Life Science strategy, Meridian also expects to develop or license unique biological tools and technology.
European Diagnostics
Meridians European Diagnostics operating segment experienced sales growth in FY 2003 of 15%, following two successive years of sales declines of 4% in fiscal 2002 and 13% in fiscal 2001. Although currency translation accounts for most of the fiscal 2003 increase, sales in local currency, the Euro, increased 1% during fiscal 2003, compared to fiscal 2002. During the last three years, competitive factors and government reimbursement policies slowed growth in European markets and sales in fiscal 2001 and fiscal 2002 were also negatively affected by currency translation. In response to these market conditions, Meridian restructured its European distribution operations in fiscal 2001 and 2000 by moving the export business from Germany to Belgium, and moving the German in-country business to an independent distributor (this latter move also affected sales because Meridian no longer sells to end-user customers on a direct basis in Germany). This restructuring has improved overall operating results for the European Diagnostics operating segment by lowering its cost structure. Based on operating results for fiscal 2003 and expectations for fiscal 2004, Meridian believes that sales levels in local currency have stabilized, and in fact, believes that market conditions have begun to improve and will yield modest growth.
US Diagnostics
Consolidation of the US healthcare industry is expected to continue and potentially affect Meridians customers. Industry consolidation puts pressure on pricing and aggregates buying power. In response, in the last four years, Meridian has entered into, extended or renewed several exclusive multiple-year contracts with consolidated healthcare providers and supply agreements with major reference laboratories.
Research and Development
Meridian believes that internally-developed products will continue to be a critical source of sales and sales growth. Research and development efforts are expected to focus on the development of new products and product improvements where Meridian has a dominant market position, or its intellectual property is protected by patents or licenses.
Meridian expects its the Life Science operating segment will serve as a key platform for sourcing biologicals and technologies, by acquisition or license, for development of new products for all of Meridians operating segments. One of Meridians specific strategies in this area is to target biologicals that have commercial product applications across multiple markets, such as human diagnostics, veterinary diagnostics and therapeutics. This
- 15 -
strategy is expected to leverage research and development resources as products can be developed with all three markets in mind, rather than on a market-by-market basis.
Operating Segments:
As a result of changes that occurred in February 2003 in the organization and
management of Meridians businesses, effective with the quarter beginning
January 1, 2003 (Meridians second quarter), Meridian changed its reportable
operating segments to US Diagnostics (formerly referred to as Meridian
Bioscience, Inc. or MBI), European Diagnostics (formerly referred to as
Meridian Bioscience Europe or MBE) and Life Science. The US Diagnostics
operating segment consists of manufacturing operations in Cincinnati, Ohio, and
the sale and distribution of diagnostic test kits in the US and countries
outside of Europe, Africa and the Middle East. The European Diagnostics
operating segment consists of the sale and distribution of diagnostic test kits
in Europe, Africa and the Middle East. The Life Science operating segment
consists of manufacturing operations in Memphis, Tennessee and Saco, Maine, and
the sale and distribution of bulk antigens, antibodies and bioresearch reagents
domestically and abroad. The Life Science operating segment consists of the
Viral Antigens and BIODESIGN subsidiaries (formerly part of the Meridian
Bioscience, Inc. operating segment), including the protein production
laboratory.
Results of Operations:
Overview
Fourth quarter
Net earnings for the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003 were $1,849,000, or $0.12
per diluted share. Net earnings for the fourth quarter of fiscal 2002 were
$863,000, or $0.06 per diluted share, including an after-tax charge of
$751,000, or $0.05 per diluted share, for costs related to the abandoned
Biotrin acquisition. Net sales for the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003 were
$17,155,000, an increase of $1,596,000 or 10% compared to the fourth quarter of
fiscal 2002.
In May 2002, Meridian executed a letter of intent to acquire all of the
outstanding capital stock of Biotrin Holdings plc, headquartered in Dublin,
Ireland. In November 2002, Meridian terminated negotiations and ceased further
discussions regarding its interest in acquiring Biotrin. Costs of $751,000,
after-tax, were for professional fees for attorneys and financial and tax
advisors.
Fiscal Year
Net earnings for fiscal 2003 were $7,018,000, or $0.47 per diluted share. Net
earnings for fiscal 2002 were
- 16 -
$5,031,000, or $0.34 per diluted share, including the after-tax charge of $0.05
per share for the abandoned Biotrin acquisition. Results of operations for
fiscal 2003 compared to fiscal 2002 are discussed below.
Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2003 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended September
30, 2002
Net sales
Overall, net sales increased $6,760,000, or 11%, to $65,864,000 for fiscal 2003
compared to fiscal 2002. Net sales for the US Diagnostics operating segment
increased $5,735,000, or 17%, for the European Diagnostics operating segment
increased $1,836,000, or 15%, and for the Life Science operating segment
decreased $811,000, or 6%.
For the US Diagnostics operating segment, the sales increase was primarily
related to volume growth in new and existing products. For new products,
Meridian began distributing new diagnostic tests for the detection of Flu and
RSV during the first quarter of fiscal 2003. These new products contributed
sales of approximately $1.9 million and are a result of Meridians recent
distribution agreement with Binax, Inc. Other new products included Immunocard
STAT! HpSA, a rapid test for the detection of H.
pylori
. This product was
introduced into non-US markets in late fiscal 2002. Non-US markets for fiscal
2003 contributed a full year of sales of approximately $256,000. Meridian
expects to introduce this product into the US market beginning in fiscal 2004,
upon clearance from the FDA. For existing products, volume growth was strong
in C.
difficile
diagnostic products, led by Meridians internally developed
Premier Toxins A&B, as well as tests to detect Cryptosporidium, Giardia,
Rotavirus, Mycoplasma, H.
pylori
and E.
coli
. A substantial portion of growth
in Mycoplasma and H.
pylori
products occurred in export markets, including
Japan. Certain of the sales of Mycoplasma product into Japan related to the
SARS outbreak. This product was used to exclude the diagnosis of certain
respiratory ailments having similar symptoms, such as Mycoplasma, during the
diagnosis of patients potentially infected with SARS. Meridian also began
selling Premier Platinum HpSA into Japan during the fourth quarter of fiscal
2003, upon the Japanese government establishing the amount of insurance
reimbursement.
For the European Diagnostics operating segment, the sales increase includes
currency translation gains in the amount of approximately $1.7 million. Sales
in local currency, the Euro, increased 1%.
For the Life Science operating segment, the decrease in sales for fiscal 2003
was primarily due to orders for make-to-order bulk antigen products with one
customer. This customer provided sales of approximately $3.4 million, $5.2
million and $4.0 million in fiscal 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. For such
products, bulk quantities are manufactured pursuant to customer purchase
orders. Sales are recorded upon shipment. This customer is currently
experiencing delays in taking delivery of certain bulk antigen from Meridian.
These delays are not related to the quality of Meridians product. As a result
of these delays, the Life Science operating
- 17 -
segment may generate an operating loss for the first quarter of fiscal 2004
that would be recouped during the second quarter, upon commencement of
shipments to this customer. Although, there can be no assurances that
shipments will commence during the second quarter. This matter is not expected
to have a material adverse effect on Meridians consolidated results of
operations for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2004. Revenue for the
protein production laboratory is recognized either upon shipment of product or
final lot acceptance depending on contract terms. No revenues for the protein
production laboratory have been recognized to date.
For all operating segments combined, international sales were $23,220,000, or
35% of total sales, for fiscal 2003, compared to $17,993,000, or 30% of total
sales, in fiscal 2002. Combined domestic exports for the US Diagnostics and
Life Science operating segments were $9,464,000 for fiscal 2003, compared to
$6,073,000 in fiscal 2002. The remaining international sales were generated by
the European Diagnostics operating segment.
Gross Profit
Gross profit increased $3,690,000 or 11%, to $38,288,000 for fiscal 2003
compared to fiscal 2002. Gross profit margins were 58% for fiscal 2003
compared to 59% for fiscal 2002.
Meridians overall operations consist of the sale of diagnostic test kits for
various disease states and in alternative test formats, as well as bioresearch
reagents, bulk antigens and proficiency tests. Product sales mix shifts, in
the normal course of business, can cause the consolidated gross profit margin
to fluctuate by several points.
Operating Expenses
Operating expenses increased $895,000, to $25,499,000, for fiscal 2003
compared to fiscal 2002. Operating expenses for fiscal 2002 included
$1,211,000 related to the abandoned acquisition of Biotrin Holdings. The
overall increase in operating expenses for fiscal 2003 is discussed below.
Research and development expenses increased $987,000, or 34%, to $3,875,000
for fiscal 2003 compared to fiscal 2002, and as a percentage of sales,
increased from 5% in fiscal 2002, to 6% in fiscal 2003. Of this increase,
$797,000 related to the US Diagnostics operating segment and $190,000 related
to the Life Science operating segment. The increase for the US Diagnostics
operating segment is primarily attributable to additional product development
staff and material costs for new product development activities. The increase
for the Life Science operating segment is primarily attributable to activities
at the protein production laboratory prior to opening in March 2003.
Selling and marketing expenses increased $871,000, or 9%, to $10,601,000 for
fiscal 2003 compared to fiscal 2002, and as a percentage of sales, was 16% for
fiscal 2003 and fiscal 2002. Of this increase, $727,000 related
- 18 -
to the US Diagnostics operating segment and $163,000 related to the European
Diagnostics operating segment. The increase for the US Diagnostics operating
segment is primarily attributable to spending on strategic sales initiatives,
including preparation and training of field sales personnel, costs related to
the new Binax products, such as samples and brochures, and sales person
incentive compensation. The increase for the European Diagnostics operating
segment is, in part, due to currency.
General and administrative expenses increased $248,000, or 2%, to $11,023,000
for fiscal 2003 compared to fiscal 2002, and as a percentage of sales,
decreased from 18% in fiscal 2002, to 17% in fiscal 2003. General and
administrative expenses for the US Diagnostics operating segment increased
$706,000 and for the European Diagnostics operating segment decreased
$511,000. General and administrative expenses for the US Diagnostics
operating segment included the favorable effects of insurance reimbursements
for legal fees related to trade secrets litigation in the amount of $127,000,
net of $60,000 of legal fees, an adjustment to reduce the reserve for bad
debts in the amount of $104,000 based on better than anticipated write-off
history, and a sales and use tax refund in the amount of $150,000. The
overall increase in general and administrative expenses for the US Diagnostics
operating segment, after consideration of the above credits, is primarily
attributable to employee incentive compensation, normal salary and wage
increases and support costs for growth in the business. General and
administrative expenses for the European Diagnostics operating segment
included a favorable adjustment in the amount of $150,000 related to a
contract amendment that reduced certain minimum purchase commitments to align
with current market expectations, and an adjustment in the amount of $122,000
to reduce the reserve for bad debts based on better than anticipated write-off
history in Italy.
Operating Income
Operating income increased $2,795,000, or 28%, to $12,789,000 in fiscal 2003,
as a result of the factors discussed above.
Other Income and Expense
Interest expense declined $256,000 or 13%, to $1,718,000 for fiscal 2003
compared to fiscal 2002. This decrease is attributable to the favorable
effects of a lower interest rate environment and lower overall debt levels
outstanding.
Other income and expense, net for fiscal 2003 includes a gain on the sale of
certain distributor relationships for the European Diagnostics operating
segment in the amount of $226,000. These distributor relationships related to
blood-grouping products that no longer fit into Meridians long-range product
plans. Other income and expense, net for fiscal 2003 also includes $216,000 of
income received, related to the settlement of litigation with a former employee
involving his breach of an employment agreement and misappropriation of company
trade secrets. Other income and expense, net for fiscal 2002 included a net
gain of $254,000 related to the sale of shares of common stock received in the
demutualization of two insurance companies during the first quarter.
- 19 -
Income Taxes
The effective rate for income taxes was 39% for both fiscal 2003 and fiscal
2002.
Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2002 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended September
30, 2001
Net Sales
Overall, net sales increased $2,577,000, or 5%, to $59,104,000 for fiscal 2002
compared to fiscal 2001. Net sales for the US Diagnostics operating segment
increased $1,614,000, or 5%, for the European Diagnostics operating segment
decreased $501,000, or 4%, and for the Life Science operating segment increased
$1,464,000, or 13%.
For the US Diagnostics operating segment, the negative effects of discontinuing
the manufacturing and distribution of approximately 30 products in the second
quarter of fiscal 2001 was more than offset by strong volume growth in C.
difficile
and H.
pylori
diagnostic products. Meridians Premier Toxins A&B
and Premier Platinum HpSA led the volume growth for these two disease states.
Both of these products were developed by Meridian and launched in 1999 and
1998, respectively.
For the European Diagnostics operating segment, the decline in sales during
fiscal 2002 is net of currency translation gains of $371,000. It reflects
volume declines attributable to continued deterioration in market conditions
in Germany, as well as price erosion and volume declines related to
competition for certain products in Italy and other European markets. In
addition, upon changeover to an independent distributor in Germany in the
second quarter of fiscal 2001, the new distributor placed stocking orders that
did not repeat in fiscal 2002.
For the Life Science operating segment, volume growth was particularly strong
for Rubella make-to-order bulk antigen products.
For all operating segments combined, international sales were $17,993,000, or
30% of total sales, for fiscal 2002, compared to $18,123,000, or 32% of total
sales, in fiscal 2001. Combined domestic exports for the US Diagnostics and
Life Science operating segments were $6,073,000 for fiscal 2002, compared to
$5,702,000 in fiscal 2001. The remaining international sales were generated
by the European Diagnostics operating segment.
Gross Profit
Gross profit increased $7,892,000 or 30%, to $34,598,000 for fiscal 2002
compared to fiscal 2001. Gross profit margins increased from 47% for fiscal
2001, to 59% for fiscal 2002. Gross profit for fiscal 2001 included the
negative effects of an inventory impairment charge in the amount of $4,000,000
related to FDA matters, as well as certain inefficiencies related to products
manufactured in Cincinnati, because during the second quarter of
-20-
fiscal 2001, resources were concentrated on execution of the plan submitted to
the FDA (see FDA discussion contained herein).
Meridians overall operations consist of the sale of diagnostic test kits for
various disease states and in alternative test formats, as well as bioresearch
reagents, bulk antigens and proficiency tests. Product sales mix shifts, in
the normal course of business, can cause the consolidated gross profit margin
to fluctuate by several points.
Operating Expenses
Operating expenses declined $14,609,000, to $24,604,000 for fiscal 2002
compared to fiscal 2001. Operating expenses for fiscal 2002 included
$1,211,000 related to the abandoned acquisition of Biotrin Holdings.
Operating expenses for fiscal 2001 included costs of $11,074,000, $1,510,000,
and $800,000 related to FDA matters, European restructuring and acquired
in-process research and development, respectively. This decline is primarily
attributable to closure of the German distribution operation during the first
quarter of fiscal 2001, general cost-cutting measures implemented across all
Meridian business units, tightly controlled spending and the offsetting
effects of lower legal costs related to trade secrets litigation and increased
reserves for distributor rebates.
Research and development expenses declined $475,000 or 14%, to $2,888,000 for
fiscal 2002 compared to fiscal 2001, and as a percentage of sales, declined
from 6% for fiscal 2001 to 5% for fiscal 2002. Of this decrease, $417,000
related to the US Diagnostics operating segment and $58,000 related to the Life
Science operating segment. The decline for the US Diagnostics operating
segment is primarily attributable to lower outside contract research and
clinical trial costs based on timing of projects, as well as the favorable
effects of spending controls.
Selling and marketing expenses declined $1,241,000 or 11%, to $9,730,000 for
fiscal 2002 compared to fiscal 2001, and as a percentage of sales, declined
from 19% for fiscal 2001 to 16% for fiscal 2002. Of this decline, $688,000
related to the US Diagnostics operating segment, $524,000 related to the
European Diagnostics operating segment and $29,000 related to the Life Science
operating segment. The decline for the US Diagnostics operating segment is
primarily attributable to spending controls and cost-cutting measures.
Spending controls and cost-cutting measures were in the areas of advertising,
promotional materials, travel and conventions. In addition, freight costs to
ship product to customers from the Cincinnati manufacturing facility have been
reduced as a result of better management of this element of operations. The
decline for the European Diagnostics operating segment is primarily
attributable to the closure of the German distribution operation during the
first quarter of fiscal 2001.
General and administrative expenses declined $720,000 or 6%, to $10,775,000 for
fiscal 2002 compared to fiscal 2001, and as a percentage of sales, declined
from 20% for fiscal 2001 to 18% for fiscal 2002. Of this decline, $665,000
related to the US Diagnostics operating segment and $140,000 related to the
European Diagnostics
-21-
operating segment. The Life Science operating segment increased $85,000. The
decline for the US Diagnostics operating segment is primarily attributable to
no longer amortizing goodwill due to the adoption of SFAS No. 142 and lower
legal costs related to trade secrets litigation. These decreases were somewhat
offset by increased reserves for distributor rebates. The decline for the
European Diagnostics operating segment is primarily attributable to the closure
of the German distribution operation during the first quarter of fiscal 2001.
Operating Income
Operating income increased $22,501,000 from a loss of $12,507,000 in fiscal
2001, to income of $9,994,000 in fiscal 2002 as a result of the factors
discussed above.
Other Income and Expense
Interest expense declined $572,000 or 22%, to $1,974,000 for fiscal 2002
compared to fiscal 2001. This decrease is attributable to the favorable
effects of a lower interest rate environment and lower overall debt levels
outstanding.
Other income and expense, net for fiscal 2002 included a net gain of $254,000
related to the sale of shares of common stock received in the demutualization
of two insurance companies during the first quarter. Other income and expense,
net for fiscal 2002 and 2001 included net currency losses of $14,000 and
$39,000, respectively, related to transactions that are denominated in foreign
currencies. The decrease in currency losses is attributable to the level of
Euro/US dollar exchange rates during each period as well as strategies that
were implemented in the latter part of fiscal 2001 to reduce currency exposure
on these types of transactions.
Income Taxes
The effective rate for income taxes is a provision of 39% for fiscal 2002,
compared to a credit of 31% for fiscal 2001. The effective rate for fiscal
2002 includes the favorable effects of reversing valuation allowance provisions
in Belgium that were established prior to the restructuring of European
operations, as net operating loss carryforwards in this jurisdiction are being
utilized, and certain favorable book-to-tax return adjustments related to
non-US sales activities. The effective rate for fiscal 2001 includes the
unfavorable effects of the goodwill portion of the impairment charges related
to FDA matters, a substantial portion of the European restructuring charge and
the acquired in-process research and development charge, which could not be
utilized for tax purposes.
-22-
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Liquidity and Capital Resources:
Comparative Cash Flow Analysis
Meridians operating cash flow and financing requirements are determined by
analyses of operating and capital spending budgets and consideration of
acquisition plans. Meridian has historically maintained line of credit
availability to respond to acquisition opportunities quickly.
Net cash provided by operating activities increased $938,000 or 8%, to
$12,353,000 in fiscal 2003 compared to fiscal 2002. This increase is primarily
attributable to earning levels and changes in deferred taxes, and also reflects
higher investments in receivables and inventories.
Net cash used for investing activities was $3,252,000 for fiscal 2003,
compared to $4,201,000 for fiscal 2002, and primarily related to capital
expenditures and Viral Antigens earnout payments during both periods. The
higher level of capital expenditures during fiscal 2002 reflects the
construction of Viral Antigens protein production laboratory. Net cash used
in investing activities for fiscal 2002 also included proceeds of $254,000
related to the sale of common stock received in the demutualization of two
insurance companies during the first quarter.
Net cash used for financing activities was $9,827,000 for fiscal 2003,
compared to $8,999,000 for fiscal 2002. Repayments of debt obligations,
including the revolving credit facility, were $5,275,000 in fiscal 2003 and
$5,115,000 in fiscal 2002, reflecting Meridians intended efforts to pay down
debt. Activity on the revolving credit facility during fiscal 2002 includes
approximately $1,000,000 related to repayment of the mortgage loan for the
Viral Antigens facilities that matured in January 2002.
Net cash flows from operating activities are anticipated to fund working
capital requirements, debt service and dividends during fiscal 2004.
Capital Resources
The following table presents Meridians payments due on financing obligations
as of September 30, 2003 (amounts in thousands):
-23-
Meridian has a $25,000,000 credit facility with a commercial bank that
includes $5,000,000 of term debt and capital lease capacity and a $20,000,000
line of credit that expires in September 2004. As of November 30, 2003, there
were no borrowings outstanding on the line of credit portion of this
facility, and the availability was $20,000,000.
During November 2003, Meridian commenced an offer to exchange $16,000,000 of
its 7% convertible subordinated debentures for an equal principal amount of
new convertible subordinated debentures that mature September 1, 2013 and
bear interest at 5%. The exchange offer expires December 30, 2003. The new
debentures will be convertible into Meridians common stock at a price of
$14.50 per share. Subsequent to a successful exchange of $16,000,000 of its
convertible subordinated debentures, Meridian expects to redeem the remaining
$4,000,000 at par through the revolving credit facility. These measures are
expected to reduce annual interest expense by approximately $500,000. Upon
completion of the exchange offer and redemptions, the remaining carrying
value of unamortized debt issuance costs related to the 7% convertible
subordinated debentures, $382,000 at September 30, 2003, will be charged to
expense.
All of the bank term debt is denominated in the Euro currency and bears
interest at a variable rate tied to Euro LIBOR. A one-percentage point
increase in the Euro LIBOR rate would increase fiscal 2004 interest expense
by approximately $20,000 for this debt. This debt serves as a natural
currency hedge against certain Euro denominated intercompany receivables.
The Viral Antigens acquisition, completed in fiscal 2000, provides for
additional purchase consideration up to a maximum remaining amount of
$5,475,000, contingent upon Viral Antigens future earnings through September
30, 2006. Earnout consideration is payable each year, following the period
earned. Earnout payments, if any, may require financing under the line of
credit or other bank credit facility. Earnout consideration in the amount of
$463,000 related to fiscal 2003 is due to be paid in the second quarter of
fiscal 2004 and will be financed on Meridians line of credit.
Meridians capital expenditures are estimated to be $2,500,000 for fiscal
2004, and may be funded with operating cash flows or availability under the
$25,000,000 credit facility discussed above. Capital expenditures relate to
manufacturing and other equipment of a normal and recurring nature.
Commitments and Off-balance Sheet Arrangements:
Operating Leases
Meridian and its subsidiaries are lessees of (i) office and warehouse buildings
in Maine, Belgium, France and Holland; (ii) automobiles for use by the direct
sales forces in the US and Europe; and (iii) certain office equipment such as
facsimile machines and copier machines across all business units, under
operating lease
-24-
agreements that expire at various dates. Meridian believes that commitments
under these operating lease agreements are not material to its liquidity or
capital resources.
Royalties
Meridian has entered into various license agreements that require payment of
royalties based on a specified percentage of sales of related products (1% to
8%). Meridian expects that payments under these agreements will amount to as
much as $600,000 in fiscal 2004. These royalty payments primarily relate to
the US Diagnostics operating segment.
For one of these license agreements, Meridian is engaged in a dispute with the
licensor regarding the payment of royalties. The licensor has claimed
additional royalties due from Meridian in the amount of approximately $700,000.
Meridian believes that it has satisfactorily complied with all provisions of
this license agreement, and therefore, disputes this claim. In addition,
Meridian believes that it has valid claims against the licensor under this
agreement. This matter is not expected to have a material effect on results of
operations or financial condition.
Unconditional Purchase Commitments
Meridian has entered into agreements to distribute diagnostic test kits that
are manufactured by other diagnostic manufacturing companies. One of these
agreements requires Meridian to purchase minimum quantities of diagnostic kits
during 12-month measurement periods. Aggregate minimum purchase commitments
under this agreement amount to approximately $125,000 for fiscal 2004.
For this agreement, Meridian did not meet the minimum purchase provisions
contained therein for fiscal 2002 due to the actual size of the market for this
specific product being smaller than anticipated prior to execution of the
agreement. Meridian and the other party to this agreement have subsequently
adjusted the minimum purchase provisions to align with current market
expectations. The amendment to this agreement did not result in any further
financial obligation for Meridian.
Contract Research and Development
During fiscal 2000, Meridian executed a Research and Development Agreement and
an Exclusive Supply Agreement with OraSure Technologies, Inc. to commercialize
the Up
Link
technology. These agreements, assuming certain milestones were met,
would require Meridian to make future payments to OraSure to fund research and
development activities for specific diagnostic products and to obtain an
exclusive license to market and sell such products on a global basis. These
agreements were terminated in November 2003. Costs to terminate these
agreements were not material.
-25-
Forward Contracts
Meridian uses forward contracts from time to time to address foreign currency
risk related to certain transactions denominated in the Euro currency. These
contracts are used to fix the exchange rate in converting Euros to US dollars.
As of September 30, 2003, Meridian was a party to one such forward contract
with a notional amount of 300,000 Euro and a maturity date of December 2003.
Market Risk Exposure:
Meridian has market risk exposure related to interest rate sensitive debt and
foreign currency transactions.
Meridian has debt obligations in the aggregate amount of $22,847,000
outstanding at September 30, 2003, of which $2,697,000 bears interest at
variable rates. Information concerning the maturities of interest rate
sensitive debt is included in the discussion of Capital Resources above. To
date, Meridian has not employed a hedging strategy with respect to interest
rate risk.
Meridian is exposed to foreign currency risk related to its European
distribution operations, including foreign currency denominated intercompany
receivables, as well as Euro denominated term debt. The Euro denominated term
debt serves as a natural hedge against a portion of the Euro denominated
intercompany receivables.
FDA Matters:
During January 2001, the FDA completed an inspection of Meridians compliance
with the Quality Systems Regulations that govern the manufacturing of in vitro
diagnostics. In response to this inspection, in January 2001, Meridian
submitted a comprehensive plan to the FDA outlining specific steps it committed
to undertake to improve its quality systems. In June 2001, Meridian received a
Warning Letter from the FDA which summarized and reiterated certain of the
observations made by the FDA during their inspection completed in January 2001.
In August 2002, the FDA completed an on-site follow-up inspection to its
January 2001 inspection. The FDA issued several observations, primarily aimed
at fine-tuning established quality control systems and procedures. Meridian
submitted written corrective action plans to address these refinements and
continues its periodic communications with the FDA on the progress of its
comprehensive plan submitted to the FDA in January 2001.
In accordance with the FDAs directive in the Warning Letter, Meridian is
required to undergo three annual independent audits to evaluate Meridians
progress implementing its comprehensive plan. The first audit was
-26-
completed in November 2001. The second audit was completed in May 2003. The
reports from these audits substantiated Meridians continued progress in
addressing issues raised in the prior FDA and independent audits. Meridian
responded to the latest observations and recommendations with corrective
actions designed to further improve its established quality control systems and
procedures.
At present, it is uncertain whether Meridians actions will be sufficient so
that no further remedial action or enforcement action by the FDA will occur.
During fiscal 2001, Meridian incurred costs and asset impairment charges in the
amount of $15,074,000 related to implementation of its comprehensive plan
submitted to the FDA and the discontinuance of manufacturing and distributing
approximately 30 products. Of this amount, $2,322,000 related to
implementation costs of the comprehensive plan, primarily consulting fees. The
remaining $12,752,000 related to asset impairment charges and product recall
costs. Impaired assets included inventory and certain intangibles.
Critical Accounting Policies:
The consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form
10-K have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States. Such accounting principles require management
to make judgments about estimates and assumptions that affect the reported
amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and related disclosures.
Management believes that the following accounting policies are critical to
understanding the accompanying consolidated financial statements because the
application of such polices requires the use of significant estimates and
assumptions and the carrying values of related assets and liabilities are
material.
Revenue Recognition
Meridians revenues are derived primarily from product sales. Revenue is
recognized when product is shipped and title has passed to the buyer. Revenue
for the US Diagnostics operating segment is reduced at the date of sale for
estimated rebates and cash discounts that will be claimed by customers. Rebate
agreements are in place with certain independent national distributors and are
designed to reimburse such distributors for their cost in handling Meridians
products. Management estimates reserves for rebate agreements and cash
discounts based on historical statistics, current trends and other factors.
Changes to these reserves are recorded in the period that they become known.
Revenue for the Life Science operating segments protein production laboratory
is recognized either upon shipment of product or final lot acceptance depending
on contract terms.
During fiscal 2002, Meridian adopted EITF No. 01-9,
Accounting for
Consideration Given by a Vendor to a Customer (Including the Reseller of a
Vendors Products)
. EITF No. 01-9 affected the manner in which Meridian
estimates reserves for distributor rebate agreements. Rebate agreements are in
place with certain
-27-
independent national distributors and are designed to reimburse such
distributors for their cost in handling Meridians products. Reserves for
rebate agreements include components for reported but unpaid rebates to date
and rebates not yet reported. Meridians reserves for rebate agreements were
increased by approximately $350,000 upon adoption of EITF No. 01-9.
Inventories
Meridians inventories are carried at the lower of cost or market. Cost is
determined on a first-in, first-out basis, except for inventories in the Viral
Antigens business for which cost is determined on a last-in, first-out basis.
Meridian establishes reserves against cost for excess and obsolete materials,
finished goods whose shelf life may expire before sale to customers, and other
identified exposures. Management estimates reserves based on assumptions about
future demand and market conditions. If actual market conditions are less
favorable than such estimates, additional inventory writedowns would be
required and this would negatively affect gross profit margin and overall
results of operations. Changes to inventory reserves are recorded in the
period that they become known.
For the Viral Antigens purchase business combination, Meridian elected to use
last-in, first-out accounting for inventories for financial reporting purposes.
Under last-in, first-out accounting, the stepped-up inventory value will be
charged to earnings in periods in which inventory quantities decline below
those on hand at the acquisition date. To date, inventory quantities have
remained above levels on hand at the acquisition date.
Intangible Assets
Meridians intangible assets include identifiable intangibles and goodwill.
Identifiable intangibles include customer lists, supply agreements,
manufacturing technologies, patents, licenses, trade names and non-compete
agreements. All of Meridians identifiable intangibles have finite lives.
During the first quarter of fiscal 2002, Meridian adopted Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 142,
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
.
SFAS No. 142 provides that goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives
are no longer amortized over their useful lives, but rather, are now subject to
an annual impairment review (or more frequently if impairment indicators arise)
by applying a fair-value based test. There have been no impairments from the
analyses required by SFAS No. 142.
Identifiable intangibles with finite lives are subject to impairment testing as
prescribed by SFAS No. 144,
Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of
Long-lived Assets
. Pursuant to the provisions of SFAS No. 144, identifiable
intangibles with finite lives are reviewed for impairment when events or
circumstances indicate that such assets may not be recoverable at their current
carrying value. Whether an event or circumstance triggers an impairment is
determined by comparing an estimate of the assets undiscounted future cash
flows to its carrying
-28-
value. If impairment has occurred, it is measured by a fair-value based test.
Meridian adopted SFAS No. 144 effective October 1, 2002. There were no
impairments from adoption.
Meridians ability to recover its intangible assets, both identifiable
intangibles and goodwill, is dependent upon the future cash flows of the
related acquired businesses and assets. The application of SFAS Nos. 142 and
144 requires management to make judgments and assumptions regarding future cash
flows, including sales levels, gross profit margins, operating expense levels,
working capital levels and capital expenditures. With respect to identifiable
intangibles, management also makes judgments and assumptions regarding useful
lives.
Management considers the following factors in evaluating events and
circumstances for possible impairment: (i) significant under-performance
relative to historical or projected operating results, (ii) negative industry
trends, (iii) sales levels of specific groups of products (related to specific
identifiable intangibles), (iv) changes in overall business strategies and (v)
other factors.
If actual cash flows are less favorable than projections, this could trigger
impairment of intangible assets. If impairment were to occur, this would
negatively affect overall results of operations.
Income Taxes
Pursuant to SFAS No. 109,
Accounting for Income Taxes
, Meridians provision for
income taxes includes federal, foreign, state and local income taxes currently
payable and those deferred because of temporary differences between income for
financial reporting and income for tax purposes.
Meridians deferred tax assets include net operating loss carryforwards in
foreign jurisdictions. The realization of tax benefits related to net
operating loss carryforwards is dependent upon the generation of future taxable
income in the applicable jurisdictions. Management assesses the level of
deferred tax asset valuation allowance by taking into consideration historical
and future projected operating results, future reversals of taxable temporary
differences, as well as tax planning strategies. The amount of net deferred
tax asset considered realizable could be reduced in future years if estimates
of future taxable income during the carryforward period are reduced.
Undistributed earnings in Meridians foreign subsidiaries are considered by
management to be permanently re-invested in such subsidiaries. Consequently,
US deferred tax liabilities on such earnings have not been recorded.
Management believes that such US taxes would be largely offset by foreign tax
credits for taxes paid in applicable foreign jurisdictions.
-29-
New Accounting Pronouncements:
During December 2002, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement
No. 148,
Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation Transition and Disclosure,
an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 123
. Statement No. 148 provides alternative
methods of transition for an entity that voluntarily changes to the fair value
based method of accounting for stock-based compensation. Meridian accounts
for its stock-based compensation plans under Accounting Principles Board
Opinion No. 25, in which compensation expense is determined based on intrinsic
value. Meridian continually evaluates its accounting policies, including those
governing stock-based compensation, and at this time believes it is appropriate
to continue accounting for employee stock-based compensation under APB No. 25,
consistent with historical practice.
During November 2002, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 45,
Guarantors
Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Direct
Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others
. Interpretation No. 45 clarifies the
requirements of FASB Statement No. 5 relating to a guarantors accounting for,
and disclosure of, the issuance of certain types of guarantees. Meridians
adoption of Interpretation No. 45 has had no impact on results of operations or
financial condition.
ITEM 7A.
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
See Market Risk Exposure under Item 7 above.
-30-
2004
2005
2006
Total
$
797
$
797
$
640
$
2,234
82
68
150
20,000
20,000
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
ITEM 8.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
|
||||
Reports of Independent Auditors
|
32 | |||
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended September 30, 2003, 2002 and 2001
|
34 | |||
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended September 30, 2003, 2002 and 2001
|
35 | |||
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2003 and 2002
|
36 | |||
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders Equity for the years ended September 30, 2003, 2002 and 2001
|
38 | |||
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
|
39 | |||
Schedule No. II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts for the years ended September 30, 2003, 2002 and
2001
|
63 |
All other supplemental schedules are omitted due to the absence of conditions under which they are required or because the information is shown in the Consolidated Financial Statements or Notes thereto.
-31-
Report of Independent Auditors
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Meridian Bioscience, Inc.:
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the
accompanying index present fairly, in all material respects, the financial
position of Meridian Bioscience, Inc. and its subsidiaries at September 30,
2003 and September 30, 2002, and the results of their operations and their cash
flows for each of the two years in the period ended September 30, 2003 in
conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States
of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule
listed in the accompanying index presents fairly, in all material respects, the
information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related
consolidated financial statements. These financial statements and financial
statements schedule are the responsibility of the Companys management; our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and
financial statement schedule based on our audits. We conducted our audits of
these statements in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in
the United States of America, which require that we plan and perform the audit
to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free
of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements,
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We
believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. The
financial statements, prior to the revisions discussed in Notes 2 and 10, and
financial statement schedule of the Company as of September 30, 2001 and for
the year then ended were audited by independent accountants who have ceased
operations. Those independent accountants expressed an unqualified opinion on
those financial statements and financial statement schedule in their report
dated November 9, 2001.
As discussed in Note 2, on October 1, 2001, the Company adopted Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.
As discussed above, the financial statements of the Company for the year ended
September 30, 2001, prior to the revisions described in Notes 2 and 10, were
audited by other independent accountants who have ceased operations. As
described in Notes 2 and 10, these financial statements have been revised to
include the transitional disclosures required by Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, which was
adopted by the Company as of October 1, 2002 and to give effect to a change in
reportable segments in 2003. We audited the transitional disclosures in Note 2
and the reclassifications described in Note 10. In our opinion, the
transitional disclosures for 2001 in Note 2 are appropriate and the
reclassifications described in Note 10 for 2002 and 2001 are appropriate and
have been properly applied. However, we were not engaged to audit, review, or
apply any procedures to the 2001 financial statements of the Company other than
with respect to such disclosures and, accordingly, we do not express an opinion
or any other form of assurance on the 2001 financial statements taken as a
whole.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
-32-
THE FOLLOWING REPORT IS A COPY OF A REPORT PREVIOUSLY ISSUED BY ARTHUR
ANDERSEN LLP (ANDERSEN). THIS REPORT HAS NOT BEEN REISSUED BY ANDERSEN AND
ANDERSEN DID NOT CONSENT TO THE INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE OF THIS REPORT INTO
ANY OF THE COMPANYS REGISTRATION STATEMENTS.
AS DISCUSSED IN NOTE 2, THE COMPANY HAS REVISED ITS FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR
THE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2001 TO INCLUDE THE TRANSITIONAL DISCLOSURES
REQUIRED BY STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING STANDARDS NO. 142, GOODWILL AND
INTANGIBLE ASSETS. THE ANDERSEN REPORT DOES NOT EXTEND TO THESE CHANGES. THE
REVISIONS TO THE 2001 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS RELATED TO THESE TRANSITIONAL
DISCLOSURES WERE REPORTED ON BY PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP, AS STATED IN THEIR
REPORT APPEARING HEREIN.
ADDITIONALLY, AS DISCUSSED IN NOTE 10, THE COMPANY HAS REVISED ITS 2001
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS TO GIVE EFFECT TO A CHANGE IN REPORTABLE SEGMENTS. THE
ANDERSEN REPORT DOES NOT EXTEND TO THESE CHANGES TO THE 2001 FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS. THE REVISIONS TO THE 2001 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS RELATED TO THE
CHANGE IN REPORTABLE SEGMENTS WERE REPORTED ON BY PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP,
AS STATED IN THEIR REPORT APPEARING HEREIN.
Report of Independent Public Accountants
To Meridian Bioscience, Inc.:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of MERIDIAN
BIOSCIENCE, INC. and subsidiaries as of September 30, 2001 and 2000, and the
related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders equity and cash
flows for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 2001.
These financial statements and the schedule referred to below are the
responsibility of Meridians management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on the financial statements and schedule based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally
accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and
perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on
a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used
and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of Meridian Bioscience, Inc. and
subsidiaries as of September 30, 2001 and 2000, and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
September 30, 2001, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted
in the United States.
Our audit was made for the purpose of forming an opinion on the basic financial
statements taken as a whole. The schedule listed in the index of the financial
statements is presented for the purposes of complying with the Securities and
Exchange Commissions rules and is not part of the basic financial statements.
This schedule has been subjected to the auditing procedures applied in the
audit of the basic financial statements and, in our opinion, fairly states in
all material respects the financial data required to be set forth therein in
relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole.
ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
Cincinnati, Ohio,
-33-
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (in thousands, except per share data)
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
statements.
-34-
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH
FLOWS (dollars in thousands)
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
statements.
-35-
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(dollars in thousands)
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated balance
sheets.
-36-
November 14, 2003
Table of Contents
November 9, 2001
Table of Contents
Meridian Bioscience, Inc. and Subsidiaries
For the Year Ended September 30,
2003
2002
2001
$
65,864
$
59,104
$
56,527
27,576
24,506
25,821
4,000
27,576
24,506
29,821
38,288
34,598
26,706
3,875
2,888
3,363
10,601
9,730
10,971
11,023
10,775
11,495
1,211
11,074
1,510
800
25,499
24,604
39,213
12,789
9,994
(12,507
)
42
38
166
(1,718
)
(1,974
)
(2,546
)
478
185
(19
)
(1,198
)
(1,751
)
(2,399
)
11,591
8,243
(14,906
)
4,573
3,212
(4,631
)
$
7,018
$
5,031
$
(10,275
)
$
0.48
$
0.34
$
(0.70
)
$
0.47
$
0.34
$
(0.70
)
14,664
14,621
14,589
286
139
14,950
14,760
14,589
$
0.34
$
0.28
$
0.26
250
737
1,088
1,243
1,243
1,243
Table of Contents
Meridian Bioscience, Inc. and Subsidiaries
For the Year Ended September 30,
2003
2002
2001
$
7,018
$
5,031
$
(10,275
)
800
2,390
2,312
2,261
1,390
1,407
2,485
12,752
396
1,044
200
(4,394
)
14
48
15
(254
)
26
(3,945
)
(123
)
4,604
3,571
2,446
(1,302
)
845
348
1,360
12,353
11,415
8,702
(1,407
)
(905
)
(1,812
)
(3,550
)
(1,923
)
254
9
(33
)
(3,252
)
(4,201
)
(1,914
)
(2,482
)
(2,940
)
(345
)
4,058
(2,792
)
(2,175
)
(7,016
)
(4,989
)
(4,022
)
(3,722
)
(32
)
478
138
11
(42
)
(9,827
)
(8,999
)
(7,046
)
349
172
111
(377
)
(1,613
)
(147
)
3,060
4,673
4,820
$
2,683
$
3,060
$
4,673
Table of Contents
Meridian Bioscience, Inc. and Subsidiaries
As of September 30,
2003
2002
$
2,683
$
3,060
14,894
12,616
14,066
12,735
1,302
966
216
998
33,161
30,375
688
666
15,183
13,986
18,035
15,317
838
2,780
34,744
32,749
17,194
14,744
17,550
18,005
382
517
4,991
4,542
10,207
11,415
129
241
15,709
16,715
$
66,420
$
65,095
Table of Contents
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(dollars in thousands)
Meridian Bioscience, Inc. and Subsidiaries
As of September 30,
2003
2002
$
879
$
943
463
2,945
2,271
1,914
4,534
2,428
463
1,407
980
3,001
2,817
3,719
1,815
15,330
15,249
1,505
3,626
20,000
20,000
2,101
1,839
2,535
2,535
(32
)
(32
)
21,641
21,191
3,930
1,901
(590
)
(1,214
)
27,484
24,381
$
66,420
$
65,095
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated balance sheets.
-37-
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY
Meridian Bioscience, Inc. and Subsidiaries
(Dollars and shares in thousands except per share data)
Accumulated
Common
Shares
Additional
Other
Total
Shares
Held in
Common
Treasury
Paid-in
Retained
Comprehensive
Comprehensive
Shareholders
Issued
Treasury
Stock
Stock
Capital
Earnings
Income (Loss)
Income (Loss)
Equity
14,587
2,530
20,941
14,889
(1,749
)
36,611
(3,722
)
(3,722
)
12
5
6
11
15
15
(8
)
(32
)
(32
)
(10,275
)
$
(10,275
)
(10,275
)
336
336
336
$
(9,939
)
14,599
(8
)
2,535
(32
)
20,962
892
(1,413
)
22,944
(4,022
)
(4,022
)
34
138
138
91
91
5,031
$
5,031
5,031
199
199
199
$
5,230
14,633
(8
)
2,535
(32
)
21,191
1,901
(1,214
)
24,381
(4,989
)
(4,989
)
94
478
478
2
14
14
(42
)
(42
)
7,018
$
7,018
7,018
624
624
624
$
7,642
14,729
(8
)
$
2,535
$
(32
)
$
21,641
$
3,930
$
(590
)
$
27,484
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
-38-
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(1) Corporate Name Change
On January 23, 2001, Meridians shareholders approved a change in the corporate
name to Meridian Bioscience, Inc. Also during January 2001, Meridian changed
its Nasdaq symbol from KITS to VIVO. These changes were implemented to more
accurately reflect Meridians expansion of its capabilities in bioscience,
research reagent development and other services that will enable drug discovery
and realization of new pharmaceuticals, vaccines and diagnostics.
(2) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
-39-
-40-
A summary of Meridians acquired intangible assets subject to amortization,
as of September 30, 2003 and 2002 is as follows (in thousands).
-41-
-42-
-43-
The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the
Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average
assumptions:
-44-
(3) FDA Matters
During January 2001, the FDA completed an inspection of Meridians
compliance with the Quality Systems Regulations that govern the
manufacturing of in vitro diagnostics. In response to this inspection, in
January 2001, Meridian submitted a comprehensive plan to the FDA outlining
specific steps it committed to undertake to improve its quality systems. In
June 2001, Meridian received a Warning Letter from the FDA which summarized
and reiterated certain of the observations made by the FDA during their
inspection completed in January 2001.
In August 2002, the FDA completed an on-site follow-up inspection to its
January 2001 inspection. The FDA issued several observations, primarily
aimed at fine-tuning established quality control systems and procedures.
Meridian submitted written corrective action plans to address these
refinements and continues its periodic communications with the FDA on the
progress of its comprehensive plan submitted to the FDA in January 2001.
In accordance with the FDAs directive in the Warning Letter, Meridian is
required to undergo three annual independent audits to evaluate Meridians
progress implementing its comprehensive plan. The first audit was
completed in November 2001. The second audit was completed in May 2003.
The reports from these audits substantiated Meridians continued progress in
addressing issues raised in the prior FDA and independent audits. Meridian
responded to the latest observations and recommendations with corrective
actions designed to further improve its established quality control systems
and procedures.
At present, it is uncertain whether Meridians actions will be sufficient so
that no further remedial action or enforcement action by the FDA will occur.
During fiscal 2001, Meridian incurred costs and asset impairment charges in
the amount of $15,074,000 related to implementation of its comprehensive
plan submitted to the FDA and the discontinuance of manufacturing and
distributing approximately 30 products. Of this amount, $2,322,000 related
to implementation costs of the comprehensive plan, primarily consulting
fees. The remaining $12,752,000 related to asset impairment charges and
product recall costs. Impaired assets included inventory ($4,000,000) and
certain intangibles ($7,569,000). Impaired intangible assets included
manufacturing technologies, core products, customer lists and goodwill
related to the discontinued products. Impairment amounts were measured by
comparing discounted future cash flow projections to the net book value of
the assets. These impairment charges related to the US Diagnostics
operating segment.
-45-
(4) European Restructuring
During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2000, a plan was implemented to
restructure European distribution operations and improve operating results.
Effective October 1, 2000, the European export business was transferred from
Germany to Belgium. During the second quarter of fiscal 2001, Meridian
completed the transfer of the German in-country business to an independent
distributor. Total costs for the European restructuring plan were
$2,310,000, including $800,000 recognized in the fourth quarter of fiscal
2000. Restructuring costs included severance, future lease costs and asset
writedowns for accounts receivable, fixed assets and certain intangible
assets. The reserve for restructuring costs at September 30, 2003 was
$103,000 and related to remaining severance obligations not yet paid and
professional fees. During fiscal 2003, provisions to the reserve were
$98,000 and payments against the reserve were $94,000, both relating
primarily to severance obligations and professional fees. The restructuring
plan is complete and Meridian does not expect to incur additional
restructuring costs.
(5) Inventories
Inventories are comprised of the following (amounts in thousands):
(6) Bank Credit Arrangements
Meridian has a $25,000,000 credit facility with a commercial bank. This
facility includes $5,000,000 of term debt and capital lease capacity and a
$20,000,000 revolving line of credit which bears interest at a LIBOR based
rate, and expires in September 2004. This line of credit is collateralized
by Meridians business assets except for those of the Viral Antigens
subsidiary and non-domestic subsidiaries. Borrowings of $463,000 and
$2,945,000 were outstanding on this line of credit at September 30, 2003 and
2002, respectively, at weighted average interest rates of 2.4% and 3.1%,
respectively. Available borrowings under this line of credit were
$19,537,000 at September 30, 2003. In connection with this bank credit
arrangement, Meridian is required to comply with financial covenants that
limit the amount of debt obligations, require a minimum amount of tangible
net worth, and require a minimum amount of fixed charge coverage. Meridian
is in compliance with all covenants. Meridian is also required to maintain a
cash compensating balance with the bank in the amount of $600,000 pursuant
to this bank credit arrangement.
-46-
(7) Long-Term Obligations
(a) Long-term debt obligations are comprised of the following (amounts in
thousands):
Maturities of long-term debt and capital lease obligations for fiscal 2004,
fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2006 are $879,000, $865,000 and $20,640,000,
respectively.
Meridians debentures are convertible into common stock at $16.09 per share.
These debentures were issued at par and do not have a discount feature.
Meridian believes that the carrying value of these debentures approximates fair
value. The accompanying consolidated balance sheet includes offering costs
which have been deferred and are being amortized over the life of the
debentures. The net amount of such costs was $382,000 and $517,000 at
September 30, 2003 and 2002 (net of accumulated amortization of $947,000 and
$812,000, respectively).
During November 2003, Meridian commenced an offer to exchange $16,000,000 of
its 7% convertible subordinated debentures for an equal principal amount of new
convertible subordinated debentures that mature September 1, 2013 and bear
interest at 5%. The exchange offer expires December 30, 2003. The new
debentures will be convertible into Meridians common stock at a price of
$14.50 per share. Subsequent to a successful exchange of $16,000,000 of its
convertible subordinated debentures, Meridian expects to redeem the remaining
$4,000,000 at par through the revolving credit facility. These measures are
expected to reduce annual interest expense by approximately $500,000. Upon
completion of the exchange offer and redemptions, the remaining carrying value
of unamortized debt issuance costs related to the 7% convertible subordinated
debentures, $382,000 at September 30, 2003, will be charged to expense.
-47-
(8) Income Taxes
(a) Earnings before income taxes, and the related provision for income taxes
for the years ended September 30, 2003, 2002 and 2001 were as follows (in
thousands):
(b) The following is a reconciliation between the statutory US income tax rate
and the effective rate derived by dividing the provision for income taxes by
earnings before income taxes (dollars in thousands):
-48-
(c) The components of net deferred tax liabilities were as follows (amounts in
thousands):
For income tax purposes, Meridian has tax benefits related to operating loss
carryforwards in Belgium and France. The operating loss carryforward in Belgium
has no expiration. The operating loss carryforward in France expires between
2004 and 2008. Meridian has recorded deferred tax assets for these
carryforwards, inclusive of valuation allowances in the amount of $85,000 at
September 30, 2003. Valuation allowances for pre-acquisition net operating
loss carryforwards amount to $1,027,000, while valuation allowances for
post-acquisition net operating loss carryforwards are $1,133,000. If tax
benefits are recognized in future years for pre-acquisition operating losses,
such benefits will be allocated to reduce goodwill and acquired intangible
assets. The valuation allowance recorded against deferred tax assets at
September 30, 2002 was $1,706,000, and related solely to operating loss
carryforwards in foreign jurisdictions.
The realization of deferred tax assets in foreign jurisdictions is dependent
upon the generation of future taxable income in certain European countries.
Management has considered the levels of currently anticipated pre-tax income in
foreign jurisdictions in assessing the required level of the deferred tax asset
valuation allowance. Taking into consideration historical and current
operating results, and other factors, management believes that it is more
likely than not that the net deferred tax asset for foreign jurisdictions,
after consideration of the valuation allowance which has been established, will
be realized. The amount of the net deferred tax asset considered
-49-
realizable in foreign jurisdictions, however, could be reduced in future years
if estimates of future taxable income during the carryforward period are
reduced.
Undistributed earnings re-invested indefinitely in the Italian operation were
approximately $6,765,000 at September 30, 2003. US deferred tax liabilities of
approximately $2,571,000 on such earnings have not been recorded. Management
believes that such US taxes would be largely offset by foreign tax credits for
taxes paid in applicable foreign jurisdictions.
(9) Employee Benefits
-50-
The range of exercise prices, the weighted average exercise price and the
weighted average remaining contractual life is summarized below for options
which are outstanding and those that are exercisable at September 30, 2003.
Subsequent to year-end 107,000 stock options were granted which would have had
no significant impact on the diluted EPS, if granted prior to year-end.
(10) Major Customers and Segment Data
Meridian was formed in 1976 and functions as a fully integrated research,
development, manufacturing, marketing and sales organization with primary
emphasis in the field of life science. Meridians principal businesses are (i)
the development, manufacture and distribution of diagnostic test kits primarily
for certain respiratory, gastrointestinal, viral and parasitic infectious
diseases, (ii) the manufacture and distribution of bulk
-51-
antigens and reagents used by researchers and other diagnostic manufacturers
and (iii) the contract manufacture of proteins and other biologicals for use by
biopharmaceutical and biotechnology companies engaged in research for new
drugs and vaccines.
As a result of changes that occurred in February 2003 in the organization and
management of Meridians businesses, effective with the quarter beginning
January 1, 2003, Meridian changed its reportable operating segments to US
Diagnostics (formerly referred to as Meridian Bioscience, Inc. or MBI),
European Diagnostics (formerly referred to as Meridian Bioscience Europe or
MBE) and Life Science. The US Diagnostics operating segment consists of
manufacturing operations in Cincinnati, Ohio, and the sale and distribution of
diagnostic test kits in the US and countries outside of Europe, Africa and the
Middle East. The European Diagnostics operating segment consists of the sale
and distribution of diagnostic test kits in Europe, Africa and the Middle East.
The Life Science operating segment consists of manufacturing operations in
Memphis, Tennessee and Saco, Maine, and the sale and distribution of bulk
antigens, antibodies and bioresearch reagents domestically and abroad. The
Life Science operating segment consists of the Viral Antigens and BIODESIGN
subsidiaries (formerly part of the Meridian Bioscience, Inc. operating
segment), including the protein production laboratory.
Sales to individual customers constituting 10% or more of net consolidated
sales were as follows (dollars in thousands):
Combined export sales for the US Diagnostics and Life Science operating
segments were $9,464,000, $6,073,000 and $5,702,000 in fiscal years 2003, 2002
and 2001, respectively. Two products accounted for 20% of total sales in
fiscal 2003. Accounts receivable, which are largely dependent upon funds from
the Italian government, represent approximately 34% of the accounts receivable
balance at September 30, 2003.
Significant country information for the European Diagnostics operating segment
is as follows (in thousands). Sales are attributed to the geographic area
based on the location from which the product is shipped to the customer.
-52-
As required by Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 131,
Disclosures About Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information,
prior year
operating information in the following table has been reclassified to conform
with the change in operating segments described above. Segment information for
the years ended September 30, 2003, 2002, and 2001 is as follows (in
thousands):
(1) Eliminations consist of intersegment transactions.
-53-
Meridian Bioscience, Inc. and Subsidiaries
(a)
Nature of Business
Meridian is a fully-integrated life science company
whose principal businesses are (i) the development, manufacture and
distribution of diagnostic test kits primarily for certain respiratory,
gastrointestinal, viral and parasitic infectious diseases, (ii) the
manufacture and distribution of bulk antigens and reagents used by
researchers and other diagnostic manufacturers and (iii) the contract
manufacture of proteins and other biologicals for use by biopharmaceutical
and biotechnology companies engaged in research for new drugs and
vaccines.
(b)
Principles of Consolidation -
The consolidated financial statements
include the accounts of Meridian Bioscience, Inc. and its subsidiaries
(collectively, Meridian or the Company). All significant intercompany
accounts and transactions have been eliminated.
(c)
Use of Estimates
- The preparation of financial statements in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date
of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and
expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from
those estimates. Significant estimates are discussed in Notes 2(e), 2(g),
2(h), 2(k) and 8.
(d)
Foreign Currency Translation Adjustments
- Assets and liabilities of
foreign operations are translated using year-end exchange rates with gains
or losses resulting from translation included in a separate component of
accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Revenues and expenses are
translated using exchange rates prevailing during the year. Meridian also
recognizes foreign currency transaction gains and losses on certain assets
and liabilities that are denominated in the Euro currency. These gains
and losses are included in other income and expense in the accompanying
consolidated statements of operations.
Table of Contents
(e)
Inventories
- Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost
is determined on a first-in, first-out basis (FIFO), except for $4,779,000
of inventory for which cost is determined on a last-in, first-out basis
(LIFO). The FIFO cost of this inventory was $3,667,000 at September 30,
2003.
Meridian establishes reserves against cost for excess and obsolete
materials, finished goods whose shelf life may expire before sale to
customers, and other identified exposures. Management estimates reserves
based on assumptions about future demand and market conditions. If actual
market conditions are less favorable than such estimates, additional
inventory writedowns would be required and this would negatively affect
gross profit margin and overall results of operations. Changes to inventory
reserves are recorded in the period that they become known.
For the Viral Antigens purchase business combination, Meridian elected to
use LIFO accounting for inventories for financial reporting purposes.
Under LIFO accounting, the stepped-up inventory value will be charged to
earnings in periods in which inventory quantities decline below those on
hand at the acquisition date. To date, inventory quantities have remained
above levels on hand at the acquisition date.
(f)
Property, Plant and Equipment
- Property, plant and equipment are stated
at cost. Upon retirement or other disposition of property, plant and
equipment, the cost and related accumulated depreciation and amortization
are removed from the accounts and the resulting gain or loss is reflected
in earnings. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred.
Depreciation and amortization are computed on the straight-line method in
amounts sufficient to write-off the cost over the estimated useful lives
as follows:
Buildings and improvements - 5 to 33 years
Machinery, equipment and furniture
- 3 to 10 years
(g)
Intangible Assets and Adoption
of SFAS Nos. 142 and 144: -
Effective
October 1, 2001, Meridian adopted SFAS No. 142,
Goodwill and other
Intangible Assets
. SFAS No. 142 addresses accounting and reporting for
acquired goodwill and other intangible assets. SFAS No. 142 provides that
goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives are no longer
subject to amortization over their useful lives, but rather, are now
subject to an annual impairment review (or more frequently if impairment
indicators arise) by applying a fair-value based test. Meridian has no
intangible assets with indefinite lives other than goodwill. There have
been no impairments from the analyses prepared pursuant to SFAS No. 142.
Pursuant to the provisions of SFAS No. 142, an intangible asset
representing a workforce acquired in a past acquisition was reclassified
to goodwill at September 30, 2002. The net book value of the acquired
workforce at the time of transfer was $73,000, including deferred income
taxes of $45,000. During fiscal 2003, the change in goodwill was an
increase of $449,000. This change consisted of an increase related to the
VAI earnout obligation for fiscal 2003 in the amount of $463,000, offset
by a decrease of $14,000 that was included in the net gain received for
the sale of blood-grouping products. During fiscal 2002, the change in
goodwill was an increase of $1,586,000. This change related to the VAI
earnout obligation and the transfer of the acquired workforce
Table of Contents
described above. The following table reconciles reported net earnings
(loss) to amounts adjusted to add back goodwill and workforce amortization
(in thousands, except per share amounts).
Year Ended September 30,
2003
2002
2001
$
7,018
$
5,031
$
(10,275
)
152
41
$
7,018
$
5,031
$
(10,082
)
$
0.48
$
0.34
$
(0.70
)
0.01
$
0.48
$
0.34
$
(0.69
)
$
.047
$
0.34
$
(0.70
)
0.01
$
.047
$
0.34
$
(0.69
)
2003
2002
Gross
2003
Gross
2002
Carrying
Accumulated
Carrying
Accumulated
As of September 30,
Value
Amortization
Value
Amortization
$
800
$
773
$
800
$
694
3,199
1,287
3,199
1,097
5,747
2,668
5,747
2,327
1,820
1,146
1,787
1,007
7,367
2,852
7,367
2,360
$
18,933
$
8,726
$
18,900
$
7,485
The actual aggregate amortization expense for these intangible assets for
fiscal 2003, fiscal 2002 and fiscal 2001 was $1,241,000, $1,272,000 and
$2,350,000, respectively. The estimated aggregate amortization expense for
these intangible assets for each of the five succeeding fiscal years is as
follows: fiscal 2004 - $1,176,000, fiscal 2005 - $1,090,000, fiscal 2006 -
$1,086,000, fiscal 2007- $1,086,000 and fiscal 2008 - $1,063,000.
Effective October 1, 2002, Meridian adopted SFAS No. 144,
Accounting for
Impairment or Disposal of Long-lived Assets
. SFAS No. 144 establishes a
single model for accounting for impairment or disposal of long-lived assets,
including the disposal of a segment of a business. Long-lived assets,
excluding goodwill and identifiable intangibles with indefinite lives, are
reviewed for impairment when events or circumstances
Table of Contents
indicate that such assets may not be recoverable at their carrying value.
Whether an event or circumstance triggers an impairment is determined by
comparing an estimate of the assets future cash flows to its carrying
value. If an impairment has occurred it is measured by a fair-value based
test. SFAS No. 144 requires that assets to be disposed of by sale are
reported at the lower of carrying value or fair value, less costs to sell.
There was no impact on results of operations or financial condition from the
adoption of SFAS No. 144.
Meridians ability to recover its intangible assets, both identifiable
intangibles and goodwill, is dependent upon the future cash flows of the
related acquired businesses and assets. The application of SFAS Nos. 142
and 144 requires management to make judgments and assumptions regarding
future cash flows, including sales levels, gross profit margins, operating
expense levels, working capital levels and capital expenditures. With
respect to identifiable intangibles, management also makes judgments and
assumptions regarding useful lives.
Management considers the following factors in evaluating events and
circumstances for possible impairment: (i) significant under-performance
relative to historical or projected operating results, (ii) negative
industry trends, (iii) sales levels of specific groups of products (related
to specific identifiable intangibles), (iv) changes in overall business
strategies and (v) other factors.
If actual cash flows are less favorable than projections, this could trigger
impairment of intangible assets and other long-lived assets. If impairment
were to occur, this would negatively affect overall results of operations.
(h)
Revenue Recognition -
Revenue is recognized from sales when product is
shipped and title has passed to the buyer. Revenue for the US
Diagnostics operating segment is reduced at the date of sale for estimated
rebates and cash discounts that will be claimed by customers. Management
estimates reserves for rebate agreements and cash discounts based on
historical statistics, current trends and other factors. Changes to the
reserves are recorded in the period that they become known. Revenue for
the Life Science operating segments protein production laboratory is
recognized either upon shipment of product or final lot acceptance
depending on contract terms.
During fiscal 2002, Meridian adopted EITF No. 01-9,
Accounting for
Consideration Given by a Vendor to a Customer (Including the Reseller of a
Vendors Products)
. EITF No. 01-9 affected the manner in which Meridian
estimates reserves for distributor rebate agreements. Rebate agreements are
in place with certain independent national distributors and are designed to
reimburse such distributors for their cost in handling Meridians products.
Reserves for rebate agreements include components for reported but unpaid
rebates to date and rebates not yet reported. Meridians reserves for rebate
agreements were increased by approximately $350,000 upon adoption of EITF
No. 01-9.
Table of Contents
(i)
Research and Development Costs
- Internal research and development costs
are charged to earnings as incurred. Third-party research and development
costs are expensed when the contracted work has been performed and certain
milestone results have been achieved.
(j)
Advertising
- Advertising costs are charged to earnings as incurred.
Expenditures for advertising in fiscal 2003, 2002 and 2001 were
approximately $222,000, $238,000, and $193,000 respectively.
(k)
Income Taxes
The provision for income taxes includes federal, foreign,
state and local income taxes currently payable and those deferred because
of temporary differences between income for financial reporting and income
for tax purposes.
(l)
Forward Contracts
Meridian uses forward contracts from time to time to
address foreign currency risk related to certain transactions denominated
in the Euro currency. These contracts are used to fix the exchange rate
in converting Euros to US dollars. Gains and losses on such contracts are
recorded in other income and expense in the accompanying consolidated
statements of operations. As of September 30, 2003, Meridian had one such
contract outstanding with a notional amount of 300,000 Euros and a
maturity of December 2003.
(m)
Supplemental Cash flow Information
Supplemental cash flow information
is as follows for fiscal 2003, 2002 and 2001 (amounts in thousands):
Year Ended September 30,
2003
2002
2001
$
1,558
$
242
$
(4,242
)
1,729
2,113
2,447
214
463
1,407
800
(n)
New Accounting Pronouncements
During December 2002, the Financial
Accounting Standards Board issued Statement No. 148,
Accounting for
Stock-Based Compensation Transition and Disclosure, an Amendment of FASB
Statement No. 123
. Statement No. 148 provides alternative methods of
transition for an entity that voluntarily changes to the fair value based
method of accounting for stock-based compensation. Meridian accounts for
its stock-based compensation plans under Accounting Principles Board
Opinion No. 25, in which compensation expense is determined based on
intrinsic value. Meridian continually evaluates its accounting policies,
including those governing stock-based compensation, and at this time
believes it is appropriate to continue accounting for employee stock-based
compensation under APB No. 25, consistent with historical practice.
Table of Contents
No compensation cost, to date, has been recognized for options granted to
employees. Had compensation cost for these plans been determined using the
fair-value method, Meridians net income and earnings per share would have
been reduced to the following pro forma amounts (amounts in thousands,
except per share data):
2003
2002
2001
$
7,018
$
5,031
$
(10,275
)
9
30
9
(597
)
(451
)
(613
)
$
6,430
$
4,610
$
(10,879
)
$
0.48
$
0.34
$
(0.70
)
(0.04
)
(0.02
)
(0.05
)
$
0.44
$
0.32
$
(0.75
)
$
0.47
$
0.34
$
(0.70
)
(0.04
)
(0.03
)
(0.05
)
$
0.43
$
0.31
$
(0.75
)
Year Ended September 30,
2003
2002
2001
2.9%-3.8
%
4.0%-5.3
%
4.4%-6.0
%
3.6%-6.3
%
4.1%-6.0
%
3.0%-10.4
%
8.5 yrs.
8 yrs.
8 yrs.
56%-57
%
56%-57
%
46%-57
%
During November 2002, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 45,
Guarantors
Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Direct
Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others
. Interpretation No. 45 clarifies the
requirements of FASB Statement No. 5 relating to a guarantors accounting
for, and disclosure of, the issuance of certain types of guarantees.
Meridians adoption of Interpretation No. 45 has had no impact on results of
operations or financial condition.
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
As of September 30,
2003
2002
$
3,896
$
3,578
5,329
4,745
4,841
4,412
$
14,066
$
12,735
Table of Contents
As of September 30,
2003
2002
$
20,000
$
20,000
1,306
1,508
928
2,381
62
150
618
22,384
24,569
(879
)
(943
)
$
21,505
$
23,626
Table of Contents
Year Ended September 30,
2003
2002
2001
$
9,055
$
6,979
(15,206
)
2,536
1,264
300
$
11,591
$
8,243
$
(14,906
)
$
1,319
$
$
(107
)
(108
)
39
(119
)
(213
)
(2,890
)
136
(149
)
203
17
(31
)
178
412
(412
)
1,368
3,248
(1,853
)
(97
)
(75
)
(17
)
2,929
2,260
(4,340
)
581
438
(731
)
1,063
514
440
$
4,573
$
3,212
$
(4,631
)
Year Ended September 30,
2003
2002
2001
$
3,941
34.0
%
$
2,802
34.0
%
$
(5,068
)
(34.0
%)
414
2.8
275
1.8
385
3.3
295
3.6
(472
)
(3.2
)
384
3.3
228
2.8
197
1.7
168
2.0
73
0.5
(197
)
(1.7
)
(170
)
(2.1
)
(85
)
(0.6
)
(25
)
(0.2
)
(52
)
(0.6
)
588
4.0
(112
)
(0.9
)
(59
)
(0.7
)
(356
)
(2.4
)
$
4,573
39.5
$
3,212
39.0
$
(4,631
)
(31.1
)
Table of Contents
As of September 30,
2003
2002
$
568
$
967
2,245
2,151
459
193
173
16
(125
)
10
3,032
3,625
2,160
1,706
872
1,919
(2,068
)
(2,201
)
(309
)
(338
)
(380
)
(221
)
(2,757
)
(2,760
)
$
(1,885
)
$
(841
)
Table of Contents
(a)
Savings and Investment Plan
- Meridian has a profit sharing and
retirement savings plan covering substantially all full-time employees.
Profit sharing contributions to the plan, which are discretionary, are
determined by the Board of Directors. The plan permits participants to
contribute to the plan through salary reduction. Under terms of the plan,
Meridian will match up to 3% of an employees contributions. Discretionary
and matching contributions by Meridian to the plan amounted to
approximately $728,000, $665,000, and $265,000, during fiscal 2003, 2002
and 2001, respectively.
(b)
Stock-Based Compensation Plans
Meridian has two active stock based
compensation plans, the 1996 Stock Option Plan Amended and Restated
effective January 23, 2001 (The 1996 Plan), the 1999 Directors Stock
Option Plan (The 1999 Plan), and an Employee Stock Purchase Plan (The
ESP Plan) which became effective October 1, 1997.
Meridian may grant options for up to 1,200,000 shares under the 1996 Plan
and 50,000 shares under the 1999 Plan. Meridian has granted 1,198,467
options under the 1996 Plan and 35,755 shares under the 1999 plan through
September 30, 2003. Options may be granted at exercise prices varying from
95% to 110% of the market value of the underlying common stock on the date
of grant and have maximum terms up to ten years. Vesting schedules are
established at the time of grant and may be set based on future service
periods, achievement of performance targets or a combination thereof. All
options contain provisions restricting their transferability and limiting
their exercise in the event of termination of employment or the disability
or death of the optionee. Meridian has granted options for 1,020,414 shares
under similar plans that have expired.
Effective October 1, 1997, Meridian may sell shares of stock to its
full-time and part-time employees under the ESP Plan up to the number of
shares equivalent to a 1% to 15% payroll deduction from an employees base
salary plus an additional 5% dollar match of this deduction by Meridian.
Table of Contents
A summary of the status of Meridians stock option plans at September 30, 2003,
2002 and 2001 and changes during the years then ended is presented in the
tables and narrative below:
Year Ended September 30,
2003
2002
2001
Wtd
Wtd
Wtd
Avg Ex
Avg Ex
Avg Ex
Shares
Price
Shares
Price
Shares
Price
1,251,974
$
7.00
1,062,828
$
7.38
837,394
$
8.06
164,668
6.71
244,868
4.84
295,218
5.42
(93,324
)
5.12
(35,649
)
4.25
(10,881
)
1.45
(106,773
)
6.07
(20,073
)
5.52
(58,903
)
7.83
1,216,545
$
7.13
1,251,974
$
7.00
1,062,828
$
7.38
685,192
$
8.25
709,566
$
8.13
609,033
$
8.08
$
2.60
$
1.67
$
2.14
Options Outstanding
Options Exercisable
Wtd Avg
Options
Remaining
Wtd Avg
Options
Wtd Avg
Range of Exercise Prices
Outstanding
Life (Yrs.)
Ex Price
Outstanding
Ex Price
271,192
7.8
$
4.17
30,492
$
3.04
757,877
5.9
6.94
474,024
7.05
187,476
4.2
12.19
180,676
12.27
1,216,545
6.1
$
7.13
685,192
$
8.25
Table of Contents
Year Ended September 30,
2003
2002
2001
$
9,089
(14
%)
$
8,479
(14
%)
$
7,990
(14
%)
6,408
(10
%)
6,526
(11
%)
$
5,124
(9
%)
Year Ended September 30,
2003
2002
2001
$
5,354
$
4,694
$
4,864
6,124
5,978
6,498
$
8,402
$
7,226
$
7,557
4,158
4,034
5,150
Table of Contents
US
European
Life
Diagnostics
Diagnostics
Science
Elim (1)
Total
$
39,906
$
13,756
$
12,202
$
$
65,864
5,155
79
939
(6,173
)
8,375
2,717
1,676
21
12,789
2,820
150
810
3,780
1,324
55
433
1,812
63,941
10,489
22,232
(30,242
)
66,420
$
34,171
$
11,920
$
13,013
$
$
59,104
4,992
735
(5,727
)
5,514
1,565
2,896
19
9,994
2,827
171
721
3,719
1,080
46
2,424
3,550
63,708
10,229
21,293
(30,135
)
65,095
$
32,557
$
12,421
$
11,549
$
$
56,527
5,380
689
(6,069
)
(13,444
)
(725
)
1,880
(218
)
(12,507
)
3,939
153
654
4,746
1,073
136
714
1,923
66,611
11,239
17,447
(29,315
)
65,982
Table of Contents
Year Ended September 30,
2003
2002
2001
$
12,789
$
9,994
$
(12,507
)
42
38
166
(1,718
)
(1,974
)
(2,546
)
478
185
(19
)
$
11,591
$
8,243
$
(14,906
)
The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies in Note 2. Transactions between geographic segments are accounted for at established intercompany prices for internal and management purposes with all intercompany amounts eliminated in consolidation. Total assets for the US Diagnostics and Life Science operating segments include goodwill and other intangible assets of $9,526,000 and $5,672,000, respectively at September 30, 2003, $10,555,000 and $5,402,000, respectively at September 30, 2002, and $11,645,000 and $4,117,000, respectively at September 30, 2001.
(11) Commitments and Contingencies
(a) | Royalty Commitments - Meridian has entered into various license agreements that require payment of royalties based on a specified percentage of the sales of licensed products (1% to 8%). These royalty expenses are recognized on an as-earned basis and recorded in the year earned as a component of cost of sales. Annual royalty expenses associated with these agreements were approximately $766,000 $860,000, and, $699,000, respectively, for the years ended September 30, 2003, 2002 and 2001. | |
For one of these license agreements, Meridian is engaged in a dispute with the licensor regarding the payment of royalties. The licensor has claimed additional royalties due from Meridian in the amount of approximately $700,000. Meridian believes that it has satisfactorily complied with all provisions of this license agreement, and therefore, disputes this claim. In addition, Meridian believes that it has valid claims against the licensor under this agreement. This matter is not expected to have a material effect on results of operations or financial condition. | ||
(b) | Litigation During fiscal 2003, Meridian reached a settlement with a former employee regarding his breach of an employment agreement, misappropriation of company trade secrets and related legal proceedings. This settlement provided that Meridian receive proceeds from the disposition of certain personal assets of the former employee. The amount of such proceeds was $216,000, and is included in other income in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations for fiscal 2003. Legal proceedings for these matters |
-54-
have been on-going since June 2000. Legal fees related to these matters amounted to $60,000, $150,000, $440,000 and $450,000 in fiscal 2003, 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively. During fiscal 2003, Meridian received insurance reimbursement in the amount of $187,000 for a portion of these legal fees. This insurance reimbursement is recorded in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations for fiscal 2003. | ||
Meridian is a party to other litigation that it believes is in the normal course of business. The ultimate resolution of these matters is not expected to have a material adverse effect on Meridians financial position, results of operations or cash flows. | ||
(c) | Viral Antigens Earnout | |
The purchase agreement for the Viral Antigens purchase business combination provides for additional consideration, up to a maximum remaining amount of $5,475,000, contingent upon Viral Antigens future earnings through September 30, 2006. Earnout consideration is payable each year following the period earned. During fiscal 2003, 2002 and 2001, additional consideration of $463,000, $1,407,000 and $905,000, respectively, was earned pursuant to this provision. Such amounts are included in goodwill in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Future earnout consideration, if any, will be allocated to goodwill, and will be recorded in the period in which it is earned and becomes payable. |
-55-
(12) Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)
Amounts are in thousands except per share data. The sum of the earnings per common share and cash dividends per share may not equal the corresponding annual amounts due to interim quarter rounding. |
For the Quarter Ended in Fiscal 2003 | December 31 | March 31 | June 30 | September 30 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
Net sales
|
$ | 16,103 | $ | 16,913 | $ | 15,693 | $ | 17,155 | ||||||||
Gross profit
|
9,162 | 10,061 | 9,130 | 9,935 | ||||||||||||
Net earnings
|
1,424 | 1,923 | 1,822 | 1,849 | ||||||||||||
Basic earnings per common share
|
0.10 | 0.13 | 0.12 | 0.13 | ||||||||||||
Diluted earnings per common share
|
0.10 | 0.13 | 0.12 | 0.12 | ||||||||||||
Cash dividends per common share
|
0.07 | 0.09 | 0.09 | 0.09 |
For the Quarter Ended in Fiscal 2002 | December 31 | March 31 | June 30 | September 30 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
Net sales
|
$ | 13,555 | $ | 15,092 | $ | 14,898 | $ | 15,559 | ||||||||
Gross profit
|
8,011 | 8,659 | 8,572 | 9,356 | ||||||||||||
Net earnings
|
1,187 | 1,425 | 1,556 | 863 | ||||||||||||
Basic earnings per common share
|
0.08 | 0.10 | 0.11 | 0.06 | ||||||||||||
Diluted earnings per common share
|
0.08 | 0.10 | 0.11 | 0.06 | ||||||||||||
Cash dividends per common share
|
0.07 | 0.07 | 0.07 | 0.07 |
Net earnings for the fourth quarter of fiscal 2002 include a charge of $751,000, or $0.05 per diluted share, for costs of the abandoned Biotrin acquisition. |
ITEM 9.
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS
ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
There were no disagreements on accounting and financial disclosure in the past fiscal year. The information required by Item 9 of Part II is incorporated by reference into the Registrants Proxy Statement for its 2004 Annual Shareholders Meeting to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A. |
ITEM 9A.
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
As of September 30, 2003, an evaluation was completed under the supervision and with the participation of Meridians management, including Meridians Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of Meridians disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Rule 13a-15(b) and 15(d)-15(b) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Based on that
-56-
evaluation, Meridians management, including the CEO and CFO, concluded that Meridians disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of September 30, 2003. There have been no changes in Meridians internal controls over financial reporting identified in connection with the evaluation of internal controls that occurred during the last fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to affect, Meridians internal controls over financial reporting, or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to September 30, 2003.
PART III
The information required by Items 10., 11., 12., and 13., of Part III are incorporated by reference from the Registrants Proxy Statement for its 2004 Annual Shareholders Meeting to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A. The equity compensation plan chart required by Regulation S-K Item 201(d) appears in and is hereby incorporated by reference from Item 5 of this Form 10-K. Because Meridians fiscal year ended prior to December 15, 2003, no disclosure is being provided with respect to Item 14.
-57-
ITEM 15.
EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K
All financial statements and schedules required to be filed by Item 8 of this
Form and included in this report have been listed previously under Item 8. No
additional financial statements or schedules are being filed since the
requirements of paragraph (d) under Item 15 are not applicable to Meridian.
-58-
(1) Only portions of the 2003 Annual Report to Shareholders specifically are
incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K as filed herewith. A supplemental
paper copy of the 2003 Annual Report to Shareholders has been provided to the
Securities and Exchange Commission for informational purposes only.
-59-
*Management Compensatory Contracts
Incorporated by reference to:
-60-
(a)
(1) and (2) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SCHEDULES.
(a)
(3) EXHIBITS.
Exhibit Number
Description of Exhibit
Filing Status
3.1
Articles of Incorporation, including amendments
not related to Company name change
A
3.2
Code of Regulations
B
4.1
Indenture between Meridian and Star Bank, National
Association, as Trustee, relating to Meridians 7%
Convertible Subordinated Debentures due 2006
C
4.2
Indenture between Meridian and LaSalle Bank
National Association, as Trustee, relating to
Meridians 5% Convertible Subordinated Debentures
due 2013
D
10.3
License Agreement dated October 6, 1983 with
Marion Laboratories, Inc.
B
10.5
Sublicense Agreement dated June 17, 1993 among
Johnson & Johnson, the Scripps Research Institute
and Meridian Concerning certain Patent Rights
E
10.6
Assignment dated June 17, 1993 from Ortho
Diagnostic Systems Inc. to Meridian concerning
certain Patent Rights
E
10.7
Agreement dated January 24, 1994 between Meridian
Diagnostics, Inc. and Immulok, Inc.
F
10.8
Asset Purchase Agreement dated June 24, 1996
between Cambridge Biotech Corporation and Meridian
Diagnostics, Inc.
G
10.9
Merger Agreement among Gull Laboratories, Inc.,
Meridian Diagnostics, Inc. Fresenius AG and
Meridian Acquisition Co. dated as of September 15,
1998
H
10.10*
Savings and Investment Plan Prototype Adoption
Agreement
Filed herewith
10.12*
1986 Stock Option Plan
I
10.14*
1994 Directors Stock Option Plan
J
10.15*
1996 Stock Option Plan
K
10.16*
Salary Continuation Agreement for John A. Kraeutler
L
10.17
First Amendment to Merger Agreement Among Gull
Laboratories, Inc., Meridian Diagnostics, Inc.
Fresenius AG and Meridian Acquisition Co.
M
Table of Contents
Exhibit Number
Description of Exhibit
Filing Status
10.18*
1999 Directors Stock Option Plan
N
10.20
Dividend Reinvestment Plan
P
10.21
Merger Agreement dated September 13, 2000 among
Meridian and the Shareholders of Viral
Antigens, Inc.
O
10.22
Loan and Security Agreement among Meridian,
certain of its subsidiaries and Fifth Third
Bank Dated as of September 20, 2001
R
10.23*
Employment Agreement Dated February 15, 2001
between Meridian and John A. Kraeutler,
including the Addendum to Employment Agreement
dated April 24, 2001 between Meridian and John
A. Kraeutler
R
10.24*
Sample Option Agreement Dated October 1, 2001
R
10.25*
Sample Option Agreement Dated October 1, 2001
R
10.26*
1996 Stock Option Plan as Amended and Restated
Effective January 23, 2001
Q
10.27
Sample Option Agreement Dated November 19, 2002
Filed herewith
10.28
Agreement Concerning Disability and Death dated
September 10, 2003, between Meridian and
William J. Motto
Filed herewith
10.29
Professional Services Agreement dated October
1, 2002 between Meridian and Antonio Interno
Filed herewith
13
2003 Annual Report to Shareholders
(1)
14
Code of Ethics
Filed herewith
21
Subsidiaries of the Registrant
Filed herewith
23
Consent of Independent Accountants
Filed herewith
31.1
Certification of Principal Executive Officer
required by Rule 13a-14(a)
Filed herewith
31.2
Certification of Principal Financial Officer
required by Rule 13a-14(a)
Filed herewith
32
Section 1350 Certification of Chief Executive
Officer and Chief Financial Officer
Filed herewith
Table of Contents
A.
Registration Statement No. 333-02613 on Form S-3 filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission on April 18, 1996.
B.
Registration Statement No. 33-6052 filed under the Securities Act of
1933.
C.
Registration Statement No. 333-11077 on Form S-3 filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission on August 29, 1996.
D.
Meridians Schedule T-O filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
October 24, 2003.
E.
Meridians Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
June 17, 1993.
F.
Meridians Forms 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
February 8, 1994 and April 6, 1994.
G.
Meridians Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
July 2, 1996.
H.
Meridians Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
September 17, 1998.
I.
Registration Statement No. 33-89214 on Form S-8 filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission on April 5, 1995.
J.
Registration Statement No. 33-78868 on Form S-8 filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission on May 12, 1994.
K.
Meridians Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Fiscal Year Ended September
30, 1996.
L.
Meridians Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Fiscal Year Ended September
30, 1995.
M.
Companys Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission filed on November 13, 1998.
N.
Meridians Proxy Statement filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission on December 21, 1998.
O.
Meridians Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 29, 2000.
P.
Meridians Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Fiscal Year Ended September
30, 1999.
Q.
Registration Statement No. 333-75312 on Form S-8 filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission on December 17, 2001
R.
Meridians Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Fiscal Year Ended September
30, 2001.
(b)
REPORTS ON FORM 8-K.
Report on Form 8-K dated September 25, 2003, Item 5, reports change in
operating segments
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September
30, 2002, Part II, Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary
Data
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
December 31, 2002, Part I, Item 1, Financial Statements
Table of Contents
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
MERIDIAN BIOSCIENCE, INC. | ||||
By: | /s/ William J. Motto | |||
|
||||
Date: December 22, 2003 | William J. Motto | |||
Chairman of the Board | ||||
and Chief Executive Officer |
-61-
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature | Capacity | Date | ||
|
|
|
||
/s/ William J. Motto
William J. Motto |
Chairman of the Board of Directors and
Chief
Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) |
December 22, 2003 | ||
/s/ John A. Kraeutler
John A. Kraeutler |
President and Chief Operating
Officer, Director |
December 22, 2003 | ||
/s/ Melissa Lueke
Melissa Lueke |
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer | December 22, 2003 | ||
/s/ James A. Buzard
James A. Buzard |
Director | December 22, 2003 | ||
/s/ Gary P. Kreider
Gary P. Kreider |
Director | December 22, 2003 | ||
/s/ David C. Phillips
David C. Phillips |
Director | December 22, 2003 | ||
/s/ Robert J. Ready
Robert J. Ready |
Director | December 22, 2003 |
-62-
SCHEDULE II
Meridian Bioscience, Inc.
and Subsidiaries
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
(Amounts in Thousands)
Years Ended September 30, 2003, 2002 and 2001
Charged | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at | to Costs | Charged | Balance | |||||||||||||||||||||
Beginning | and | to Other | at End of | |||||||||||||||||||||
Description | of Period | Expenses | Accounts | Deductions | Other (a) | Period | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||
Year Ended September 30, 2003:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Allowance for doubtful accounts
|
$ | 987 | $ | (268 | ) | $ | | $ | (360 | ) | $ | 112 | $ | 471 | ||||||||||
Inventory realizability reserves
|
730 | 289 | | (439 | ) | 5 | 585 | |||||||||||||||||
European restructuring reserves
|
83 | 98 | | (94 | ) | 16 | 103 | |||||||||||||||||
Year Ended September 30, 2002:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Allowance for doubtful accounts
|
$ | 889 | $ | 94 | $ | | $ | (46 | ) | $ | 50 | $ | 987 | |||||||||||
Inventory realizability reserves
|
774 | 1,399 | | (1,443 | ) | | 730 | |||||||||||||||||
European restructuring reserves
|
119 | 78 | | (119 | ) | 5 | 83 | |||||||||||||||||
Year Ended September 30, 2001:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Allowance for doubtful accounts
|
$ | 438 | $ | 528 | $ | | $ | (109 | ) | $ | 32 | $ | 889 | |||||||||||
Inventory realizability reserves
|
685 | 4,486 | | (4,498 | ) | 101 | 774 | |||||||||||||||||
European restructuring reserves
|
800 | 1,321 | | (2,002 | ) | | 119 |
(a) | Balances reflect the effects of currency translation (fiscal years 2001-2003) and acquired valuation accounts related to the Viral Antigens acquisition (fiscal year 2001). |
-63-
EXHIBIT 10.10
KEATING, MUETHING & KLEKAMP, P.L.L.
PROTOTYPE PROFIT SHARING PLAN #001
ADOPTION AGREEMENT
(NON-STANDARDIZED)
MERIDIAN BIOSCIENCE, INC.
SAVINGS AND INVESTMENT PLAN
The Plan and Trust consist of:
- This Adoption Agreement
- The Keating, Muething & Klekamp, P.L.L. Basic Prototype Plan Document
- The Keating, Muething & Klekamp, P.L.L. Prototype Trust Agreement
IRS Opinion Letter Serial Number: K373773a
INSTRUCTIONS AND PROTOTYPE INFORMATION
1. INSTRUCTIONS. For each item in this Adoption Agreement:
(a) if there are boxes, then, except as otherwise noted, check one box; and
(b) fill in any blank lines (other than blanks applicable to unchecked boxes).
FAILURE TO PROPERLY FILL OUT THIS ADOPTION AGREEMENT
MAY RESULT IN DISQUALIFICATION OF THE PLAN.
2. NEED TO APPLY TO THE IRS. An adopting Employer should apply to the appropriate Key District Office of the Internal Revenue Service for a determination that the Plan is qualified under section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code.
EMPLOYER INFORMATION EMPLOYER: MERIDIAN BIOSCIENCE, INC. ADDRESS: 3471 River Hills Drive Cincinnati, Ohio 45244 TELEPHONE NO.: (513) 271-3700 |
EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER: 31-0888197
EMPLOYER'S FISCAL YEAR END: 09/30
NATURE OF EMPLOYER:
X Corporation other than S Corporation S Corporation Sole Proprietor Partnership Limited Liability Company Nature of Business (if not incorporated): _____________ Tax-exempt Organization Governmental |
Other ______________________________________________________
The following additional Employers related to the above Employer also adopt the Plan (use additional pages, if necessary):
BIODESIGN International Incorporated Meridian Bioscience Corporation Viral Antigens, Inc.
(A related Employer may adopt the Plan later than the "Effective Date" (below)
by attaching a separate page to this Adoption Agreement reflecting its adoption
of the Plan and the effective date of its adoption.)
BASIC PLAN INFORMATION
1. PLAN STATUS AND EFFECTIVE DATE. This Plan:
is a new Plan with an "Effective Date" of ________________; or
X is a complete amendment and restatement of an existing Plan. (If selected, complete each of the following.)
- The "Effective Date" of the amendment and restatement is January 1, 2002.
- The original effective date for the Plan was October 1, 1983.
2. PLAN NUMBER. The Plan number (three digits) of the Plan is 001.
3. PLAN YEAR. The "Plan Year" is the 12-consecutive month period beginning on January 1 and on each anniversary thereof.
4. LIMITATION YEAR. The "Limitation Year" is the 12-consecutive month period beginning on January 1 and on each anniversary thereof.
5. PLAN ADMINISTRATOR. The Administrator is:
X the Employer; or
- The Administrator's telephone number is:
(513) 271-3700.
6. TRUSTEE(S):
Riggs Bank N.A.
808 17th Street N.W.
Washington, DC 20006
7. NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE. Normal Retirement Age is:
X Age 65;
Age ___ (not to exceed 65); or
the later of age ___ (not to exceed 65) or the ___th anniversary (not to exceed 5) of the time the Participant commenced participation in the Plan.
8. MAINTENANCE OF ACCOUNTS. The Trustee shall have the ministerial function of maintaining Participants' Accounts in accordance with information, interpretations, and directions from the Administrator.
X Yes
No
TYPE OF PLAN AND AUTHORIZED CONTRIBUTIONS
9. TYPE OF PLAN:
PROFIT SHARING ONLY. This Plan permits discretionary (profit sharing) contributions but has no Section 401(k) feature (skip Items 14-30); or
401(K) ONLY (WITH OR WITHOUT MATCH). This Plan has a
Section 401(k) feature but does not provide for
discretionary (profit sharing) contributions (except
for any required minimum top-heavy contributions)
(skip Items 31- 35); or
X PROFIT SHARING AND 401(K). This Plan permits discretionary (profit sharing) contributions and also has a Section 401(k) feature.
10. VOLUNTARY (AFTER-TAX) PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS. Voluntary (after-tax) Participant contributions are:
X not permitted; or
permitted on a nondeductible basis only. (Not permitted if Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan election in Item 14(b) is in effect.) (If elected, complete Items 22 and 23.)
11. ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS:
X BY PARTICIPANTS AND ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEES. The Plan shall accept rollover contributions from Participants (and Eligible Employees prior to becoming Participants); or
BY PARTICIPANTS ONLY. The Plan shall accept rollover contributions from Participants (but not from Eligible Employees prior to becoming Participants); or
NOT PERMITTED. The Plan shall not accept rollover contributions from Participants or Eligible Employees.
ELIGIBILITY
12. ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE. "Eligible Employee" means:
any person who is an Employee of the Employer;
X any person who is an Employee of the Employer except for a temporary employee who is not expected to work at least 1,000 hours in a year; or
any person who is an Employee of the Employer fitting the following description ___________________________ __________________________; or
any employee of the Employer, any employee of any other employer required to be aggregated under section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code, or any individual deemed under section 414(n) of the Code to be an employee of the Employer or any such employer. (All aggregated Employers should adopt this Plan by executing the Adoption Agreement.)
Note: Unless specified in the second or third option above, in no event shall
Employees in the following categories be considered Eligible Employees:
Employees subject to a collective bargaining agreement not providing for their
coverage by this Plan; leased employees; and nonresident aliens with no US
source income. (See Section 1.18 of the Plan.) Any election to exclude Employees
under the second or third option may not be based on the hours worked by an
Employee.
13. ENTRY DATE AND AGE AND SERVICE REQUIREMENTS. The Plan either has one or multiple sets of Entry Date and age and service requirements as elected below. (Select one and complete.)
The Plan has one set of Entry Date and age and service requirements (applicable to all types of contributions permitted under the Plan) which are as follows:
(a) ENTRY DATE. "Entry Date" means the Effective Date if the Plan is a new plan and also means each of the following occurring on or after the Effective Date:
each _____ (either the first day or last day of the Plan Year) and (the date six months after the other Entry Date); or
the date on which the Employee satisfies the eligibility age and service requirements; or
the first day of each month; or the first day of each Plan Year quarter.
(b) AGE AND SERVICE REQUIREMENTS. The eligibility age and service requirements for this type of contribution are (complete all blanks; specify "0" if there is no requirement):
(1) for a person who is an Eligible Employee on the Effective Date:
(A) attainment of age and
(B) completion of Years of Service;
(2) for a person who is not an Eligible Employee on the
Effective Date:
(A) attainment of age________ and
(B) completion of ________ Years of
Service.
X The Plan has more than one set of Entry Date and age and service requirements as follows:
PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS.
N/A. Neither of these types of contributions
are permitted under the Plan; or
X To the extent Section 401(k) elective deferrals or voluntary (after-tax) contributions are permitted under the Plan, the Entry Date and age and service requirements as follows:
(a) ENTRY DATE. "Entry Date" for these types of contributions means the Effective Date if the Plan is a new plan and also means each of the following occurring on or after the Effective Date:
each _____ (either the first day or last day of the Plan Year) and ______ (the date six months after the other Entry Date); or
X the date on which the Employee satisfies the eligibility age and service requirements; or
the first day of each month; or
the first day of each Plan Year quarter.
(b) AGE AND SERVICE REQUIREMENTS. The eligibility age and service requirements are (complete all blanks; specify "0" if there is no requirement):
(1) for a person who is an Eligible Employee on the Effective Date:
(A) attainment of age 0 and
(B) completion of 0 Years of Service;
(2) for a person who is not an Eligible Employee on the Effective Date:
(A) attainment of age 0 and
(B) completion of 0 Years of Service.
NOTE: These eligibility criteria also apply to qualified nonelective contributions (QNECs) and qualified matching contributions if permitted under the Plan; as well as the 401(k) Safe Harbor, if elected.
MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS SUBJECT TO ACP.
N/A. This type of contribution is not
permitted; or
X The Entry Date and age and service requirements for Employer matching contributions to be taken into account in determining the Actual Contribution Percentage are as follows:
(a) ENTRY DATE. "Entry Date" for these types of contributions means the Effective Date if the Plan is a new plan and also means each of the following occurring on or after the Effective Date:
each _____ (either the first day or last day of the Plan Year) and ______ (the date six months after the other Entry Date); or
the date on which the Employee satisfies the eligibility age and service requirements; or
the first day of each month; or
X the first day of each Plan Year quarter.
(b) AGE AND SERVICE REQUIREMENTS. The eligibility age and service requirements for this type of contribution are (complete all blanks; specify "0" if there is no requirement):
(1) for a person who is an Eligible Employee on the Effective Date:
(A) attainment of age 0 and
(B) completion of 1 Years of Service;
(2) for a person who is not an Eligible Employee on the Effective Date:
(A) attainment of age 0 and
(B) completion of 1 Years of Service.
PROFIT SHARING (DISCRETIONARY) EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS.
N/A. This type of contribution is not
permitted; or
X The Entry Date and age and service requirements for profit sharing (discretionary) contributions are as follows:
(a) ENTRY DATE. "Entry Date" for this type of contribution means the Effective Date if the Plan is a new plan and also means each of the following occurring on or after the Effective Date:
each _____ (either the first day or last day of the Plan Year) and ______ (the date six months after the other Entry Date); or
the date on which the Employee satisfies the eligible age and service requirements; or
the first day of each month; or
X the first day of each Plan Year quarter.
(b) AGE AND SERVICE REQUIREMENTS. The eligibility age and service
requirements for this type of contribution are (complete all blanks; specify "0" if there is no requirement):
(1) for a person who is an Eligible Employee on the Effective Date:
(A) attainment of age 0 and
(B) completion of 1 Years of Service;
(2) for a person who is not an Eligible Employee on the Effective Date:
(A) attainment of age 0 and
(B) completion of 1 Years of Service.
(Note: The age requirement cannot be greater than 21. The service requirement cannot exceed 1 year, except that up to 2 years may be required if the Plan provides for full vesting after not more than 2 Years of Service and a Section 401(k) feature is not adopted. If a fractional Year of Service is specified, an Employee will not be required to complete any specified number of Hours of Service to receive credit for such fractional year.)
SECTION 401(k) FEATURE
(THE FOLLOWING ITEMS 14 THROUGH 30 SHOULD BE COMPLETED ONLY IF A
SECTION 401(k) FEATURE IS PART OF THE PLAN PURSUANT TO ITEM 9; BUT
COMPLETE ITEMS 22 AND 23 IF THE PLAN ALLOWS VOLUNTARY (AFTER-TAX)
PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS. OTHERWISE, SKIP TO ITEM 31.)
14. SECTION 401(k) FEATURE. In addition to Section 401(k) elective deferrals by Participants, the Plan shall allow the Employer to make other type(s) of contributions in accordance with the following:
(a) X REGULAR (NON-SAFE HARBOR) SECTION 401(k) FEATURE. The Plan does not follow the 401(k) Safe Harbor provisions of Section 3.10 of the Plan and allows the Employer to make the following type(s) of contributions in connection with the Section 401(k) feature:
X QNECs. This Plan permits the Employer to make qualified nonelective contributions (which are fully vested and subject to the 401(k) distribution limitations) to be taken into account in determining the Actual Deferral Percentage.
X QUALIFIED MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS SUBJECT TO ADP. This Plan permits the Employer to make qualified matching contributions (which are fully vested and subject to the 401(k) distribution limitations) to be taken into account in determining the Actual Deferral Percentage.
X MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS SUBJECT TO
ACP. This Plan permits the Employer to make matching contributions to the Employer Matching Accounts (which are subject to the vesting schedule selected in Item 49) to be taken into account in determining the Actual Contribution Percentage. (b) SAFE HARBOR 401(k) PLAN. The Plan shall follow the 401(k) Safe Harbor provisions of Section 3.10 of the Plan. (If elected, complete Items 15 and 16 and then skip to Items 27-30.) |
SECTION 401(k) FEATURE
ELECTIVE DEFERRALS
15. LIMITATIONS ON ELECTIVE DEFERRALS. (Any limitations selected are in addition to the Section 402(g) limits and other limits under the Basic Plan Document.)
(a) PLAN YEAR LIMITATIONS. (Select only one and complete as necessary.)
A Participant's elective deferrals for a Plan Year may not exceed the lesser of ___% of his Compensation for the Plan Year or $______; or
No Plan Year limitations other than those otherwise imposed under the Plan; or
X The Administrator may set a maximum and/or minimum limit (which may change from time to time) to be applied uniformly to the Participants on the percentage or dollar amount of a Participant's Compensation that may be reduced for any Plan Year under a salary reduction election hereunder.
(b) PAY PERIOD LIMITATIONS. (Select only one and complete as necessary.)
A Participant's salary reductions for a pay period or with respect to a bonus or other special payment may not exceed the lesser of ___% of his Compensation otherwise payable for such pay period or as a bonus or special payment or $______; or
No pay period limitations other than those otherwise imposed under the Plan or the law; or
X The Administrator may set a maximum and/or minimum limit (which may change from time to time) to be applied uniformly to the Participants on the percentage or dollar amount of a Participant's Compensation that may be reduced under a salary reduction agreement hereunder for any pay period or for a bonus or special payment.
NOTE: Any limit imposed may not prevent a Participant from receiving the maximum match.
16. ELECTION, CHANGE AND TERMINATION OF SALARY DEFERRALS.
(a) ELECTIONS. A Participant may enter (or re-enter following a termination under (d) below) into a salary reduction agreement by providing the prescribed election form to the Employer on or before one of the following applicable dates and the election shall become effective as soon after the applicable date coinciding with or first following the Employer's receipt of the Participant's election form as is administratively feasible: (Select only one of the following and complete as necessary.)
X Each of the following dates: (Fill in one or more dates during a year.) any date within the first 30 days after hire, otherwise the first day of each calendar quarter; or
Any time; or
Such dates (at least one each calendar year) as may be prescribed by the Administrator from time to time.
(b) CHANGES. A Participant may change a salary reduction agreement by providing the prescribed election form to the Administrator on or before one of the following applicable dates and the change shall become effective as soon after the applicable date coinciding with or first following the Administrator's receipt of the Participant's election form as is administratively feasible: (Select only one of the following and complete as necessary.)
X Each of the following dates: (Fill in one or more dates during a year.) January 1; April 1; July 1; October 1; or
Any time; or
Such dates (at least one each calendar year) as may be prescribed by the Administrator from time to time.
(c) LIMIT ON NUMBER OF CHANGES. A Participant may make changes to his salary reduction agreement no more frequently than: (Select only one of the following and complete as necessary.)
__ times per Plan Year (Fill in number (at least one).); or
X The Administrator may prescribe limits from time to time on the number of changes that can be made per Plan Year, provided that at least one change shall be permitted each Plan Year.
(d) TERMINATIONS. A Participant may terminate a salary reduction agreement by providing the prescribed election form to the Administrator at any time and the termination shall become effective as soon after the Administrator's receipt of the Participant's election form as is administratively feasible.
(e) SPECIAL BONUS ELECTIONS. The Administrator may allow Participants to enter special salary reduction agreements effective only with respect to the next bonus or other special payment due and payable after the Administrator's receipt of the election form.
Yes ("Yes" may not be elected if bonuses are excluded from the definition of Compensation under Item 39 of the Adoption Agreement.)
X No
Pre-existing salary reduction elections under (a) and (b) above shall not be affected by a special election hereunder and a special election hereunder shall be disregarded for purposes of (c), (d) and (e) above.
SECTION 401(k) FEATURE
QNECS
(THE FOLLOWING ITEMS 17 AND 18 SHOULD BE COMPLETED ONLY IF THE BOX IN
ITEM 14(a) ENTITLED "QNECS" IS SELECTED. DO NOT COMPLETE ITEMS 17 AND
18 IF THE SAFE HARBOR PLAN ELECTION IN ITEM 14(b) IS SELECTED.)
17. QNEC ALLOCATION METHOD AND AMOUNT. The Employer shall be authorized to make annual qualified nonelective contributions to the Plan to the Nonelective Contribution Accounts for allocation as follows: (Select (a) and/or (b) and complete. An Employer may elect to make contributions under one or both QNEC allocation methods.)
(a) X proportionate to the Compensation for the Plan Year of all Participants eligible under Item 18 below and in the following amount: (Select one and complete.) ___% of the Compensation of all Participants who are entitled under Item 18 below to receive an allocation for the Plan Year; or X such other amount (if any) as may be properly determined by the Employer for such Plan Year. (b) X an equal flat dollar amount for each Participant eligible under Item 18 below in the following amount: (Select one and complete.) $______ for each Participant who is entitled under Item 18 below to receive an allocation for the Plan Year; or X such other flat dollar amount (if any) as may be properly determined by the Employer for such Plan Year. |
18. PARTICIPANTS ENTITLED TO RECEIVE A QNEC.
(a) "HIGHLY COMPENSATED" STATUS. (Select only one.)
Only Participants who are Non-highly
Compensated Employees eligible under (b) or
(c) below shall be entitled to share in the
Employer contribution under Item 17 to the
Nonelective Contribution Accounts for a Plan
Year; or
All Participants who are eligible under (b)
or (c) below shall be entitled to share in
the Employer contribution under Item 17 to
the Nonelective Contribution Accounts for a
Plan Year; or
X On a year to year basis, the Administrator
shall determine whether all Participants
eligible under (b) or (c) below or only
those Participants who are Non-highly
Compensated Employees eligible under (b) or
(c) below shall be entitled to share in the
Employer contribution under Item 17 to the
Nonelective Contribution Accounts for the
Plan Year.
(b) EMPLOYMENT STATUS. A Participant eligible under (a) above shall be entitled to share in the Employer contribution under Item 17 to the Nonelective Contribution Accounts for a Plan Year if: (Select only one.)
X he is an Eligible Employee at any time during the Plan Year;
he is an Eligible Employee on the last day of the Plan Year;
he receives credit for at least 500 Hours of Service during the Plan Year or he is an Eligible Employee on the last day of the Plan Year;
he receives credit for at least 1,000 Hours of Service during the Plan Year, regardless of whether he is an Eligible Employee on the last day of the Plan Year; or
he receives credit for at least 1,000 Hours of Service during the Plan Year and he is an Eligible Employee on the last day of the Plan Year.
(c) CERTAIN FORMER EMPLOYEES. In addition, a Participant eligible under (a) above who has Compensation for a Plan Year shall be entitled to share in such Employer contribution for such Plan Year if he is on an approved leave of absence at the end of such Plan Year or if his employment by the Employer terminates during such Plan Year on account of death, Disability, retirement at or after Normal Retirement Age, or (if provided for in Item 47) early retirement.
X Yes
No
SECTION 401(k) FEATURE
QUALIFIED MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS SUBJECT TO ADP
(THE FOLLOWING ITEMS 19 THROUGH 21 SHOULD BE COMPLETED ONLY IF THE BOX IN ITEM 14(a) ENTITLED "QUALIFIED MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS SUBJECT TO ADP" IS SELECTED. DO NOT COMPLETE ITEMS 19 THROUGH 21 IF THE SAFE HARBOR PLAN ELECTION IN ITEM 14(b) IS SELECTED.)
19. QUALIFIED MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS ALLOCATION METHOD AND AMOUNT. The Employer shall be authorized to make matching contributions to the Nonelective Contribution Accounts of those Participants who both make elective deferrals hereunder for the Plan Year and who are entitled under Item 20 below to receive this type of matching contribution for the year for allocation as follows: (Select any that apply and complete. An Employer may elect to make more than one type of matching contribution by selecting more than one of the following options.)
(a) X As a percentage of Participants' Section 401(k) elective deferrals; (b) Proportionate to the Compensation for the Plan Year of all Participants who are entitled to this type of matching contribution for the Plan Year, in the following amount: (Select one and complete.) ___% of the Compensation of all Participants who are entitled to receive this type of matching contribution for the Plan Year; or such other amount (if any) as may be properly determined by the Employer for such Plan Year; (c) An equal flat dollar amount for each Participant who is entitled to this type of matching contribution for the Plan Year in the following amount: (Select one and complete.) $______ for each Participant who is entitled to receive this type of matching contribution for the Plan Year; or such other flat dollar amount (if any) as may be properly determined by the Employer for such Plan Year. |
20. PARTICIPANTS ENTITLED TO RECEIVE A QUALIFIED MATCHING CONTRIBUTION.
(a) "HIGHLY COMPENSATED" STATUS. (Select only one.)
Only Participants who are Non-highly
Compensated Employees eligible under (b) or
(c) below (and who make elective deferrals
hereunder for the Plan Year) shall be
entitled to receive the qualified matching
contribution under Item 19 to the
Nonelective Contribution Accounts for a Plan
Year; or
X All Participants who are eligible under (b) or (c) below (and who make elective deferrals hereunder for the Plan Year) shall be entitled to receive the qualified matching contribution under Item 19 to the Nonelective Contribution Accounts for a Plan Year; or
On a year to year basis, the Administrator
shall determine whether all Participants
eligible under (b) or (c) below or only
those Participants who are Non-highly
Compensated Employees eligible under (b) or
(c) below (and who make elective deferrals
hereunder
for the Plan Year) shall be entitled to receive the qualified matching contribution under Item 19 to the Nonelective Contribution Accounts for the Plan Year.
(b) EMPLOYMENT STATUS. A Participant eligible under (a) above shall be entitled to receive a qualified matching contribution under Item 19 to the Nonelective Contribution Account for a Plan Year if:
(Select only one.)
X he is an Eligible Employee at any time during the Plan Year;
he is an Eligible Employee on the last day of the Plan Year;
he receives credit for at least 500 Hours of Service during the Plan Year or he is an Eligible Employee on the last day of the Plan Year;
he receives credit for at least 1,000 Hours of Service during the Plan Year, regardless of whether he is an Eligible Employee on the last day of the Plan Year; or
he receives credit for at least 1,000 Hours of Service during the Plan Year and he is an Eligible Employee on the last day of the Plan Year.
(c) CERTAIN FORMER EMPLOYEES. In addition, a Participant eligible under (a) above shall be entitled to receive such a qualified matching contribution for such Plan Year if he is on an approved leave of absence at the end of such Plan Year or if his employment by the Employer terminates during such Plan Year on account of death, Disability, retirement at or after Normal Retirement Age, or (if provided for in Item 47) early retirement.
X Yes
No
21. MATCHES AS A PERCENTAGE OF ELECTIVE DEFERRALS. (Complete this Item only if box (a) under Item 19 is selected.)
(a) AMOUNT. Subject to (b) and (c) below, the Employer's annual qualified matching contribution (if any) to the Plan to the Nonelective Contribution Account of each Participant entitled to receive this type of matching contribution for the Plan Year shall be an amount equal to: (Select only one and complete as necessary.)
___% of the Participant's elective deferrals hereunder for the Plan Year not in excess of % of the Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year; or
___% of the portion of the Participant's elective deferrals hereunder for the Plan Year not in excess of ___% of the Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year plus ___% of the portion of the Participant's elective deferrals hereunder for the Plan Year in excess of that amount but not in excess of ___% of the Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year; or
X such other percentage of such portion of the Participant's elective deferrals hereunder for the Plan Year as may be properly determined by the Administrator for such Plan Year and applied uniformly with respect to those Participants entitled to receive this
type of matching contribution hereunder.
(b) PAY PERIOD LIMITATIONS. The same percentage-of-Compensation limitations specified under (a) above also shall be applied on a pay period basis (and with respect to bonuses or other special payments) such that the Employer's qualified matching contributions shall be with respect to only such percentage of Compensation otherwise payable for a pay period (or as a bonus or other special payment).
Yes
X No
(c) BONUSES SUBJECT TO MATCH. Elective deferrals with respect to bonuses or other special payments shall be matched to the same extent and subject to the same limitations as any other part of a Participant's Compensation.
X Yes -- elective deferrals with respect to bonuses and special payments shall be matched
No -- elective deferrals with respect to bonuses and special payments shall not be matched
SECTION 401(k) FEATURE
ADP/ACP TESTING METHODS
(THE FOLLOWING ITEMS 22 AND 23 SHOULD BE COMPLETED ONLY IF ITEM 14(a)
(NON-SAFE HARBOR 401(k) PLAN) IS SELECTED OR THE PLAN ALLOWS VOLUNTARY
(AFTER-TAX) PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS IN ITEM 10.)
22. ADP/ACP TESTING METHOD.
(a) Testing Method. The ADP and/or ACP testing shall be applied using: (Select only one.)
PRIOR YEAR TESTING METHOD (referred to in Sections 3.1(e)(1) and 3.2(b)(1)).
New Feature Election. (If Prior Year Testing Method is selected, the Plan is not a successor plan and if the Section 401(k) feature (or either the Employer matching contribution feature or voluntary (after-tax) Participant contribution feature) was first made a part of the Plan on or after the "Effective Date" in Item 1, then select one of the following:)
For the first Plan Year in which a section 401(k) feature (or either the Employer matching contribution feature or voluntary (after-tax) Participant contribution feature) is part of the Plan, the Actual Deferral Percentage (or Actual Contribution Percentage, as the case may be) for Non-highly Compensated Employees to be taken into account shall be:
deemed to be 3 percent, or
the Actual Deferral Percentage (or Actual Contribution Percentage, as the case may be) for such first Plan Year for Participants who are Non-highly Compensated Employees eligible to make Section 401(k) contributions (or voluntary after-tax Participant contributions) for such Plan Year.
X CURRENT YEAR TESTING METHOD (referred to in Sections 3.1(e)(2) and 3.2(b)(2)).
NOTE: A Plan may change from the Current Year Testing Method to the Prior Year Testing Method only if (1) the Plan has been using the Current Year Testing method for the preceding 5 Plan Years, or, if lesser, the number of Plan Years the Plan has been in existence; or (2) the Plan otherwise meets one of the conditions specified in Notice 98-1 (or superseding guidance) for changing from the Current Year Testing method.
(b) METHODS USED FOR PRE-EFFECTIVE DATE PLAN YEARS. (Complete this Item only if the Plan was not previously amended for GUST and the choices in Item 22(a) would have been relevant and available in a Plan Year prior to the Effective Date.) (Select only one.)
The testing method selected in Item 22(a) was used for all relevant Plan Years prior to the Effective Date.
X The Plan used the methods for ADP and/or ACP testing in relevant Plan Years before the Effective Date as described in an attachment. (If selected, describe the testing in an attachment.)
23. OTHER TESTING METHODOLOGIES. (Select any of the following as are applicable; otherwise do not select.) (See Section 1.26(c) of the Plan.)
TOP-PAID GROUP ELECTION. In determining who is a Highly Compensated Employee, the Employer makes a top-paid group election. The effect of this election is that an Employee (who is not a Five-Percent Owner at any time during the determination year or the look-back year) with Section 415 Compensation in excess of $80,000 (as adjusted) for the look-back year is a Highly Compensated Employee only if the Employee was in the top-paid group for the look-back year.
CALENDAR YEAR ELECTION. In determining who is a Highly Compensated Employee (other than as a Five-Percent Owner), the Employer makes a calendar year data election. The effect of this election is that the look-back year is the calendar year beginning with or within the look-back year.
X NOT APPLICABLE. Neither of these elections applies.
SECTION 401(k) FEATURE
MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS SUBJECT TO ACP
(THE FOLLOWING ITEMS 24 THROUGH 26 SHOULD BE COMPLETED ONLY IF THE BOX IN ITEM 14(a) ENTITLED "MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS SUBJECT TO ACP" IS SELECTED. DO NOT COMPLETE ITEMS 24 THROUGH 26 IF THE SAFE HARBOR PLAN ELECTION IN ITEM 14(b) IS SELECTED.)
24. EMPLOYER MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS TO EMPLOYER MATCHING ACCOUNTS. The Employer shall be authorized to make matching contributions to the Employer Matching Accounts of those Participants who both make elective deferrals hereunder for the Plan Year and who are entitled under Item 25 below to receive this type of matching contribution for the year for allocation as follows: (Select any that apply and complete. An Employer may elect to make more than one type of matching contribution by selecting more than one of the following options.)
(a) X As a percentage of Participants' Section 401(k) elective deferrals (complete Items 25 and 26); (b) Proportionate to the Compensation for the Plan Year of all Participants who are entitled to this type of matching contribution for the Plan Year, in the following amount: (Select one and complete.) ____________% of the Compensation of all Participants who are entitled to receive this type of matching contribution for the Plan Year; or such other amount (if any) as may be properly determined by the Employer for such Plan Year; (c) An equal flat dollar amount for each Participant who is entitled to this type of matching contribution for the Plan Year in the following amount: (Select one and complete.) $____ for each Participant who is entitled to receive this type of matching contribution for the Plan Year; or such other flat dollar amount (if any) as may be properly determined by the Employer for such Plan Year. |
25. PARTICIPANTS ENTITLED TO RECEIVE EMPLOYER MATCHING CONTRIBUTION TO EMPLOYER MATCHING ACCOUNTS.
(a) "HIGHLY COMPENSATED" STATUS. (Select only one.)
Only Participants who are Non-highly
Compensated Employees eligible under (b) or
(c) below (and who make elective deferrals
hereunder for the Plan Year) shall be
entitled to receive the matching
contribution under Item 24 to the Employer
Matching Accounts for a Plan Year; or
X All Participants who are eligible under (b) or (c) below (and who make elective deferrals hereunder for the Plan Year) shall be entitled to receive the matching contribution under Item 24 to the
Employer Matching Accounts for a Plan Year; or
On a year to year basis, the Administrator
shall determine whether all Participants
eligible under (b) or (c) below or only
those Participants who are Non-highly
Compensated Employees eligible under (b) or
(c) below (and who make elective deferrals
hereunder for the Plan Year) shall be
entitled to receive the matching
contribution under Item 24 to the Employer
Matching Accounts for the Plan Year.
(b) EMPLOYMENT STATUS. A Participant who has met the eligibility criteria in Item 13 applicable to this type of contribution and who is eligible under (a) above shall be entitled to receive a matching contribution under Item 24 to the Employer Matching Account for a Plan Year if: (Select only one.)
X he is an Eligible Employee at any time during the Plan Year;
he is an Eligible Employee on the last day of the Plan Year;
he receives credit for at least 500 Hours of Service during the Plan Year or he is an Eligible Employee on the last day of the Plan Year;
he receives credit for at least 1,000 Hours of Service during the Plan Year, regardless of whether he is an Eligible Employee on the last day of the Plan Year; or
he receives credit for at least 1,000 Hours of Service during the Plan Year and he is an Eligible Employee on the last day of the Plan Year.
(c) CERTAIN FORMER EMPLOYEES. In addition, a Participant who has met the eligibility criteria in Item 13 applicable to this type of contribution and who is eligible under (a) above shall be entitled to receive such a matching contribution for such Plan Year if he is on an approved leave of absence at the end of such Plan Year or if his employment by the Employer terminates during such Plan Year on account of death, Disability, retirement at or after Normal Retirement Age, or (if provided for in Item 47) early retirement.
X Yes
No
26. MATCHES AS A PERCENTAGE OF ELECTIVE DEFERRALS. (Complete this Item only if box (a) under Item 24 is selected.)
(a) AMOUNT. Subject to (b) and (c) below, the Employer's annual matching contribution (if any) to the Plan to the Employer Matching Account of each Participant entitled to receive this type of matching contribution for the Plan Year shall be an amount equal to: (Select only one and complete as necessary.)
___% of the Participant's elective deferrals hereunder for the Plan Year not in excess of ___% of the Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year; or
___% of the portion of the Participant's elective deferrals hereunder for the Plan Year not in excess of ___% of the Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year plus ___% of the portion of the Participant's elective deferrals hereunder for the Plan
Year in excess of that amount but not in excess of ___% of the Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year; or
X such other percentage of such portion of the Participant's elective deferrals hereunder for the Plan Year as may be properly determined by the Administrator for such Plan Year and applied uniformly with respect to those Participants entitled to receive this type of matching contribution hereunder.
(b) PAY PERIOD LIMITATIONS. The same percentage-of-Compensation limitations specified under (a) above also shall be applied on a pay period basis (and with respect to bonuses or other special payments) such that the Employer's matching contributions shall be with respect to only such percentage of Compensation otherwise payable for a pay period (or as a bonus or other special payment).
X Yes
No
(c) BONUSES SUBJECT TO MATCH. Elective deferrals with respect to bonuses or other special payments shall be matched to the same extent and subject to the same limitations as any other part of a Participant's Compensation.
X Yes -- elective deferrals with respect to bonuses and special payments shall be matched
No -- elective deferrals with respect to bonuses and special payments shall not be matched
SECTION 401(k) FEATURE
SAFE HARBOR 401(k) PLAN
(THE FOLLOWING ITEMS 27 THROUGH 30 SHOULD BE COMPLETED ONLY IF THE SAFE
HARBOR 401(k) PLAN SELECTION IN ITEM 14(b) IS SELECTED.)
27. EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS.. The Employer shall satisfy the safe harbor contribution requirement by making the following type of contributions: (Select one of the following:)
Safe Harbor Matching Contribution (complete Items 28 and 30); or
Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution (complete Items 29 and 30).
28. SAFE HARBOR MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS.. (Complete only if the first box in Item 27 is selected.)
(a) AMOUNT. The Employer's matching contributions to the Nonelective Contribution Accounts of those Participants who make elective deferrals for the Plan Year and who are entitled under Item 30 below to receive this type of contribution shall be an amount equal to: (Select one and complete as necessary.)
BASIC MATCH ONLY. The Employer's matching contributions to the Nonelective Contribution Accounts of those Participants who make elective deferrals for the Plan Year and who are entitled under Item 30 below to receive this type of contribution shall be 100% of the Participant's elective deferrals hereunder up to 3% of the Participant's Compensation, plus 50% of the Participant's elective deferrals up to the next 2% of Compensation.
ENHANCED MATCH. The Employer's matching contributions shall be ___________% of the Participant's elective deferrals hereunder up to ___________% (not less than 3% or more than 6%) of the Participant's Compensation plus ___________% (not more than the first percentage) of the Participant's elective deferrals in excess of that amount but not in excess of ___________% (not more than 6%) of the participant's Compensation.
NOTE: The Enhanced Match option must entitle a Participant to at least as great a match at any level of elective deferrals as he would have under the Basic Match option.
(b) APPLICATION OF LIMITATIONS. The percentage-of-Compensation limitations specified under (a) above shall be applied (select one):
on a pay period basis;
on a monthly basis;
on a quarterly basis; or
on an annual (Plan Year) basis.
29. SAFE HARBOR NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTION.. (Complete only if the second box in Item 27 is selected.) The Employer shall make contributions equal to at least ________% (at least 3%) of Compensation for each Participant who is eligible under Item 30 below to receive this type of contribution.
30. PARTICIPANTS ENTITLED TO SAFE HARBOR CONTRIBUTIONS.. A Participant shall be entitled to an Employer safe harbor matching contribution or nonelective contribution if (select only one):
he is an Eligible Employee at any time during the Plan Year; or
he is a Nonhighly Compensated Employee who is an Eligible Employee at any time during the Plan Year.
DISCRETIONARY (PROFIT SHARING) CONTRIBUTIONS
(THE FOLLOWING ITEMS 31 THROUGH 35 SHOULD BE COMPLETED ONLY IF A DISCRETIONARY (PROFIT SHARING) CONTRIBUTION FEATURE IS PART OF THE PLAN PURSUANT TO ITEM 9.)
31. DISCRETIONARY CONTRIBUTIONS ALLOCATION METHOD AND AMOUNT. The Employer shall be authorized to make discretionary (profit sharing) contributions to the Plan for allocation to the Employer Contribution Accounts as follows: (Select (a), (b) and/or (c) and complete. An Employer may elect to make contributions under one or more allocation methods.)
(a) X proportionate to Compensation method :(Complete Item 34 to specify the amount of the contribution; and below to select whether such allocations are to be on an integrated or non-integrated basis) ALLOCATION OF EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS. This type of Employer contribution shall be allocated, for each participant eligible under Items 32 and 33 below, on: X a non-integrated basis (see Section 3.3(a)(2) of the Plan), or an integrated basis (see Section 3.3(a)(3) of the Plan) (complete Item 35). (b) an equal flat dollar amount for each Participant eligible under Items 32 and 33 below in the following amount: (Select one and complete.) $______ for each Participant who is entitled under Items 32 and 33 below to receive an allocation for the Plan Year; or such other flat dollar amount (if any) as may be properly determined by the Employer for such Plan Year. (c) $______ for each Hour of Service credited for a Participant eligible under Items 32 and 33 below for the Plan Year. |
32. PARTICIPANTS ENTITLED TO RECEIVE AN ALLOCATION OF EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION (PART 1). A Participant who has met the eligibility criteria in Item 13 applicable to this type of contribution shall be entitled to share in the Employer contribution to the Employer Contribution Accounts for a Plan Year if: (Select only one.)
he is an Eligible Employee at any time during the
Plan Year;
he is an Eligible Employee on the last day of the
Plan Year;
he receives credit for at least 500 Hours of Service during the Plan Year or he is an Eligible Employee on the last day of the Plan Year;
he receives credit for at least 1,000 Hours of Service during the Plan Year, regardless of whether he is an Eligible Employee on the last day of the Plan Year; or
X he receives credit for at least 1,000 Hours of Service during the Plan Year and he is an Eligible Employee on the last day of the Plan Year.
33. PARTICIPANTS ENTITLED TO RECEIVE AN ALLOCATION OF EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION (PART
2). In addition, a Participant who has met the eligibility criteria in Item 13 applicable to this type of contribution and who has Compensation for a Plan Year shall be entitled to share in the Employer contribution for such Plan Year if he is on an approved leave of absence at the end of such Plan Year or if his employment by the Employer terminates during such Plan Year on account of death, Disability, retirement at or after Normal Retirement Age, or (if provided for in Item 47 of this Adoption Agreement) early retirement.
X Yes
No
34. DETERMINATION. The Employer's annual discretionary (profit sharing) contribution (if any) to the Plan for a Plan Year for allocation to the Employer Contribution Accounts shall be an amount equal to:
___% of the Compensation of all Participants who are entitled to receive an allocation for such Plan Year;
___% of the Employer's current Profits for such Plan Year;
___% of the Employer's current Profits in excess of $______ for such Plan Year; or
X such other amount as may be properly determined by the Employer for such Plan Year.
35. INTEGRATED ALLOCATION FORMULA. (Complete only if integrated basis is selected in 31(a) above.)
(a) INTEGRATION FORMULA. Employer contributions under Item 31(a) of the Adoption Agreement (and any forfeitures allocated with this type of contribution) shall be allocated, as follows, among the Employer Contribution Accounts of those Participants entitled to receive such an allocation: (Select only one.)
MAXIMUM DISPARITY METHOD. First, such
contribution (and forfeitures) shall be
allocated in the same ratio that the sum of
such Participants' Compensation plus Excess
Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the
sum of all such Participants' Compensation
plus Excess Compensation, but the amount so
allocated, expressed as a percentage, shall
not exceed the Maximum Disparity Rate.
Second, the balance, if any, of such
contribution (and forfeitures) shall be
allocated in proportion to such
Participants' Compensation for the Plan
Year.
FOUR-TIER METHOD. First, such contribution
(and forfeitures) shall be allocated in
proportion to the Participants' Compensation
for such Plan Year, but not in excess of 3
percent of each Participant's Compensation.
Second, any remaining contribution (and
forfeitures) shall be allocated in
proportion to the Participants' Excess
Compensation for the Plan Year but not in
excess of 3 percent of each Participant's
Excess Compensation. Third, any remaining
contribution (and forfeitures) shall be
allocated in the same ratio that the sum of
such Participants' Compensation plus Excess
Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the
sum of all such Participants' Compensation
plus Excess Compensation, but the amount so
allocated, expressed as a percentage, shall
not exceed the Maximum Disparity Rate less
three percentage points. Fourth, any
remaining contribution (and forfeitures)
shall be allocated in proportion to the
Participants' Compensation for the
Plan Year.
(b) TAXABLE WAGE BASE. For purposes of allocating on an integrated basis, "Taxable Wage Base" means:
the contribution and benefit base under section 230 of the Social Security Act, as of the first day of the particular Plan Year; or
$___________ (not to exceed the contribution and benefit base under section 230 of the Social Security Act, as of the first day of the Plan Year in which the Effective Date falls); or
___________% (not to exceed 100%) of the contribution and benefit base under section 230 of the Social Security Act, as of the first day of the particular Plan Year.
If a Plan Year consists of less than 12 months, then the Taxable Wage Base for such Plan Year shall be multiplied by the fraction the numerator of which is the number of months in the short Plan Year and the denominator of which is 12.
COMPENSATION TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT UNDER THE PLAN
36. BASE DEFINITION.
INSTRUCTIONS: Complete Column A for the definition of "Compensation" generally applicable under the Plan, including for the allocation of contributions. Complete Column B for the definition of "Section 415 Compensation" (Section 4.1(k) of the Plan) applicable in determining the section 415 limitations.
FOR SELF-EMPLOYED INDIVIDUALS (INCLUDING PARTNERS IN A PARTNERSHIP),
SEE SECTION 1.12(e) OF THE PLAN.
B A "SECTION 415 "COMPENSATION" COMPENSATION" -------------- ------------- IRS SAFE HARBORS - W-2, Total Compensation Box - Earnings subject to Federal Income Tax Withholding X - General Section 415 definition X OTHER CHOICE - FICA definition N/A |
37. EXCLUSION OF ELECTIVE DEFERRALS. The Compensation definition (but not the Section 415 Compensation definition) shall exclude any amount contributed pursuant to a salary reduction agreement and which are not includible in the Employee's gross income by reason of Sections 401(k), 402(e)(3), 125 or 132(f)(4) and similar Compensation reduction elections (Section 1.11(d) of Plan). (This exclusion is not available for the definition of Section 415 Compensation.)
Yes - these amounts are excluded.
X No - these amounts are included.
38. PARTIAL YEAR OF PARTICIPATION. Compensation for any part of a Plan Year during which an Employee is not a Participant or has not met the eligibility criteria for a particular type of Employer contribution (or forfeiture allocation): (Select one.)
shall be taken into account in the allocation of Employer contributions (and forfeitures) under the Plan; or
X shall not be taken into account in the allocation of Employer contributions (and forfeitures) under the Plan.
39. EXCLUSIONS. Compensation shall exclude the following (check any that apply):
FOR INTEGRATED ALLOCATIONS (SEE ITEM 35), ONE OF THE FOLLOWING
TWO ALTERNATIVES MUST BE SELECTED
No exclusions
X Safe-harbor exclusion of allowances, reimbursements and fringe benefits
'
(Section 1.11(c) of Plan)
ANY OF THE FOLLOWING EXCLUSIONS REQUIRE 414(s) TESTING
Bonuses Overtime
Commissions Other (specify)
40. CASH BASIS. Compensation should be taken into account in the Plan Year in which it is actually paid.
41. EFFECTIVE DATE. If the selections in Item 36 change the Plan's base definition of Compensation or Section 415 Compensation, or if the selections in Items 37-40 otherwise change the Plan's provisions as of a date other than the Effective Date, fill in the effective date of the change, identify the change and specify or attach the provisions in effect prior to the change: n/a
SERVICE TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT UNDER THE PLAN
42. METHOD OF DETERMINATION. For eligibility and vesting purposes, service shall be determined on the basis of:
the elapsed time method (skip to Item 46 unless a minimum Hours of Service requirement for sharing in certain contributions is elected in Item 18, 20, 24, 31 or 32), or
X the hour-counting method.
43. DETERMINATION OF HOURS OF SERVICE. An Employee's Hours of Service shall be determined on the basis of:
X the actual hours for which he is paid or entitled to payment, determined from records of hours worked and hours for which payment is made or due;
10 Hours of Service for each day for which he would be required to be credited with at least one Hour of Service;
45 Hours of Service for each week for which he would be required to be credited with at least one Hour of Service;
95 Hours of Service for each semi-monthly payroll period for which he would be required to be credited with at least one Hour of Service;
190 Hours of Service for each month for which he would be required to be credited with at least one Hour of Service.
44. SERVICE COMPUTATION PERIOD (ELIGIBILITY). "Service Computation Period" means, for eligibility purposes: (Complete only if the hour-counting method is elected in Item 42.)
the 12 consecutive month period beginning on an Employee's Employment Commencement Date or on an anniversary thereof; or
X the 12 consecutive month period beginning on an Employee's Employment Commencement Date and, thereafter in all cases, each Plan Year, beginning with the Plan Year containing the first anniversary of such Employment Commencement Date. An Employee who is credited with 1,000 Hours of Service in both the initial eligibility computation period and the first Plan Year which commences prior to the first anniversary of the Employee's Employment Commencement Date will be credited with two Years of Service for purposes of eligibility to participate.
45. SERVICE COMPUTATION PERIOD (VESTING). "Service Computation Period" means, for purposes of determining Years of Service and One-Year Breaks for vesting purposes: (Complete only if the hour-counting method is elected in Item 42.)
X the Plan Year, or
the 12 consecutive month period beginning on an Employee's Employment Commencement Date or on an anniversary thereof.
46. PREDECESSOR AND OTHER EMPLOYERS. For purposes of the Plan, service for the Employer shall be deemed to include service (including service as a self-employed individual) for the following organization(s):
None
X prior employers acquired by Meridian including Gull Laboratories, Biodesign, Viral Antigens and such other entities that may be specified by Meridian from time to time.
47. EARLY RETIREMENT. May Participants retire early with full vesting and immediate entitlement to benefits?
X Yes, upon attainment of age 50 and completion of at least 15 Years of Service for vesting purposes.
No
48. DISABILITY. Disability means with respect to a Participant:
that he is unable to engage in any substantial, gainful activity by reason of any medically-determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or to be of long-continued and indefinite duration;
(1) that he is unable to engage in any substantial, gainful activity by reason of any medically-determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted, or can be expected to last, for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, and (2) that the Social Security Administration has determined that he is entitled to a Social Security disability benefit;
an injury or disease which was not intentionally self-inflicted and which the Administrator has determined, on the basis of such evidence as it determines to be satisfactory, permanently prevents such Participant from performing his regular duties with the Employer;
that the Administrator has determined, on the basis
of such evidence as it determines to be satisfactory,
that such Participant is unable to engage in each and
every occupation or employment for remuneration or
profit (except for the purpose of his rehabilitation
not incompatible with his Disability), for which he
is reasonably qualified by education, training and
work experience, because of a physical or mental
condition or impairment, which the Administrator
determines will be permanent and continuous during
the remainder of such Participant's lifetime, and
which (1) was not intentionally self-inflicted, and
(2) was not incurred while or as a result of engaging
in any unlawful activity, and (3) was not incurred as
a result of chronic or excessive use of intoxicants,
drugs or narcotics, and (4) was not incurred as a
result of military service for which such Participant
received a military pension; or
X other: a Participant who is established by a licensed physician selected by the Plan Administrator to (a) have suffered a disability which is expected to result in the Participant's death or last for not less than 12 months; and (b) not be able to perform his or her job or any job for which he or she is reasonably suited as a result of his or her education, training and experience. The determination by the Plan Administrator with respect to whether a Participant is totally and permanently disabled shall be made in a nondiscriminatory manner.
VESTING IN EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS
49. VESTING SCHEDULE. The vesting schedule applicable, under
Section 6.1(d)(3)(A) of the Plan, to a Participant's Employer
Contribution Account, shall be as follows: (Do not complete
unless the Plan authorizes Employer contributions subject to a
vesting schedule.)
NONFORFEITABLE PERCENTAGE
Option Option Option Option Option 1 2 3 4 5 X Years of (2 year (5 year Service (2 to 6) (3 to 7) cliff) cliff) (other) ------- less than 1 0 0 0 0 ___ 1 0 0 0 0 ___ 2 20 0 100 0 ___ 3 40 20 0 ___ 4 60 40 0 ___ 5 80 60 100 ___ 6 100 80 ___ 7 100 ___ |
NOTE: (1) Vesting must be at least as rapid as Option 3 if more than 1 Year of Service is required for eligibility.
(2) Any vesting schedule elected under Option 5 must be at least as rapid, at every point, as Option 2, Option 4, or (if more than 1 Year of Service is required for eligibility) Option 3.
50. SERVICE DISREGARDED IN DETERMINATION OF NONFORFEITABLE PERCENTAGE. In addition to service disregarded in determining Years of Service under Section 1.58 of the Plan, the following service shall be disregarded in determining an Employee's service for vesting purposes (check any boxes that apply):
Years of Service (if the hour-counting method applies) or Service (if the elapsed time method applies) before age 18 (age 22 for a Participant who does not have at least 1 Hour of Service on or after the REA Effective Date).
Years of Service (if the hour-counting method applies) or Service (if the elapsed time method applies) during any period for which the Employer did not maintain the Plan or a predecessor plan, as defined in the applicable regulations of the Secretary of the Treasury.
51. FORFEITURE PROVISIONS.
(a) FORFEITURE UPON CASH-OUT. Upon the distribution to a
terminated Participant, his forfeitable interest in
his Account shall be forfeited in accordance with
Section 6.1(d)(6) of the Plan (select only one):
X immediately;
upon the incurrence of a One-Year Break; or
not applicable -- forfeiture delayed until the incurrence of a Break in Service (as defined in Section 1.09 of the Plan).
(b) APPLICATION OF FORFEITURES.
(1) Forfeitures occurring during a Plan Year shall be applied (select only one):
X to the reduction of the amount the Employer would otherwise contribute to the Plan; or
in addition to the amount the Employer would otherwise contribute to the Plan.
(2) Forfeitures occurring during the Plan Year shall be applied as specified in (1) to the following type(s) of Employer contributions (select only a type of contribution that is available under the Plan):
X Profit Sharing Contributions (under
Section 3.3 of the Plan)
X Matching Contributions Subject to ACP (under Section 3.2 of the Plan)
X QNECs (under Section 3.1 of the Plan)
Qualified Matching Contributions Subject to ADP (under Section 3.1 of the Plan)
Safe Harbor Contributions to Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan (only if Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan election of Item 14(b) is elected)
INVESTMENT OF PLAN ASSETS AND PLAN LOANS
52. PARTICIPANT INVESTMENT ELECTIONS.
(a) AVAILABILITY OF INVESTMENT ELECTIONS. Each Participant shall elect the manner in which his entire Account (or such subaccounts selected in (b) below) and any contributions and forfeitures allocated thereto are to be invested:
X Yes (If Yes, complete (b) and (c).)
No (Skip to Item 54.)
(b) SUBACCOUNTS SUBJECT TO PARTICIPANT INVESTMENT DISCRETION.
X Investment elections apply to entire Account, or
Investment elections apply only to the following subaccount(s): (Select all that apply.)
Section 401(k) Account (including
the Nonelective Contribution
Account) (applicable only if a
Section 401(k) feature is part of
the Plan)
Nondeductible Voluntary Contribution Account (and Deductible Voluntary Contribution Account)
Rollover Account
Employer Contribution Account
(excluding the Employer Matching
Account unless selected below)
Employer Matching Account
(c) EXTENT OF PARTICIPANT INVESTMENT DISCRETION. In determining how his Account (or selected subaccounts) shall be invested, each Participant may:
(Select only one.)
X choose from among such investment funds as the Administrator directs the Trustee to make available; or
select any legally permissible investments which the Trustee agrees to hold for his Account (including such investment funds as the Administrator directs the Trustee to make available).
Pending execution of investment directions, the Trustee shall be authorized to hold balances in short- term, liquid deposit accounts or other investments.
53. QUALIFYING EMPLOYER SECURITIES. Subject to the other provisions of the Plan and Trust Agreement, Plan Assets may be invested in qualifying employer securities (as defined in ERISA section 407):
Yes
X No (Skip to Item 54.)
(a) DISTRIBUTION AND WITHDRAWAL OF QUALIFYING EMPLOYER
SECURITIES. (Select one.)
To the extent a Participant's Account is invested in qualifying employer securities, a Participant may elect to take a distribution or withdrawal to which he is otherwise entitled under the Plan in qualifying employer securities.
A Participant may not take a distribution or withdrawal in qualifying employer securities.
To the extent a Participant's Account is invested in qualifying employer securities, a Participant may elect to take a distribution or withdrawal to which he is otherwise entitled under the Plan in qualifying employer securities, except as follows:
(b) VOTING OF QUALIFYING EMPLOYER SECURITIES. To the extent a Participant's Account is invested in qualifying employer securities, the following shall have the right to exercise any voting rights with respect to such securities:
(Select one.)
The Participant (or in the event of his
death, his Beneficiary); or
The Employer (if more than one Employer has
adopted the Plan, the first Employer named
in this Adoption Agreement); or
The Plan Administrator; or
An investment manager appointed under the
terms of the Trust Agreement; or
The Trustee; or
54. VALUATION METHOD. (Select only one.)
DAILY VALUATION METHOD FOR ENTIRE ACCOUNT. For Plan accounting purposes, Plan Assets shall be allocable separately to each Participant's Account and the value of a Participant's Account at any particular time shall be equal to the value of the Plan Assets so allocated to his Account at that time; or
X BALANCE FORWARD VALUATION METHOD FOR ENTIRE ACCOUNT. For Plan accounting purposes, Plan Assets shall be valued as of each Accounting Date and the value of each Participant's Account shall be adjusted only as of each Accounting Date; or
DAILY VALUATION METHOD FOR CERTAIN SUBACCOUNTS. For Plan accounting purposes, the daily valuation method shall apply to the Plan Assets attributable to the following subaccounts (and the balance forward valuation method shall apply to the other subaccounts). (Select all to which daily valuation will apply.)
Section 401(k) Account (including the Nonelective Contribution Account) (applicable only if a Section 401(k) feature is part of the Plan)
Nondeductible Voluntary Contribution Account (and Deductible Voluntary Contribution Account)
Rollover Account
Employer Contribution Account (excluding the
Employer Matching
Account unless selected below)
Employer Matching Account
55. LOANS. Are Participant loans permitted?
X Yes (Complete (a) through (f) below.)
No (Skip to Item 56.)
(a) LOANS ONLY TO EMPLOYEES. A loan is available to a Participant only while an Employee and loans shall be due and payable in full upon a Participant's termination of employment.
X Yes
No
(b) PAYROLL WITHHOLDING REQUIRED. Loans shall be repaid only by payroll withholding properly authorized by the Participant; provided that the Administrator may allow prepayment through other means; and if the available amount of payroll withholding is insufficient to meet the payments, the Administrator may authorize other means.
X Yes
No
(c) MINIMUM LOAN AMOUNT. The minimum loan amount for any single loan shall be:
X $1,000
Other $________ (fill-in but not to exceed $1,000)
N/A - No loan minimum
(d) SECURITY. The following types of collateral may secure a Participant loan: (Select only one.)
X 50% of the Participant's accrued nonforfeitable benefit under the Plan (excluding any Deductible Voluntary Contribution Account)
50% of the Participant's accrued nonforfeitable benefit under the Plan (excluding any Deductible Voluntary Contribution Account) and the following:
(e) NUMBER OF LOANS. A Participant may have no more than the following number of loans outstanding at any given time:
X other 3 (fill in)
N/A - no maximum number of loans
(f) OTHER SPECIFIC LOAN PROVISIONS. In addition to the provisions governing loans in Section 5.5 of the Plan and above, the following provisions apply to Plan loans (attach additional pages, if necessary):
(1) limitations (if any) in addition to limits in Section 5.5 and above on the types and amounts of loans offered:
(2) procedure for determining reasonable rate of interest: The rate a bank or other professional lender would charge for making a loan in a similar circumstance.
WITHDRAWALS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWALS BY PLAN PARTICIPANTS
56. WITHDRAWALS FROM SECTION 401(k) ACCOUNT. (Complete only if a
Section 401(k) feature is part of the Plan pursuant to Item
9.)
(a) HARDSHIP. Subject to the limits of Section 7.2 of the Plan, withdrawals from a Participant's Section 401(k) Account by an Eligible Employee shall be permitted in the event of hardship.
X Yes
No
(b) AGE 59-1/2. Withdrawals from a Participant's Section
401(k) Account by an Eligible Employee shall be
permitted after his attainment of age 59-1/2.
X Yes
No
57. WITHDRAWALS ON OR AFTER ATTAINMENT OF AGE 59-1/2.
(a) WITHDRAWAL RIGHT. Withdrawals from a Participant's Account (from such subaccounts as he may elect), to the extent vested and nonforfeitable, by an Eligible Employee prior to termination of employment shall be permitted after his attainment of the age specified in (b) below.
X Yes (If Yes, complete (b) and (c) below.)
No (Skip to Item 58.)
(b) AGE REQUIREMENT.
X 59-1/2
______ (Must be older than age 59-1/2.)
58. REQUIRED BEGINNING DATE (AGE 70-1/2) PAYMENTS. The Required Beginning Date for the payment of a Participant's distributions under the Plan (as referred to in Section 7.6(d) of the Plan) is (select (a) or (b)):
(a) CONTINUATION OF PRIOR LAW. The April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70-1/2. (b) X NEW LAW. For Participants other than Five-Percent Owners, the April 1 of the calendar year following the later of the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70-1/2 or the calendar year in which the Participant retires. For a Five-Percent Owner, the April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70-1/2. (If (b) is selected, complete the following:) (i) PRE-EFFECTIVE DATE ATTAINMENT OF AGE 70-1/2. For calendar years prior to the Effective Date, the Plan permitted Participants (other than Five-Percent Owners) who attained age 70-1/2 to elect to apply these new law Required Beginning Date provisions and defer their 38 |
distributions: Yes-For Participants who attained age 70-1/2 in the following years (1996 or later): ___________________________ |
X No
(ii) PRE-EFFECTIVE DATE CESSATION OF DISTRIBUTIONS. Participants other than Five-Percent Owners who had commenced receiving distributions prior to 1997 as required under prior law were permitted to elect to stop receiving such distributions until the new Required Beginning Date.
Yes - The election was first provided in __________________________.
The Administrator shall
follow Internal Revenue
Service guidance regarding
the re-commencement of
benefit payments. There is
either (select one)
A new annuity
starting date upon
recommencement, or
No new annuity
starting date upon
recommencement.
X No.
(iii) OPTIONAL IN-SERVICE COMMENCEMENT AT AGE 70-1/2. Although distributions are not required, a Participant may elect to commence distribution prior to termination of employment on or after April 1 of the calendar year following his attainment of 70-1/2.
N/A - Item 57 already allows withdrawals by an Eligible Employee who attains age 70-1/2.
X Yes.
No - (if No, select one of the following):
Participants who attained age 70-1/2 in or after calendar year ________ may not elect to commence distribution while remaining an Employee (the year inserted above must comply with applicable Treasury Regulations and must be a year subsequent to 1998 and subsequent to the year in which the amendment is adopted).
New Plan or Plan never has allowed in-service distributions upon attainment of age 70-1/2.
59. OTHER WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS. Are any additional withdrawal rights available under the Plan?
Yes (Describe the applicable withdrawal rights in detail in an attachment.)
X No
Note: The above withdrawal rights (and those listed on any attachment) are considered protected optional forms of benefit which cannot be changed with respect to benefits already accrued by a participant.
WITHDRAWALS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
EVENTS OF DISTRIBUTION AND TIME OF PAYMENT
60. TIME OF PAYMENT. Subject to Sections 7.6 and 7.7 and Article 10 of the Plan, distribution to a Participant whose benefit has become distributable shall commence in accordance with the following: (Check (a) or (b) and the applicable box(es) under the Item selected.)
(a) X SIMPLIFIED OPTION. Upon the Participant's termination of employment, as soon as administratively feasible (check the box that applies): X after the Participant elects commencement of his benefit; or after the first Accounting Date coincident with or next following the Participant's election to commence benefits. (b) DETAILED OPTION. (1) NORMAL RETIREMENT. Upon a Participant's termination of employment on or after attaining Normal Retirement Age, as soon as administratively feasible (check the box that applies): after such termination of employment; after the first Accounting Date coincident with or next following such termination of employment; after the Participant elects commencement of his benefit; or after the first Accounting Date coincident with or next following the Participant's election to commence benefits. (2) EARLY RETIREMENT. (Complete only if the early retirement provision in Item 60(b)(5) is elected.) Upon a Participant's termination of employment on or after satisfying the criteria in Item 60(b)(5) for early retirement but before attaining Normal Retirement Age (Item 7), as soon as administratively feasible (check the box that applies): after the Participant elects commencement of his benefit; after the first Accounting Date coincident with or next following the Participant's election to commence benefits; or other (specify time or times) ____________________________________ ____________________________________ ____________________________________ (3) DISABILITY RETIREMENT. Upon a Participant's termination of employment, prior to Normal Retirement Age (Item 7) and prior to satisfying the criteria for early retirement (if the Plan has an early retirement provision), on account of the incurrence of a Disability, as soon as administratively feasible (check the box that applies): after the Participant elects commencement of his benefit; 41 |
after the first Accounting Date coincident with or next following the Participant's election to commence benefits; or other (specify time or times) ____________________________________ ____________________________________ ____________________________________ (4) OTHER TERMINATION. Upon a Participant's termination of employment prior to Normal Retirement Age (Item 7), prior to satisfying the criteria for early retirement (if the Plan has an early retirement provision) and prior to incurring a Disability, as soon as administratively feasible (check the box that applies): after the Participant elects commencement of his benefit; after the first Accounting Date coincident with or next following the Participant's election to commence benefits; after the first Accounting Date coincident with or next following the Participant's termination of employment, if elected by the Participant, but if not elected, after the first Accounting Date coincident with or next following the Participant's attainment of Normal Retirement Age (Item 7); or other (specify time or times): ____________________________________ ____________________________________ ____________________________________ (5) OTHER. Are any additional commencement dates available under the Plan? Yes (Describe the applicable forms in detail in an attachment.) No |
Note: The above commencement dates (and those listed on any attachment) are considered protected optional forms of benefit which cannot be changed with respect to benefits already accrued by a participant.
WITHDRAWALS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
FORM OF PAYMENT
61. FORMS OF BENEFIT PAYMENT. The following alternative forms of distribution and withdrawal are available under the Plan (check any boxes that apply):
X a single sum,
X periodic installment payments, not less frequently than annually, with any installments remaining unpaid at the Participant's death to be paid to his Beneficiary,
in the case of a Participant who has attained age 70-1/2 and who is required to commence benefit payments under Section 7.6(d) while employed by the Employer, periodic installment payments sufficient in amount and frequency to satisfy the minimum distribution requirements of Section 8.5, with a lump sum distribution of his remaining Account balance upon termination of employment,
a single life annuity,
a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity,
a joint and survivor annuity for the Participant and his Surviving Spouse under which the survivor annuity is more than one-half of, but not greater than, the annuity payable during the joint lives of the Participant and such spouse,
X the additional forms of benefit specified in the applicable attachment. (Describe the additional forms in detail in an attachment.)
(NOTE: For a plan which is a transferee of a plan required to have annuities, the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity and the single life annuity will automatically be available. Refer to Section 8.2 of the Plan.)
NOTE: The above alternative forms of benefit (and those listed on any attachment) are considered protected forms of benefit which can be changed with respect to benefits already accrued by a Participant only as permitted by Treasury Regulations.
62. CASH OR IN-KIND PAYMENTS. If a Participant's benefit is payable other than in an annuity form and other than in qualifying employer securities, the Participant's distribution or withdrawal shall be paid:
X in cash, or
in cash, or at the election of the Participant, in kind subject to the following limitations (describe in-kind withdrawal or distribution rights):
NOTE: An in-kind withdrawal or distribution option is considered a protected form of benefit that can be changed with respect to benefits already accrued by a Participant only as permitted by Treasury Regulations.
WITHDRAWALS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
CASH-OUT
63. $5000 CASH-OUT. Notwithstanding the benefit commencement dates otherwise adopted in Item 60 and the alternative forms of benefit otherwise adopted in Item 61, any amount payable to a Participant or any Preretirement Survivor Annuity payable to a Surviving Spouse shall be paid in a cash lump sum if such payment is made before payment otherwise begins and if, in the case of an amount payable to a Participant, the value (determined as of the date of distribution) of his nonforfeitable benefit does not exceed $5,000 or, in the case of a Preretirement Survivor Annuity, the value (determined as of the date of distribution) of such annuity does not exceed $5,000, and such lump sum shall be paid as soon as administratively feasible (whether or not the Participant or his spouse has consented to the distribution) (check the applicable box):
X after the Participant's termination of employment (death, in the case of the Preretirement Survivor Annuity);
after the first Accounting Date following the Participant's termination of employment (death, in the case of the Preretirement Survivor Annuity); or
Not Applicable -- This provision shall not be a part of the Plan.
This provision, if adopted, shall be applied by treating any Deductible Voluntary Contribution Account separately from other portions of the Participant's benefit.
TOP-HEAVY RULES AND SECTION 415 LIMITATIONS
64. TOP-HEAVY TESTING. For purposes of the provisions of the Plan applicable if the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan:
the Plan shall be deemed always to be a Top-Heavy Plan; or
X the Plan shall be tested each year to determine whether it is a Top-Heavy Plan.
65. TOP-HEAVY MINIMUMS. If a Participant is covered under any other plan or plans of the Employer, then:
X Section 3.4 of the Plan shall apply as if such Participant were not so covered; or
Section 3.4 shall be modified by the attached provisions, in order to prevent duplication.
66. DEFINED BENEFIT ACTUARIAL ASSUMPTIONS. (Complete only if second option under Item 64 is selected and if there is one or more defined benefit plans in the Permissive Aggregation Group or the Required Aggregation Group.) The interest and mortality rates, for purposes of establishing Present Value to compute the Top-Heavy Ratio, with respect to any defined benefit plans in the Permissive Aggregation Group or the Required Aggregation Group shall be:
Interest Rate: ______% Mortality Table: ______________________________ ______________________________ |
67. TOP-HEAVY VESTING. For any Plan Year in which the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan, the vesting schedule, applicable under Section 6.1(d)(3)(A) of the Plan, to a Participant's Employer Contribution Account, shall be as follows: (Skip this Item if the general vesting schedule elected in Item 49 is at least as fast as Option 1 or 3 in Item 49.)
100% vesting after ___ (not to exceed 3) Years of Service.
___% (not less than 20) vesting after 2 Years of Service, ___% (not less than 40) vesting after 3 Years of Service, ___% (not less than 60) vesting after 4 Years of Service, ___% (not less than 80) vesting after 5 Years of Service, 100% vesting after 6 Years of Service.
If the vesting schedule under the Plan shifts in or out of the above schedule for any Plan Year because of the Plan's top-heavy status, such shift is an amendment to the vesting schedule and the election in Section 12.3(c) of the Plan applies.
LIMITATIONS ON ANNUAL ADDITIONS. If the Employer maintains or ever maintained another qualified plan in which any Participant in this Plan is (or was) a participant, or could possibly become a participant, the following two items must be completed. They must also be completed if the Employer maintains a welfare benefit fund, as defined in section 419(e) of the Code, or an individual medical benefit account, as defined in section 415(l)(2) of the Code, under which amounts are treated as Annual Additions with respect to any Participant in the Plan.
68. If a Participant is covered under another qualified defined contribution plan maintained by the Employer, other than a Master or Prototype Plan:
X the provisions of Section 4.3 of the Plan will apply as if the other plan were a Master or Prototype Plan; or
the attached provisions will apply. (Provide the method under which the plans will limit total Annual Additions to the Maximum Permissible Amount and will properly reduce any excess amounts, in a manner that precludes employer discretion.)
69. If any Participant is, or has ever been, a participant in a qualified defined benefit plan maintained by the Employer (as defined in Section 4.1 of the Plan), then the attached provisions shall apply to Limitation Years beginning before January 1, 2000. (Attach provisions which will satisfy the 1.0 limitation of section 415(e) of the Code for Limitation Years beginning before January 1, 2000. Such provisions must preclude employer discretion.)
MISCELLANEOUS
SPONSORING ORGANIZATION. The sponsor of this prototype is: Keating, Muething & Klekamp, P.L.L., 1400 Provident Tower, One East Fourth Street, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202; (513) 579-6400.
FURTHER DEVELOPMENTS. If Keating, Muething & Klekamp, P.L.L. amends the Plan or discontinues or abandons sponsorship of the prototype documents, the Employer will be notified.
ADOPTION OF PLAN. This Adoption Agreement may be used only in conjunction with the Keating, Muething & Klekamp, P.L.L. Basic Prototype Plan Document. By this Agreement between the Employer and the Trustee(s), the Employer hereby adopts the Keating, Muething & Klekamp, P.L.L. Basic Prototype Plan Document, as supplemented by this Adoption Agreement, and the Keating, Muething & Klekamp, P.L.L. Prototype Trust Agreement, as said Plan Document, Adoption Agreement, and Trust Agreement are now in effect or may be hereafter amended, for the purpose of establishing or amending a profit-sharing plan and hereby accepts all the terms and conditions thereof. Pursuant to section 401(a)(27) of the Code, this Plan is designated a profit-sharing plan.
RELIANCE. This prototype plan has been approved as to form by the Internal Revenue Service, in Opinion Letter Serial Number K373773a. The adopting employer may rely on an opinion letter issued by the Internal Revenue Service as evidence that the plan is qualified under section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code only to the extent provided in Announcement 2001-77, 2001-30 I.R.B.
The employer may not rely on the opinion letter in certain other circumstances or with respect to certain qualification requirements, which are specified in the opinion letter issued with respect to the plan and in Announcement 2001-77.
In order to have reliance in such circumstances or with respect to such qualification requirements, application for a determination letter must be made to Employee Plans Determinations of the Internal Revenue Service.
LISTING FOR IRS: By executing this Adoption Agreement, the Employer authorizes Keating, Muething & Klekamp, P.L.L. to include the Employer's name, address and taxpayer identification number on a list it is required to provide to the Internal Revenue Service annually.
The Employer will notify the Trustee in writing of any changes in this information.
Signed on the following date: ________________________________.
EMPLOYER
MERIDIAN BIOSCIENCE, INC.
By: _________________________________
Other Employers Adopting the Plan:
BIODESIGN INTERNATIONAL INCORPORATED
By: _________________________________
MERIDIAN BIOSCIENCE CORPORATION
By: _________________________________
VIRAL ANTIGENS, INC.
By: _________________________________
Signed on the following date: ________________________________.
TRUSTEE
RIGGS BANK N.A.
By: _________________________________
MERIDIAN BIOSCIENCE, INC.
SAVINGS AND INVESTMENT PLAN
22(b). METHODS USED FOR PRE-EFFECTIVE DATE PLAN YEARS ATTACHMENT
The Plan used the following methods for ADP and/or ACP testing in relevant Plan Years before the Effective Date:
1997 Current
1998 Current
1999 Current
2000 Current
2001 Prior
MERIDIAN BIOSCIENCE, INC.
SAVINGS AND INVESTMENT PLAN
61. ALTERNATIVE FORMS OF BENEFIT ATTACHMENT
Prior to October 1, 2003, a joint and survivor annuity for the Participant and his Surviving Spouse under which the survivor annuity is more than one-half of, but not greater than, the annuity payable during the joint lives of the Participant and such spouse, and subject to Section 8.2 of the Plan.
INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE Department of the Treasury Plan Description: Prototype Non-standardized Profit Sharing Plan with CODA FFN: 503A4530001-001 Case: 200100185 EIN: 31-0570030 Washington, DC 20224 Letter Serial No: K373773a Contact Person: Ms. Arrington 50-00197 KEATING MUETHING & KLEKAMP PLL 1400 PROVIDENT TOWER Telephone Number: (202) ONE EAST FOURTH ST 283-8811 CINCINNATI, OH 45202 In Reference to: T:EP:RA:T4 Date: 04/30/2002 |
Dear Applicant:
In our opinion, the form of the plan identified above is acceptable under section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code for use by employers for the benefit of their employees. This opinion relates only to the acceptability of the form of the plan under the Internal Revenue Code. It is not an opinion of the effect of other Federal or local statutes.
You must furnish a copy of this letter to each employer who adopts this plan. You are also required to send a copy of the approved form of the plan, any approved amendments and related documents to Employee Plans Determinations in Cincinnati at the address specified in section 9.11 of Rev. Proc. 2000-20, 2000-6 I.R.B. 553.
This letter considers the changes in qualifications requirements made by the Uruguay Round Agreements Act (GATT), Pub. L. 103-465, the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996, Pub. L. 104-188, the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994, Pub. L. 103-353, the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997, Pub. L. 105-34, the Internal Revenue Service Restructuring and Reform Act of 1998, Pub. L. 105-206 and the Community Renewal Tax Relief Act of 2000, Pub. L. 106-554. These laws are referred to collectively as GUST.
Our opinion on the acceptability of the form of the plan is not a ruling or
determination as to whether an employer's plan qualifies under Code section
401(a). However, an employer that adopts this plan may rely on this letter with
respect to the qualification of its plan under Code section 401(a), as provided
for in Announcement 2001-77, 2001-30 I.R.B. and outlined below. The terms of the
plan must be followed in operation.
Except as provided below, our opinion does not apply with respect to the
requirements of: (a) Code sections 401(a)(4), 401 (a)(26), 401(1), 410(b) and
414(s). Our opinion does not apply for purposes of Code section 401(a)(10)(B)
and section 401(a)(16) if an employer ever maintained another qualified plan for
one or more employees who are covered by this plan. For this purpose, the
employer will not be considered to have maintained another plan merely because
the employer has maintained another defined contribution plan(s), provided such
other plan(s) has been terminated prior to the effective date of this plan and
no annual additions have been credited to the account of any participant under
such other plan(s) as of any date within the limitation year of this plan.
Likewise, if this plan is first effective on or after the effective date of the
repeal of Code section 415(e), the employer will not be considered to have
maintained another plan merely because the employer has maintained a defined
benefit plan(s), provided the defined benefit plan(s) has been terminated prior
to the effective date of this plan. Our opinion also does not apply for purposes
of Code section 401(a) (16) if, after December 31, 1985, the employer maintains
a welfare benefit fund defined in Code section 419(e), which provides
postretirement medical benefits allocated to separate accounts for key employees
as defined in Code section 419A(d)(3).
Our opinion applies with respect to the requirements of Code section 410(b) if 100 percent of all nonexcludable employees benefit under the plan. Employers that elect a safe harbor allocation formula and a safe harbor compensation definition can also rely on an opinion letter with respect to the nondiscriminatory amounts requirement under section 401(a)(4) and the requirements of sections 401(k) and 401(m) (except where the plan is a safe harbor plan under section 401(k)(12) that provides for the safe harbor contribution to be made under another plan).
An employer that elects to continue to apply the pre-GUST family aggregation rules in years beginning after December 31, 1996, or the combined plan limit of section 415(e) in years beginning after December 31, 1999, will not be able to rely on the opinion letter without a determination letter. The employer may request a determination letter by filing an application with Employee Plans Determinations on Form 5307, Application for Determination for Adopters of Master or Prototype or Volume Submitter Plans.
If you, the master or prototype sponsor, have any questions concerning the IRS processing of this case, please call the above
KEATING MUETHING & KLEKAMP PLL
FFN: 503A4530001-001
telephone number. This number is only for use of the sponsor. Individual participants and/or adopting employers with questions concerning the plan should contact the master or prototype sponsor. The plan's adoption agreement must include the sponsor's address and telephone number for inquiries by adopting employers.
If you write to the IRS regarding this plan, please provide your telephone number and the most convenient time for us to call in case we need more information. Whether you call or write, please refer to the Letter Serial Number and File Folder Number shown in the heading of this letter.
You should keep this letter as a permanent record. Please notify us if you modify or discontinue sponsorship of this plan.
Sincerely yours,
Director Employee Plans Rulings & Agreements
KEATING, MUETHING & KLEKAMP, P.L.L.
PROTOTYPE TRUST AGREEMENT
KEATING, MUETHING & KLEKAMP, P.L.L.
PROTOTYPE TRUST AGREEMENT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ARTICLES
1. Title, Purpose and Definitions
2. Contributions and Payments
3. Investment Duties and Powers of the Trustee
4. Compensation, Expenses, and Accounts
5. Actions of the Trustee
6. Resignation, Removal and Succession of the Trustee
7. Amendment and Termination
8. Miscellaneous
KEATING, MUETHING & KLEKAMP, P.L.L.
PROTOTYPE TRUST AGREEMENT
By executing an Adoption Agreement under the Keating, Muething & Klekamp, P.L.L. Basic Prototype Plan Document, the Employer named therein (the "Employer") and the Trustee or Trustees named therein (the "Trustee" which term shall include the plural in the event there is more than one Trustee) agree to the following terms and conditions.
ARTICLE 1
TITLE, PURPOSE AND DEFINITIONS
1.1 Title. The Trust established pursuant hereto shall be known as the Trust Agreement for the Plan named in the Adoption Agreement.
1.2 Purpose. The Trust is established for the purpose of holding the Plan Assets and for the exclusive benefit of Participants and their beneficiaries. Subject to the provisions of the Plan that are consistent with ERISA, it shall be impossible, by any means, and at any time before the satisfaction of all liabilities to Participants or their beneficiaries, for any part of the Plan Assets to be used for, or diverted to, purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their beneficiaries.
1.3 Definitions. As used in this Trust Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings and provisions applicable thereto.
(a) "Administrator" means the individual, group of individuals, or entity appointed as such by the Employer; provided that if none is so appointed, then it means the first Employer designated in the Adoption Agreement.
(b) "Adoption Agreement" means the document in which the Employer specifies the elective provisions of the Plan.
(c) "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended at the particular time applicable. A reference to a section of the Code shall include said section and any comparable section or sections of any future legislation that amends, supplements or supersedes said section.
(d) "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, at the particular time applicable.
(e) "Participant" means a person who has become a Participant as provided under Article 2 of the Plan. Any such person shall remain a Participant as long as an Account is maintained for him under the Plan.
(f) "Plan" means the plan set forth in the Keating, Muething & Klekamp, P.L.L. Basic Prototype Plan Document and in the Adoption Agreement as adopted by the Employer, and if amended at any time, then as so amended.
(g) "Plan Assets" means the assets of the Plan at the particular time applicable.
(h) "Trust Year" means the Plan Year of the Plan.
ARTICLE 2
CONTRIBUTIONS AND PAYMENTS
2.1 Receipt of Contributions. The Trustee shall receive any contributions paid to it in cash or in the form of such other property as it may from time to time deem acceptable and which shall have been delivered to it. All contributions so received, together with the income therefrom and any other increment thereon, shall be held, invested, reinvested and administered by the Trustee pursuant to the terms of this Trust Agreement. The Trustee shall not be responsible for the calculation or collection of any contribution under or required by the Plan, or for the determination of whether any contributions received by it are correct or are otherwise in compliance with the provisions of the Plan, but shall be responsible only as provided in this Trust Agreement for property received by it.
2.2 Payments from the Plan Assets.
(a) From time to time, upon the Trustee's receipt of written directions from the Administrator that payments from the Plan are due, the Trustee shall make such payments from the Plan Assets to such persons in such form, in such amounts and at such time as the Administrator shall have directed; provided however, the Trustee shall not be required to make any payment from the Plan Assets until it receives copies of such government filings and/or approvals as the Trustee may reasonably request; and provided further, contributions to the Plan shall be returned to the Employer only under those circumstances set forth in the Plan and consistent with ERISA.
(b) Upon the distribution of Plan Assets in accordance with
(a) above, to the extent permitted by law, the Trustee shall be released and
discharged from all further accountability or liability respecting such Plan
Assets, shall be fully protected in making payments out of the Plan Assets in
accordance with such written directions, shall have no responsibility to see to
the application of such payments or to ascertain whether such directions comply
with the provisions of the Plan, and shall have no responsibility for any
payments made by it in good faith without actual notice or knowledge of the
changed condition or status of any person receiving such payments.
(c) If any payment directed to be paid from the Plan Assets is not claimed, then the Trustee shall notify the Administrator of that fact promptly. The Trustee shall have no obligation to search for or ascertain the whereabouts of any payee under the Plan.
(d) If any dispute arises as to the persons to whom payment of any funds or delivery of any other Plan Assets should be made by the Trustee, then the Trustee may withhold such payment or delivery until such dispute shall have been determined by a court of competent jurisdiction or shall have been settled by the parties concerned.
ARTICLE 3
INVESTMENT DUTIES AND POWERS OF THE TRUSTEE
3.1 Investment Duties. Subject to the funding policy for the Plan as communicated to the Trustee in writing by the Employer, the Trustee shall, except to the extent it deems it expedient (pending investment of Plan Assets or pending payment of current expenses or benefits of the Plan) to keep Plan Assets temporarily uninvested and in cash, invest and reinvest the principal and income of the Plan Assets and keep the Plan Assets invested, without being restricted to securities or property of the character authorized for investments by trustees under the laws of any state, district or territory, in such securities and/or in such property, real or personal, tangible or intangible, or part interest therein, wherever situate, whether or not productive of income, or consisting of wasting assets, as the Trustee shall deem advisable. The Employer shall establish and communicate to the Trustee a funding policy which shall be
consistent with the objectives of the Plan, ERISA, and other applicable legal requirements and which shall identify the Plan's short-run and long-run financial needs with respect to liquidity and growth, as the same may change from time to time.
3.2 Investment Powers. The Trustee is authorized and empowered, in addition to powers granted under any applicable statutes, regulations or rules which, to the extent of their granting of powers applicable to trusts of a similar nature to the Trust, are incorporated herein by reference:
(a) to invest in any collective, common or pooled trust fund operated or maintained by any bank or trust company, including a Trustee or an affiliate of any Trustee, exclusively for the commingling and collective investment of monies or other assets held under or as a part of a plan which is established in conformity with and qualifies under section 401(a) of the Code; and, anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, to the extent monies or other assets are transferred to such collective trust in exchange for an interest in such collective trust, the terms and conditions of such collective trust, as amended from time to time, shall govern the investment duties, responsibilities and powers of the trustee of such collective trust and, to the extent required by law, such terms, responsibilities and powers shall be incorporated herein by reference and shall be a part of this Trust Agreement; and, for purposes of valuation, the value of the interest maintained by the Plan Assets in such collective trust shall be the fair market value of the collective fund units held by the Trustee determined in accordance with generally recognized valuation procedures;
(b) to purchase and subscribe for any securities or other property and to retain such securities or other property in trust;
(c) to sell at public or private sale, for cash, or upon credit, or otherwise dispose of any property, real or personal, and no person dealing with the Trustee shall be bound to see to the application or to inquire into the validity, expediency or propriety of any such sale or other disposition;
(d) to exercise any conversion privilege, subscription right or other option pertaining to or in connection with securities or other property held by it;
(e) to exercise itself, or by general or limited power of attorney, any right, including the right to vote, incident to any securities or other property held by it;
(f) to join in, dissent from or oppose the reorganization, recapitalization, consolidation, sale or merger of corporations or properties of which it may hold stocks, bonds or other securities or in which it may be interested, to pay any expenses, assessments or subscriptions in connection therewith, and to accept and to hold any other securities issued in connection therewith;
(g) to register any investment held in the Plan Assets in its own name or in the name of a nominee or to hold any investment in bearer form;
(h) to employ suitable agents, accountants and counsel and to pay their reasonable expenses and compensation;
(i) to hold any part or all of the Plan Assets uninvested;
(j) to invest in savings accounts, certificates of deposit and other deposits which bear a reasonable rate of interest, with any financial institution or quasi financial institution, either domestic or foreign, including any such financial institution operated or maintained by any Trustee (or an affiliate) in its corporate capacity;
(k) to form corporations and partnerships and to create trusts to hold title to any
securities or other property, all upon such terms and conditions as it may deem advisable;
(l) to invest in open-end investment companies (mutual funds) and closed-end investment companies, investment trusts, and in any partnership, limited or unlimited, joint venture or other form of joint enterprise created for any lawful purpose;
(m) to adjust, settle, contest, compromise and arbitrate any claims, debts, or damages due or owing to or from the Plan Assets, and to sue, commence or defend any legal proceedings in reference thereto;
(n) to borrow money upon such terms and conditions as may be deemed advisable to carry out the purposes of the Trust and to pledge securities or other property in repayment of any such loan; provided, however, that loans or advances may be made by the Trustee by way of overdrafts or otherwise on a temporary basis on which no interest is payable;
(o) to enter into any type of contract with any insurance company or companies, either for the purposes of investment or otherwise, and, to the extent the Plan so provides, to purchase any life insurance policy or annuity contract;
(p) to buy, sell, and deal in options as writer of call options against securities, stocks, convertible preferred stocks, convertible bonds and warrants, which are owned by the Trust, to repurchase written call options in a closing transaction, to deliver the securities for cash if the option is exercised, to buy put options for securities, stock, convertible preferred stock, convertible bonds and warrants, which are owned by the Trust, to resell put options, in a closing transaction and to deliver the securities for cash if the option is exercised;
(q) to appoint an investment manager, as defined in section 3(38) of ERISA, to manage (including the power to acquire and dispose of) any of the Plan Assets;
(r) to make, execute and deliver as Trustee any and all deeds, leases, mortgages, advances, contracts, waivers, releases or other instruments in writing necessary or proper in the employment of any of the foregoing powers;
(s) to hold qualifying employer securities, limited in the case of a money purchase pension plan or a profit sharing plan the benefits of which are taken into account in determining the benefits payable to any participant under a defined benefit plan, to 10% of Plan Assets, all as provided in section 407 of ERISA; and
(t) to exercise, generally, any of the powers which an individual owner might exercise in connection with property either real, personal or mixed held in the Plan Assets, and to do all other acts that the Trustee may deem necessary or proper to carry out any of the powers set forth in this Article 3 or otherwise in the best interests of the Trust.
3.3 Separate Accounts with Respect to Non-Corporate Employers. If the Employer is not a corporation, then the Trustee, in its sole discretion, may segregate and separately invest and account for the account of any Participant, if necessary, to company with any applicable securities laws. The Administrator shall be responsible for notifying the Trustee as to Participants' residency.
3.4 Power of the Employer, Administrator or Participants to Direct Investments and Exercise of Powers.
(a) General. The Employer or Administrator may, at any time and from time to time, by written action, advise and direct the Trustee in the investment of the Plan Assets or in the exercise of any of the Trustee's powers. The Employer or Administrator may also, at any time and from time to time, by written direction, require the Trustee to obtain the written approval of the Employer or Administrator before making investments of a particular type
specified in such direction or before exercising any of the Trustee's powers as may be specified in such direction.
(b) Participant Investment Direction. If the Plan permits Participants to elect the manner in which their Accounts or specified subaccounts are invested, the Administrator shall be responsible for implementing the investment elections by direction to the Trustee. Unless specifically agreed otherwise by the Administrator and the Trustee, the Trustee shall receive, and act upon, investment instructions solely from the Administrator (and not the Participants directly).
(c) Relationship to the Trustee. The Trustee shall follow the directions of the Administrator in making investment funds specified by the Administrator available under the Plan. The Trustee shall be under no duty or obligation to review the selection of investment funds by the Administrator or Participants. The Trustee shall have no fiduciary responsibility whatsoever in connection with any such investment funds (or other Participant directed investments) except for such investment funds over which the Trustee has investment management authority as directed by the Administrator. The Trustee shall have no liability or responsibility for action pursuant to the direction of the Administrator, Employer or Participants (if applicable).
3.5 Investment Manager.
(a) Appointment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Trust Agreement contained, the Employer may direct, by written notice, the segregation of all or any portion or portions of the Plan Assets in a separate investment account or investment accounts and in such event, may appoint an investment manager to direct the investment and reinvestment of any such investment account pursuant to this Article 3. If investment of the Plan Assets is to be directed in whole or in part by an investment manager, then the Employer shall deliver to the Trustee a copy of the instruments appointing the investment manager and evidencing the investment manager's acceptance of such appointment, an acknowledgement by the investment manager that it is a fiduciary of the Plan, and evidence that such investment manager is (1) registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, (2) a bank as defined in that Act, or (3) an insurance company qualified, under the laws of more than one State, to manage, acquire, or dispose of any asset of a plan. The Trustee shall be fully protected in relying upon such documents until otherwise notified in writing by the Employer.
(b) Relationship to the Trustee. The Trustee shall follow the directions of the investment manager regarding the investment and reinvestment of the Plan Assets or such portion thereof as shall be under management by the investment manager and shall exercise the powers set forth in this Article 3, as directed by the investment manager. The Trustee shall be under no duty or obligation to review any investment to be acquired, held or disposed of pursuant to such directions nor to make any recommendations with respect to the disposition or retention of any such investment or the exercise or nonexercise of the powers in this Article 3. The Trustee shall have no liability or responsibility for acting or not acting pursuant to the direction of, or failing to act in the absence of any direction from, the investment manager, unless the Trustee knows that by such action or failure to act it would be itself committing or participating in a breach of fiduciary duty by the investment manager.
(c) Securities Transactions. Upon receipt of written notification from the investment manager that it has issued an order for the purchase or sale of securities directly to a broker, the Trustee shall execute and deliver any appropriate trading authorizations that may be requested, and the Trustee shall be authorized to, and shall, pay for securities purchased against receipt thereof and deliver securities sold against payment therefor, as the case may be.
(d) Resignation or Removal. If an investment manager should resign or be removed by the Employer, then the Trustee shall, pursuant to this Article 3, manage the investment of the Plan Assets which had been managed by such investment manager unless and
until he shall be notified of the appointment of another investment manager with respect thereto as provided in this Section.
(e) Trustee's Records and Accounts. The accounts, books and records of the Trustee shall reflect the segregation, pursuant to the provisions of this Section, of any portion or portions of the Plan Assets in a separate investment account or accounts.
ARTICLE 4
COMPENSATION, EXPENSES, AND ACCOUNTS
4.1 Compensation. The Trustee shall be entitled to such compensation for services rendered by it as may be provided for in its schedule of fees as in effect from time to time; provided however, any Trustee who is not a bank or trust company shall not be entitled to any compensation from the Plan Assets for services rendered by him as Trustee.
4.2 Trust Expenses. The expenses incurred by the Trustee in the performance of its duties, including fees for legal services, and such compensation to the Trustee as may be provided for pursuant to Section 4.1, and all other proper charges and disbursements of the Trustee, shall be paid by the Employer; provided however, any such expense not so paid by the Employer shall be paid from the Plan Assets. The Employer shall be primarily liable for the payment of the Trustee's fees and expenses, and the Employer hereby agrees to pay any unpaid fees, taxes and expenses which the Plan Assets are not sufficient to satisfy.
4.3 Tax Assessments. The Trustee shall notify the Employer with regard to any tax assessments which it receives on any income or property maintained in the Plan Assets and, unless notified to the contrary by the Employer at least ten (10) days before the tax is due, shall pay any such assessments from the Plan Assets. If the Employer notifies the Trustee within said period that in its opinion or in the opinion of counsel such assessments are invalid or that they should be contested, then the Trustee shall take whatever action is indicated in the notice received from the Employer or counsel, including contesting the assessment or litigating any claims.
4.4 Accounts, Records, Reports and Valuations.
(a) The Trustee shall keep accurate and detailed accounts of all investments, receipts, disbursements and other transactions under the Trust and all such accounts and other records relating thereto shall be open to inspection and audit at all reasonable times by any person designated by the Employer. Within ninety (90) days following the close of the Trust Year, the Trustee shall make a valuation of the Plan Assets (other than any insurance contracts) at fair market value as of the last day of such Trust Year and shall file with the Employer a written copy of such valuation and a written account setting forth all investments, receipts, disbursements and other transactions effected by it under the Trust during such Trust Year. To the extent permitted by law, but subject to any express provision of applicable law as may be in effect from time to time to the contrary, no person other than the Employer may require an accounting or bring any action against the Trustee with respect to the Plan Assets or its actions as Trustee.
(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Trust Agreement, the Trustee shall have the right to have a judicial settlement of its accounts. In any proceeding for a judicial settlement of the Trustee's accounts, or for instructions in connection with the Plan Assets, the only necessary party thereto in addition to the Trustee shall be the Employer. If the Trustee so elects, it may bring any other person or persons as a party or parties defendant.
(c) All accounts and records maintained by the Trustee with respect to the Plan
Assets shall be preserved for such period as may be required under any applicable law. Upon the expiration of any such required retention period, the Trustee shall have the right to destroy such records and accounts after first notifying the Employer of its intention and transferring to the Employer any such accounts and records requested by it. The Trustee shall have the right to preserve all accounts and records in original form, or on microfilm, magnetic tape, or any other similar process.
(d) The Trustee shall make such periodic reports to the Employer as the Trustee shall deem necessary and proper and such other reports as the Employer may reasonably request, including a valuation of the Plan Assets at fair market value as of any date requested by the Employer.
ARTICLE 5
ACTIONS OF THE TRUSTEE
5.1 General Fiduciary Duties of the Trustee. The Trustee acknowledges that it assumes the fiduciary duties established by this Trust Agreement and imposed by law. Subject to the provisions of the Plan which are consistent with ERISA and which permit Plan Assets to be returned to the Employer, the Trustee shall discharge its duties with respect to the Plan solely in the interest of the Participants and beneficiaries and for the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to such Participants and their beneficiaries and defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan, with the care, skill, prudence, and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent man acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims, and by diversifying the investments of the Plan so as to minimize the risk of large losses, unless under the circumstances it is clearly prudent not to do so, all in accordance with the provisions of this Trust Agreement insofar as they are consistent with the provisions of ERISA, as this Trust Agreement and ERISA may be from time to time amended. No Trustee shall be required to investigate, or be responsible for, any acts or omissions occurring before it became, or after it ceased to be, a fiduciary with respect to the Plan.
5.2 Extent of Responsibilities. The Trustee shall have only such responsibilities as are stated in this Trust Agreement; provided however, to the extent that the Trustee is the payor of benefits under the Plan, the plan administrator (as defined in section 414(g) of the Code) of the Plan may, subject to providing the Trustee with such information as the Secretary of the Treasury may require, direct the Trustee to withhold applicable federal income taxes under and in accordance with section 3405 of the Code. In addition, it may be specified in Item 37 of the Adoption Agreement that the Trustee shall have the ministerial function of maintaining Participants' accounts in accordance with information, interpretations, and directions from the Administrator. The Trustee shall have no discretionary responsibility for the administration of the provisions of the Plan.
5.3 Discharge of Trustees' Duties.
(a) Trustees to Act by Majority. The Employer, from time to time, may appoint one or more additional Trustees and, if there is more than one Trustee, may decrease (but not below one) the number of Trustees. At any time when there is more than one Trustee, the decision of the majority of the Trustees then serving shall be the decision of the Trustees, and the joint action of the majority of the Trustees then serving shall be the action of the Trustees; provided however, that the signature of any one Trustee on any application for a life insurance policy on the life of a Participant shall be sufficient evidence for any insurance company that such application is in accordance with the terms of the Plan; and provided further, that the signature of any one Trustee shall be sufficient to transfer securities. Unless he is the sole Trustee, no Trustee shall take any action, as Trustee, on matters pertaining to the payment of his
own benefit under the Plan, and any such action shall be taken by the majority of the remaining Trustees.
(b) Court Approval. At no time during the administration of this Trust shall the Trustees be required to obtain any court approval of any act required of them in connection with the performance of their duties or in the performance of any act required of them, in the administration of their duties as Trustees. The Trustees shall have full authority to exercise their judgment in all matters and at all times without court approval of such decisions; provided, however, that if any application to or proceeding or action in the courts is made, only the Employer and the Trustees shall be necessary parties, and no Participant in the Plan or other person having an interest in the Plan shall be entitled to any notice or service of process. Any judgment entered in such proceeding or action shall be conclusive upon all persons claiming an interest under the Plan.
(c) Court Actions. The Trustees shall not be required to institute any legal action for the protection of the Trust or in carrying out the duties as the Trustees hereunder unless they shall first be indemnified by the Employer for any and all expenses in connection therewith.
5.4 Rights of Reliance by the Trustee.
(a) Counsel. The Trustee may consult with legal counsel (who may be of counsel to the Employer) concerning any question which may arise with reference to its duties under this Trust Agreement and the opinion of such counsel shall be full and complete protection to the Trustee in respect to any action taken or suffered by the Trustee in good faith and in accordance with the opinion of such counsel.
(b) Directions, Statements, and Certificates.
(1) The Employer shall furnish the Trustee from time to time with a written list of those persons authorized to give directions, statements, or certificates to the Trustee, and the Trustee shall be entitled to rely upon such list and shall not be charged with notice of any change with respect thereto until the Employer shall have furnished the Trustee with a new written list evidencing such change. The Trustee shall be entitled to rely upon any direction, statement, certificate, or other communication believed by it to be genuine and to be from the Employer or any such person to the full extent permitted by law.
(2) Any action required by any provision of this Trust Agreement to be taken by the Board of Directors, if any, of the Employer shall be evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors certified to the Trustee by the Secretary of the Employer, and the Trustee shall be fully protected in relying upon any resolution so certified to it to the full extent permitted by law.
(c) Plan Qualification. The Employer shall furnish the Trustee with copies of all determination letters from the Internal Revenue Service relating to the qualification of the Plan under section 401 of the Code, and the Trustee may rely upon such letters.
5.5 Indemnification of the Trustee. Anything in the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, and whether or not the Trustee has resigned or been removed, except to the extent that it is judicially determined that the Trustee has acted with gross neglect or willful misconduct, the Employer shall indemnify the Trustee against any liabilities, losses, damages, and expenses, including attorney's, accountant's, and other advisors' fees, incurred as a result of:
(a) any action of the Trustee taken in good faith in accordance with any information, instruction, direction, or opinion given to the Trustee by the Employer, its Board of Directors (if any), the Administrator, or legal counsel of the Employer, or any person or entity appointed by any of them and authorized to give any information, instruction, direction, or opinion to the Trustee;
(b) the failure of the Employer, its Board of Directors (if any), the Administrator, or any person or entity appointed by any of them to make timely disclosure to the Trustee of information which any of them or any appointee knows or should know if it acted in a reasonably prudent manner; or
(c) any breach of fiduciary duty by the Employer, its Board of Directors (if any), the Administrator, or any person or entity appointed by any of them, other than such a breach which is caused by any failure of the Trustee to perform its duties under this Trust Agreement.
5.6 Bond. The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or any other security for the faithful performance of its duties under this Trust Agreement, except such as may be required by a law which prohibits the waiver thereof.
ARTICLE 6
RESIGNATION, REMOVAL AND SUCCESSION OF THE TRUSTEE
6.1 Resignation and Removal. A Trustee may be removed by the Employer (by action of its Board of Directors if it is a corporation) at any time by notice in writing to the Trustee. The Trustee may resign at any time upon sixty (60) days' notice in writing to the Employer. Within thirty (30) days after such removal or resignation, the Trustee shall file with the Employer a written report setting forth all investments, receipts and disbursements and other transactions effected by the Trustee since the end of the preceding Trust Year. Such report shall contain an exact description of all securities and property purchased and sold, the cost or net proceeds of sale (excluding accrued interest paid or received) and shall further indicate such assets held to such date of removal or resignation, together with the cost of each item thereof, as carried on the books of the Trustee.
6.2 Successor. Upon removal or resignation of the Trustee, but in no event more than sixty (60) days thereafter, the Employer (by action of its Board of Directors if it is a corporation) shall, except to the extent it determines to reduce the number of Trustees pursuant to Section 5.3(a), designate and procure acceptance by, a successor trustee to act hereunder with the same powers and duties as those conferred upon the removed or resigning Trustee. Upon such designation, and upon the written acceptance of such successor, the resigning or removed Trustee shall assign, transfer and pay over to such successor the assets then constituting the Plan Assets; provided, however, that the resigning or removed Trustee is authorized to reserve such sum of money (and for that purpose to liquidate such property as may be necessary to produce such sum) as may seem advisable for payment of all proper charges against the Plan Assets including proper and reasonable expenses in connection with such resignation or removal, and any balance of such reserve remaining after the payment of such charges shall be paid over to the successor. Upon the payment and delivery to any successor of all the Plan Assets, and after full settlement of accounts, the responsibilities of the resigning or removed Trustee shall terminate.
ARTICLE 7
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
7.1 Amendment.
(a) By the Employer and the Trustee. This Trust Agreement may be amended by the Employer and the Trustee by an instrument in writing; provided however, if this Trust Agreement is so amended, then the Employer will no longer participate in a prototype plan but will be considered to have an individually designed plan unless:
(1) the amendment does not conflict with any other provision of the Plan and does not cause the Plan to fail to qualify under section 401(a) of the Code; and
(2) with respect to any Plan of which Adoption Agreement #003 or #004 is a part, the amendment involves any matter other than the specification of the names of the Plan, Employer, Trustee, custodian, Administrator or other fiduciaries, the Trust Year, or the name of any pooled trust in which the Trust will participate.
(b) Conditions. Any amendment may be made effective retroactively if necessary to bring the Trust into conformity with governmental regulations which must be complied with in order to make the Plan or Trust eligible for tax benefits. No amendment shall operate to deprive any Participant or beneficiary of any vested rights or benefits accrued to him prior to such amendment, nor shall any amendment or modification cause or authorize any part of the Plan Assets to revert to or be refunded to the Employer, except as otherwise provided in the Plan and consistent with ERISA.
7.2 Termination.
(a) This Trust Agreement and the Trust created hereby may be terminated at any time by the Employer and upon such termination, the Plan Assets shall be paid out by the Trustee as and when directed by the Administrator pursuant to Section 2.2.
(b) Upon such termination of the Trust in whole or in part,
the Trustee shall have a right to have its accounts settled as provided in
Section 4.4.
(c) When the Plan Assets shall have been applied or distributed as provided herein, then the Trustee shall be released and discharged from all further accountability or liability respecting the Plan Assets (or that part of the Plan Assets so applied or distributed if the Trust is terminated only in part) or any part thereof so applied or distributed and shall not be responsible in any way or to any person for the further disposition of the Plan Assets (or that part of the Plan Assets so applied or distributed, if the Trust is terminated only in part) or any part thereof so applied or distributed.
ARTICLE 8
MISCELLANEOUS
8.1 Headings. The headings are for reference only. In the event of
a conflict between a heading and the content of a Section, the content of the
Section shall control.
8.2 Gender and Number. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the genders of pronouns and the singular and plural numbers of terms shall be interchangeable.
8.3 Governing Law. This Trust shall be deemed to be an Ohio trust and shall in all respects be construed and regulated by the laws of the State of Ohio, except where such laws are preempted by the Code or by ERISA.
8.4 Successors. This Trust Agreement shall be binding upon, and the powers herein granted to the Employer and the Trustee, respectively, shall be exercisable by the respective successors and assigns of the Employer and the Trustee. Any corporation which shall, by merger, consolidation, purchase or otherwise, succeed to substantially all the trust business of the Trustee, upon such succession and without any appointment or other action by any person, shall be and become successor trustee hereunder.
8.5 Participant's Interest. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or this Trust Agreement, no Participant or beneficiary under the Plan shall have any interest in or right to the Plan Assets and, to the full extent of all applicable laws, the assets of this Trust shall not be subject to any form of attachment, garnishment, sequestration, or other actions afforded creditors of any Participant or beneficiary.
8.6 Severability. In case any provision of this Trust Agreement shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, such illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining provisions of this Trust Agreement, and this Trust Agreement shall be construed and interpreted as if such illegal or invalid provision had never been a part of it.
KEATING, MUETHING & KLEKAMP, P.L.L.
BASIC PROTOTYPE PLAN DOCUMENT
KEATING, MUETHING & KLEKAMP, P.L.L.
BASIC PROTOTYPE PLAN DOCUMENT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ARTICLES
1. Definitions
2. Eligibility and Participation
3. Contributions and Their Allocation
4. Limitations on Annual Additions
5. Investment of Accounts
6. Vesting and Forfeitures
7. Withdrawals and Distributions
8. Form of Payment to Participants
9. Death Benefits
10. Payment Exceptions
11. Administration
12. Amendment and Termination
13. Miscellaneous
KEATING, MUETHING & KLEKAMP, P.L.L.
BASIC PROTOTYPE PLAN DOCUMENT
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS
As used in the Plan and Adoption Agreement, the following terms, when capitalized, shall have the following meanings, except when otherwise indicated by the context:
1.1 ACCOUNT. "Account" means a Participant's allocable share of the Plan Assets. A Participant's Account may include one or more of the following subaccounts:
(a) Employer Contribution Account;
(b) Employer Matching Account (a subaccount of the Employer
Contribution Account applicable in the case of certain profit sharing plans with
Section 401(k) features);
(c) Nondeductible Voluntary Contribution Account;
(d) Section 401(k) Account (in the case of a profit sharing plan with a Section 401(k) feature);
(e) Nonelective Contribution Account (a subaccount of the Section
401(k) Account applicable in the case of certain profit sharing plans with
Section 401(k) features);
(f) Deductible Voluntary Contribution Account (holding deductible voluntary contributions which were permitted under prior law); and
(g) Rollover Account.
1.2 ACCOUNTING DATE. "Accounting Date" means the last day of each Plan Year and such other date or dates as the Administrator may establish from time to time; provided however, if such last day or any such other date falls on a Saturday, Sunday or holiday, then the preceding business day shall be the Accounting Date.
1.3 ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE.
(a) "Actual Contribution Percentage" for a group of Participants for a Plan Year is the average of the ratios, calculated separately for each such Employee in such group, of:
(1) the amount contributed to the Plan for such Plan Year
under Section 3.2 on behalf of each such Employee, plus the amount actually
contributed to the Employee's Nondeductible Voluntary Contribution Account under
Section 3.7 during the Plan Year, to
(2) the Employee's Compensation for such Plan Year.
(b) If the Plan satisfies the requirements of section 401(m), 401(a)(4) or 410(b) of the Code only if aggregated with one or more other plans, or if one or more other plans satisfy such requirements only if aggregated with this Plan, then such other plans shall be aggregated with this Plan for purposes of computing the Actual Contribution Percentages and for determining whether the nondiscrimination rules of Section 3.2(b) are satisfied. Any adjustments to the Actual Contribution Percentage for Non-highly Compensated Employees for the prior year will be made in accordance with Notice 98-1 and any superseding guidance, unless the Employer has elected in the Adoption Agreement to use the "Current Year Testing Method." Plans may be aggregated hereunder only if they have the same plan year and testing method.
(c) For purposes of computing the separate ratio under (a) above for any Highly Compensated Employee, all plans described in section 401(a) of the Code or arrangements described in section 401(k) of the Code of the Employer (and other employers taken into account under section 414 of the Code) in which such Highly Compensated Employee is a participant, shall be treated as one such plan or arrangement.
(d) Effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1996, the family aggregation rules previously in effect for this purpose no longer apply.
1-3
1.4 ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE.
(a) "Actual Deferral Percentage" for a group of Participants for a Plan Year is the average of the ratios, calculated separately for each such Employee in such group, of:
(1) the amounts contributed on behalf of each such Employee to the Plan for such Plan Year under Sections 3.1(a), (b) and (c) to
(2) the Employee's Compensation for such Plan Year.
(b) If the Plan satisfies the requirements of section 401(k), 401(a)(4) or 410(b) of the Code only if aggregated with one or more other plans, or if one or more other plans satisfy such requirements only if aggregated with this Plan, then such other plans shall be aggregated with this Plan for purposes of computing the Actual Deferral Percentages and for determining whether the nondiscrimination rules of Section 3.1(e) are satisfied. Any adjustments to the Actual Deferral Percentage for Non-highly Compensated Employees for the prior year will be made in accordance with Notice 98-1 and any superseding guidance, unless the Employer has elected in the Adoption Agreement to use the "Current Year Testing Method." Plans may be aggregated hereunder only if they have the same plan year and testing method.
(c) For purposes of computing the separate ratio under (a) above for any Highly Compensated Employee, all cash or deferred arrangements under section 401(k) of the Code of the Employer (and other employers taken into account under section 414 of the Code) in which such Highly Compensated Employee is a participant, shall be treated as one cash or deferred arrangement under section 401(k) of the Code. If such arrangements have different plan years, this provision shall be applied by treating all such arrangements ending with or within the same calendar year as a single arrangement.
(d) Effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1996, the family aggregation rules previously in effect for this purpose no longer apply.
(e) If the Plan changes from the Current Year Testing Method to the Prior Year Testing Method, as described in Section 3.1(e), in computing the Actual Deferral Percentage, such contributions shall be disregarded as determined pursuant to Internal Revenue Service pronouncements to avoid double counting of the same contributions.
1.5 ADMINISTRATOR. "Administrator" means the individual, group of individuals, or entity appointed as such by the Employer; provided that if none is so appointed, then it means the first Employer designated in the Adoption Agreement.
1.6 ADOPTION AGREEMENT. "Adoption Agreement" means the document in which the Employer specifies the elective provisions of the Plan.
1.7 AFFILIATE. "Affiliate" means each of the following for such period of time as is applicable under section 414 of the Code:
(a) a corporation which, together with the Employer, is a member of a controlled group of corporations within the meaning of section 414(b) of the Code (as modified by section 415(h) thereof for the purposes of Article 5) and the applicable regulations thereunder;
(b) a trade or business (whether or not incorporated) with which the Employer is under common control within the meaning of section 414(c) of the Code (as modified by section 415(h) thereof for the purposes of Article 5) and the applicable regulations thereunder;
(c) an organization which, together with the Employer, is a member of an affiliated service group (as defined in section 414(m) of the Code); and
(d) any other entity required to be aggregated with the Employer under section 414(o) of the Code.
1.8 BENEFICIARY. "Beneficiary" means the person or persons entitled to receive the distributions, if any, payable under the Plan upon or after a Participant's death, to such person, or persons as such Participant's Beneficiary. Each Participant shall designate a Beneficiary by filing the proper form with the Administrator. A Participant may designate one or more contingent Beneficiaries to receive any distributions after the death of a prior Beneficiary. A designation shall be effective upon said filing, provided that it is so filed during such Participant's lifetime, and may be changed from time to time by the Participant; provided however, if a Participant has at least one Hour of Service or at least one hour of paid leave from the Employer (or any other employer for whom service is treated as service for the Employer) on or after August 23, 1984, then, effective
1-4
August 23, 1984 if he has waived the Preretirement Survivor Annuity or effective
as of the REA Effective Date if he has waived the Qualified Joint and Survivor
Annuity, his spouse must consent to any change of Beneficiary designation in
accordance with Section 9.1(e)(5) or Section 8.2(d)(4) with respect to any
distributions otherwise payable in such forms. If the Plan is a profit sharing
plan and if the Preretirement Survivor Annuity is otherwise inapplicable (under
Section 9.1(a) because the Participant has not elected a life annuity and the
Plan is not a transferee Plan requiring annuities with respect to the
Participant) to a Participant who has at least one Hour of Service or at least
one hour of paid leave from the Employer (or any other employer for whom service
is treated as service for the Employer) on or after August 23, 1984 and is
survived by a Surviving Spouse, then such spouse shall be his Beneficiary unless
the designation of another Beneficiary is consented to by such spouse in a
written consent satisfying the requirements of Section 9.1(e)(5). If there is no
designated Beneficiary to receive any amount that becomes payable to a
Beneficiary, then the Participant's Beneficiary shall be the Participant's
Surviving Spouse or, if none, the legal representative of the last surviving of
the Participant and any properly designated Beneficiaries.
1.9 BREAK IN SERVICE.
(a) Hour-Counting Method. "Break in Service" means, if the hour-counting method is elected in the Adoption Agreement:
(1) before the REA Effective Date, one or more consecutive One-Year Breaks during one or more days of the first of which an individual is not employed by the Employer; provided however, an Employee of the Employer shall not be deemed to have incurred a Break in Service if he is on an Employer approved leave of absence, not to exceed one year, provided he returns to the employment of the Employer on or before the end of such leave of absence; and
(2) on and after the REA Effective Date, five or more consecutive One-Year Breaks during one or more days of the first of which an individual is not employed by the Employer; provided however, if as of the day before the REA Effective Date, service was not required to be taken into account under the provisions of section 410(a) or 411(a) of the Code, then this paragraph (2) shall not cause such service to be taken into account.
(b) Elapsed Time Method. "Break in Service" means, if the elapsed time method is elected in the Adoption Agreement:
(1) before the REA Effective Date, a Severance of at least 12 consecutive months; and
(2) on and after the REA Effective Date, a Severance of at least 60 consecutive months; provided however, if as of the day before the REA Effective Date, service was not required to be taken into account under the provisions of section 410(a) or 411(a) of the Code, then this paragraph (2) shall not cause such service to be taken into account. In the case of an individual who incurs an absence from work, beginning on or after the REA Effective Date, for maternity or paternity reasons, as defined in Section 1.34(c), a Break in Service shall not begin earlier than one year after it would otherwise begin.
1.10 CODE. "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended at the particular time applicable. A reference to a section of the Code shall include said section and any comparable section or sections of any future legislation that amends, supplements or supersedes said section.
1.11 COMPENSATION.
(a) General. "Compensation" shall have the meaning selected in the Adoption Agreement, excluding such items as may be selected in the Adoption Agreement. Compensation for any part of a Plan Year in which an Employee is not a Participant shall be taken into account only if so provided in the Adoption Agreement. In the case of a Participant whose employment classification changes so that either he is no longer an Eligible Employee or he becomes an Eligible Employee, Compensation for all purposes of the Plan shall not be taken into account for any period that he is not an Eligible Employee. Compensation shall further be construed in accordance with other selections in the Adoption Agreement.
(b) Base Definitions. The following base definitions of Compensation referred to in the Adoption Agreement shall have the following meanings:
(1) "W-2, Total Compensation Box" means the total wages as defined in section 3401 of the Code and all other payments of compensation by the Employer (in the course of its trade or business) for which the Employer is required to furnish the Employee a written statement under sections 6041(d), 6051(a)(3) and 6052 of the Code but excluding amounts paid or reimbursed for moving expenses to the extent it is reasonable to believe (at the time of payment) that the amounts are deductible by the Employee under section
1-5
217 of the Code; determined without regard to any rules that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in section 3401(a)(2) of the Code). In addition, effective for Plan Years and Limitation Years (as defined in Section 4.1(g)) beginning after December 31, 1997, this definition shall include any elective deferrals (as defined in section 402(g)(3) of the Code) and any amount which is contributed or deferred at the election of the Employee and which is not includible in the Employee's gross income by reason of section 125 or 457 of the Code. In addition, for Plan Years and Limitation Years (as defined in Section 4.1(g)) beginning after December 31, 2000 (or such earlier date as the Plan may have operated in such manner), this definition shall include elective amounts that are not included in gross income by reason of section 132(f)(4) of the Code.
(2) "Earnings Subject To Federal Income Tax Withholding"
means the total wages as defined in section 3401(a) of the Code (for purposes of
income tax withholding at the source) from the Employer but determined without
regard to any rules that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the
nature or location of the employment or the services performed (such as the
exception for agricultural labor in section 3401(a)(2) of the Code). In
addition, effective for Plan Years and Limitation Years (as defined in Section
4.1(g)) beginning after December 31, 1997, this definition shall include any
elective deferrals (as defined in section 402(g)(3) of the Code) and any amount
which is contributed or deferred at the election of the Employee and which is
not includible in the Employee's gross income by reason of section 125 or 457 of
the Code. In addition, for Plan Years and Limitation Years (as defined in
Section 4.1(g)) beginning after December 31, 2000 (or such earlier date as the
Plan may have operated in such manner), this definition shall include elective
amounts that are not included in gross income by reason of section 132(f)(4) of
the Code.
(3) "General Section 415 Definition" means wages, salaries, other amounts received for personal services actually rendered (including, but not limited to, commissions paid salesmen, compensation for services on the basis of a percentage of profits, commissions on insurance premiums, tips, bonuses, fringe benefits and reimbursements or other expense allowances under a nonaccountable plan), and earned income (within the meaning of section 401(c)(2) of the Code) from the Employer and all Affiliates. The term includes income from sources outside the United States (as defined in section 911(b) of the Code) and is determined without regard to the exclusions from gross income in sections 931 and 933 of the Code. The term excludes the following:
(A) Employer contributions to a plan of deferred compensation which are not includible in the Employee's gross income for the taxable year in which contributed, or Employer contributions under a simplified employee pension plan to the extent such contributions are deductible by the Employee, or any distributions from a plan of deferred compensation;
(B) amounts realized from the exercise of a non-qualified stock option, or when restricted stock (or property) held by the Employee either becomes freely transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture;
(C) amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other disposition of stock acquired under a qualified stock option; and
(D) other amounts which receive special tax benefits, or contributions made by the Employer (whether or not under a salary reduction agreement) towards the purchase of an annuity contract described in section 403(b) of the Code (whether or not the amounts are actually excludable from the gross income of the Employee).
In addition, effective for Plan Years and Limitation Years (as defined in
Section 4.1(g)) beginning after December 31, 1997, this definition shall include
any elective deferrals (as defined in section 402(g)(3) of the Code) and any
amount which is contributed or deferred at the election of the Employee and
which is not includible in the Employee's gross income by reason of section 125
or 457 of the Code. In addition, for Plan Years and Limitation Years (as defined
in Section 4.1(g)) beginning after December 31, 2000 (or such earlier date as
the Plan may have operated in such manner), this definition shall include
elective amounts that are not included in gross income by reason of section
132(f)(4) of the Code.
(4) "FICA Definition" means the total wages as defined in
section 3121(a) of the Code, for purposes of calculating social security taxes,
from the Employer but determined without regard to the wage base limitation in
section 3121(a)(1) of the Code, the limitations on the exclusions from wages in
section 3121(a)(5)(C) and (D) of the Code for elective contributions and
payments by reason of salary reduction agreements, the special rules in section
3121(v) of the Code (applicable to certain elective contributions and
nonqualified deferred compensation), any rules that limit covered employment
based on the type or location of an employee's employer, and any rules that
limit the remuneration included in wages based on familial relationship or based
on the nature or location of the employment or the services performed (such as
the exceptions to the definition of employment in section 3121(b)(1) through
(20) of the Code). In addition, effective for Plan Years and Limitation Years
(as defined in Section 4.1(g) beginning after December 31,
1-6
1997, this definition shall include any elective deferrals (as defined in section 402(g)(3) of the Code) and any amount which is contributed or deferred at the election of the Employee and which is not includible in the Employee's gross income by reason of section 125 or 457 of the Code. In addition, for Plan Years and Limitation Years (as defined in Section 4.1(g)) beginning after December 31, 2000 (or such earlier date as the Plan may have operated in such manner), this definition shall include elective amounts that are not included in gross income by reason of section 132(f)(4) of the Code.
(c) Safe Harbor Exclusion. The Safe Harbor Exclusion, if elected in the Adoption Agreement, will cause to be excluded from the definition of Compensation, reimbursements or other expense allowances, fringe benefits (cash and noncash), moving expenses, deferred compensation and welfare benefits.
(d) Exclusion of Elective Contributions. If elected in the
Adoption Agreement, the definition of Compensation shall exclude amounts that
otherwise would have been included within the definition that were contributed
pursuant to a salary reduction agreement and which were not includible in the
Employee's gross income by reason of section 402(e)(3) of the Code (relating to
a salary reduction election under section 401(k) of the Code), section 125 of
the Code (relating to the cafeteria or flexible benefit plans), section
132(f)(4) (effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2001, or
such earlier date as the Plan may have been operated in such manner) (relating
to a qualified transportation arrangement), section 402(h) of the Code (relating
to SEPs), section 403(b) of the Code (relating to certain tax deferred
annuities), section 457(b) of the Code (relating to deferred compensation plans
of state and local governments and tax-exempt organizations) or section
414(h)(2) of the Code (relating to certain picked-up employee contributions).
(e) Self-Employed Individuals. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, "Compensation" means with respect to a Self-Employed Individual, his Earned Income. Unless the Exclusion of Elective Contributions is elected in the Adoption Agreement, a Self-Employed Individual's Compensation shall include any elective contributions described in Section 1.11(d). In the event any other exclusions from Compensation are elected in the Adoption Agreement, the Administrator shall limit the amount of a Self-Employed Individual's Earned Income taken into account under the Plan to the same proportion of Compensation (before the exclusions) that is taken into account (after giving effect to the exclusions) for other Employees.
(f) ADP/ACP Testing. Solely for purposes of determining the Actual Deferral Percentage and/or the Actual Contribution Percentage, the Administrator, in lieu of the definition of "Compensation" otherwise applicable, may use any definition that satisfies section 414(s) of the Code and may either exclude, or include, Compensation paid to an Eligible Employee prior to the time he satisfies the Plan's eligibility criterial applicable to the Section 401(k) feature or after the time he is no longer an Eligible Employee.
(g) Section 401(a)(17) Limitation. For any Plan Year, only the first $150,000 (as adjusted by the Secretary of Treasury in accordance with section 401(a)(17) of the Code) of a Participant's Compensation shall be taken into account. Effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1996, the family aggregation rules previously in effect for this purpose no longer apply. If a Plan Year consists of less than 12 months, then the adjusted $150,000 limitation for such Plan Year shall be multiplied by the fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months in the short Plan Year and the denominator of which is 12.
1.12 DEDUCTIBLE VOLUNTARY CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT. "Deductible Voluntary Contribution Account" means a subaccount of each Participant's Account which reflects the Participant's deductible voluntary contributions, as adjusted in accordance with Article 5.
1.13 DETERMINATION DATE (FOR TOP-HEAVY TEST). "Determination Date" means, for any Plan Year subsequent to the first Plan Year, the last day of the preceding Plan Year, and, for the first Plan Year of the Plan, the last day of that Plan Year.
1.14 DETERMINATION PERIOD (FOR TOP-HEAVY TEST). "Determination Period" means, with respect to any Plan Year, the five Plan Years ending on the Determination Date with respect to such Plan Year.
1.15 DISABILITY. "Disability" shall have the meaning selected in the Adoption Agreement.
1.16 EARNED INCOME. "Earned Income" means, with respect to a Self-Employed Individual, the net earnings from self-employment in the trade or business with respect to which the Plan is established, for which personal services of the individual are a material income-producing factor. Net earnings will be determined without regard to items not included in gross income and the deductions allocable to such items. Net earnings are reduced by contributions by the Employer to a qualified plan to the extent deductible under section 404 of the Code. Net earnings shall be determined with regard to the deduction allowed to the Employer by section 164(f) of the Code for taxable years beginning after 1989.
1.17 EFFECTIVE DATE. "Effective Date" means the date identified as such in the Adoption Agreement. If the
1-7
Plan has not been amended previously to comply with the Uruguay Round Agreements Act, the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994, the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996, the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997, and/or the Internal Revenue Service Restructuring and Reform Act of 1998 (hereinafter "GUST"), then such earlier effective dates as are specified in the Plan for particular provisions shall be applicable.
1.18 ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE.
(a) "Eligible Employee" means, except as provided below, an Employee of the Employer meeting the criteria of the Eligible Employee Item of the Adoption Agreement.
(b) An Employee shall not be an Eligible Employee if he is within a unit of Employees covered by an agreement determined by the Secretary of Labor to be a collective bargaining agreement between employee representatives and one or more Employers if the retirement benefits provided by the Plan were the subject of good faith bargaining between such employee representatives and such Employer or Employers and if such agreement does not provide for the inclusion in the Plan of Employees in such unit or the Adoption Agreement does not specifically state that such Employees shall be Eligible Employees. In determining whether there is a collective bargaining agreement between employee representatives and one or more Employers, the term "employee representatives" shall not include any organization more than one-half of the members of which are employees who are owners, officers, or executives of the employer.
(c) Any leased employee shall be treated as an Eligible Employee if the Employer is the recipient employer but only if the Adoption Agreement specifically states that leased employees are to be Eligible Employees; however, contributions or benefits provided by the leasing organization which are attributable to services performed for the recipient employer shall be treated as provided by the recipient employer. The preceding sentence shall not apply (so that leased employees may not be covered by the Plan) to any leased employee with respect to services performed after December 31, 1986 if leased employees do not constitute more than 20 percent of the recipient's nonhighly compensated workforce and if such employee is covered by a money purchase pension plan providing: (1) a nonintegrated employer contribution rate of at least ten percent of Section 415 Compensation, (2) immediate participation, and (3) full and immediate vesting. For purposes of this subsection, the term "leased employee" means any person (other than an employee of the recipient) who pursuant to an agreement between the recipient and any other person ("leasing organization") has performed services for the recipient (or for the recipient and related persons determined in accordance with section 414(n)(6) of the Code) on a substantially full time basis for a period of at least one year and, effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1996, such services are performed under primary direction or control of the recipient employer.
(d) An Employee shall not be an Eligible Employee if he is a nonresident alien who does not receive any earned income from the Employer which constitutes United States source income unless the Adoption Agreement specifically states that such Employees shall be Eligible Employees.
1.19 EMPLOYEE. "Employee" means an individual who performs services for the Employer and who is considered by the Employer in its sole and absolute discretion to be an Employee for purposes of the Plan. An individual who performs services for the Employer as an independent contractor, leased employee, employee of a temporary agency or in any other capacity not considered by the Employer in its sole and absolute discretion to result in classification as an Employee for purposes of the Plan shall not be considered an Employee. A determination that an individual is an employee of the Employer for other purposes such as employment tax purposes, shall have no bearing whatsoever on the determination of whether the individual is an Employee under the Plan if the Employer does not consider the individual to be its Employee for purposes of the Plan. If the Employer is not incorporated, any Self-Employed Individual shall also be considered an Employee.
1.20 EMPLOYER. "Employer" means the person or entity first designated as such in the Adoption Agreement and any of the following which are further designated in the Adoption Agreement, and the successors and assigns of any of them:
(a) any other person or entity which, together with the Employer first designated, constitute a controlled group of corporations within the meaning of section 414(b) of the Code or a group of trade or businesses under common control within the meaning of section 414(c) of the Code; or
(b) an organization which, together with the Employer first designated, is a member of an affiliated service group (as defined in section 414(m) of the Code), or any other entity required to be aggregated with the Employer first designated under section 414(o) of the Code.
1.21 EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT. "Employer Contribution Account" means a subaccount of each
1-8
Participant's Account which reflects the Employer's contributions under Sections 3.2 and 3.3 of the Plan and any forfeitures allocated thereto as adjusted in accordance with Article 5. An Employer Contribution Account may include a subaccount, the Employer Matching Account.
1.22 EMPLOYER MATCHING ACCOUNT. "Employer Matching Account" means a subaccount of each Participant's Employer Contribution Account which reflects the Employer's contributions under Section 3.2 of the Plan and any forfeitures allocated thereto, as adjusted in accordance with Article 5.
1.23 EMPLOYMENT COMMENCEMENT DATE. "Employment Commencement Date" means, with respect to an Employee, the first day for which he is paid or entitled to be paid for the performance of duties.
1.24 ERISA. "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, at the particular time applicable. A reference to a section of ERISA shall include said section and any comparable section or sections of any future legislation that amends, supplements or supersedes said section.
1.25 FIVE-PERCENT OWNER. "Five-Percent Owner" means:
(a) if the Employer is a corporation, any person who owns (or is considered as owning within the meaning of sections 318 and 416 of the Code) more than 5 percent of the outstanding stock of the Employer or stock possessing more than 5 percent of the total combined voting power of all stock of the Employer; or
(b) if the Employer is not a corporation, any person who owns more than 5 percent of the capital or profits interest in the Employer.
1.26 HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE.
(a) General. "Highly Compensated Employee," with respect to a Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1996, means, as determined under section 414(q) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder, an individual who at any time during the Plan Year is an Eligible Employee, and who:
(1) during the Plan Year or the preceding twelve month period, was at any time a Five-Percent Owner; or
(2) received Section 415 Compensation from the Employer in excess of $80,000 (as adjusted pursuant to section 414(q)(1) of the Code) during the twelve month period preceding the Plan Year, and, if the Employer so elects was in the group consisting of the top 20 percent of Employees when ranked on the basis of Section 415 Compensation paid during such preceding twelve month period.
(b) Operating Rules. The determination of Highly Compensated Employees shall be made in accordance with the following:
(1) For purposes of determining the number of Employees under (a)(2), the Employees described in section 414(q)(5) of the Code shall be disregarded.
(2) The Employer shall be treated as including any other entities required to be aggregated under section 414 of the Code.
(3) A highly compensated former employee is based on the rules applicable to determining highly compensated employee status as in effect for that determination year, in accordance with section 1.414(q)-1T, A-4 of the temporary Income Tax Regulations and Notice 97-45.
(4) In determining whether an Employee is a High ly Compensated Employee for years beginning in 1997, the amendments to section 414(q) stated above are treated as having been in effect for years beginning in 1996.
(c) Alternative Determinations. In lieu of the foregoing, as provided in an Adoption Agreement, the Administrator may use a "calendar year" election or "top-paid group" election to identify the Highly Compensated Employees.
1.27 HOUR OF SERVICE. "Hour of Service" means each of the following, determined (if the hour-counting method is elected in the Adoption Agreement for eligibility and/or vesting purposes or if a minimum Hours of Service requirement is elected in an Adoption Agreement for purposes of sharing in contributions) on the basis elected in the Adoption Agreement:
(a) each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, for the performance of duties,
1-9
which hours shall be credited to such individual for the computation period or periods in which the duties are performed;
(b) each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, on account of a period of time during which no work is performed (irrespective of whether his employment relationship has terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty or leave of absence, but excluding any payments which solely reimburse him for medical or medically related expenses and excluding any payments made or due under a plan maintained solely for the purposes of complying with applicable worker's compensation or unemployment compensation or disability insurance laws; provided however, no more than 501 Hours of Service shall be credited under this paragraph for any single continuous period (whether or not such period occurs in a single computation period); and provided further that Hours of Service under this paragraph shall be calculated and credited pursuant to section 2530.200b-2 of the Department of Labor Regulations which are incorporated herein by this reference;
(c) each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of
damages, is either awarded or agreed to with respect to an Employee; provided
however, that the same Hours of Service shall not be credited both under
subsection (a) or subsection (b), as the case may be, and under this subsection
(c); and provided further, that Hours of Service for back pay awarded or agreed
to with respect to periods described in subsection (b) shall be subject to the
limitations set forth therein and shall be calculated pursuant to the
regulations referred to therein; and provided further, that these Hours of
Service shall be credited to such individual for the computation period or
periods to which the award or agreement pertains rather than the computation
period in which the award, agreement or payment is made; and
(d) each hour for which an Employee would have received credit during Military Service if his employment status immediately prior thereto had continued.
(e) For purposes of determining service under (a), (b) and (c) above, service (including service as a Self- Employed Individual) for the following shall be treated as if it were service for the Employer:
(1) each Affiliate;
(2) each predecessor employer within the meaning of, and to the extent required under, section 414(a) of the Code; and
(3) each other employer identified in the Adoption Agreement for service crediting purposes. In the case of a standardized Plan, any past service credited must comply with the five-year safe harbor in Treasury Regulations section 1.401(a)(4)-5(a)(3).
1.28 KEY EMPLOYEE. "Key Employee," with respect to any Plan Year, means, as determined under section 416(i) of the Code and the regulations thereunder, any person (including a deceased person) who, at any time during the Determination Period with respect to such Plan Year, is:
(a) an officer of the Employer (or any other employer taken into account under section 414 of the Code) who:
(1) has Section 415 Compensation greater than 50 percent of the dollar limitation in effect under section 415(b)(1)(A) of the Code for any such Plan Year, and
(2) is taken into account under section 416(i) of the Code;
(b) one of the 10 Employees who:
(1) owns (or is considered as owning within the meaning of sections 318 and 416(i) of the Code) both more than a 1/2 percent ownership interest in value and one of the 10 largest percentage ownership interests in value of the Employer; and
(2) has (during the Plan Year of ownership) Section 415 Compensation from the Employer (and any other employers taken into account under section 414 of the Code) of more than the limitation in effect under section 415(c)(1)(A) of the Code for the calendar year in which such Plan Year ends;
(c) a Five-Percent Owner; or
(d) a 1-percent owner (as defined in section 416(i) of the Code) of the Employer having Section 415 Compensation from the Employer (and any other employers taken into account under section 414 of the Code) of more than $150,000.
1-10
1.29 MILITARY SERVICE. "Military Service" means, with respect to a person employed immediately prior thereto by the Employer, the period of time that he spends in the Armed Forces of the United States, or its equivalent recognized pursuant to federal law, provided he returns to the service of the Employer within such period, if any, as is then provided by law for the protection of his reemployment rights, and provided he has not been employed elsewhere before returning to work for the Employer.
1.30 NONDEDUCTIBLE VOLUNTARY CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT. "Nondeductible Voluntary Contribution Account" means a subaccount of each Participant's Account which reflects the Participant's nondeductible voluntary contributions, as adjusted in accordance with Article 5.
1.31 NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT. "Nonelective Contribution Account" means a subaccount of each Participant's Section 401(k) Account which reflects contributions on behalf of such Participant under Sections 3.1(b) and (c) (which shall be separately accounted for within this Account) and Section 3.10 (in the case of a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan) and any forfeitures allocated thereto, as adjusted in accordance with Article 5.
1.32 NON-HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE. "Non-highly Compensated Employee" means an individual who is not a Highly Compensated Employee and who, at any time during the Plan Year, is an Eligible Employee.
1.33 NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE. "Normal Retirement Age" shall have the meaning selected in the Adoption Agreement.
1.34 ONE-YEAR BREAK.
(a) Hour-Counting Method.
(1) "One-Year Break" means, if the hour-counting method is elected in the Adoption Agreement, a Service Computation Period (as defined in the Adoption Agreement) during which an individual does not complete more than 500 Hours of Service.
(2) Solely for purposes of determining whether a One-Year Break has occurred in a computation period, an individual who incurs an absence from work, beginning on or after the REA Effective Date, for maternity or paternity reasons (as defined in (c) below) shall receive credit for the Hours of Service which would otherwise have been credited to such individual but for such absence, or in any case in which such Hours of Service cannot be determined, 8 Hours of Service per day of such absence, and such Hours of Service shall be credited to the computation period in which the absence begins if such crediting would prevent a One-Year Break in that computation period or, in any other case, to the following computation period.
(b) Elapsed Time Method.
(1) "One-Year Break" means, if the elapsed time method is elected in the Adoption Agreement, a Severance of at least 12 consecutive months.
(2) In the case of an individual who incurs an absence from work, beginning on or after the REA Effective Date, for maternity or paternity reasons, as defined in (c) below, a One-Year Break shall not begin earlier than one year after it would otherwise begin.
(c) Maternity or Paternity Reasons. For purposes of (a) and (b) above, an absence for maternity or paternity reasons means an absence:
(1) by reason of the pregnancy of the individual;
(2) by reason of the birth of a child of the individual;
(3) by reason of the placement of a child with the individual in connection with the adoption of such child by the individual; or
(4) for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately following such birth or placement.
1.35 OWNER-EMPLOYEE. "Owner-Employee" means, if the Employer is not incorporated, an individual who is a sole proprietor of the Employer, or who is a partner in the Employer owning more than 10 percent of either the capital or profits interest of the partnership.
1-11
1.36 PARTICIPANT. "Participant" means a person who has become a Participant as provided under Article 2. Any such person shall remain a Participant as long as an Account is maintained for him under the Plan. The making of a rollover contribution under Section 3.9 by an Eligible Employee who has not yet become a Participant (if elected in the Adoption Agreement) as provided under Article 2 shall not result in the Eligible Employee becoming a Participant any earlier than provided under Article 2. As provided in Section 2.1, if elected in the Adoption Agreement, a person may become a "Participant" for purposes of different types of contributions at different times.
1.37 PERMISSIVE AGGREGATION GROUP (FOR TOP-HEAVY TEST). "Permissive Aggregation Group" means the Required Aggregation Group of plans plus any other plan or plans of the Employer (or any other employer taken into account under section 414 of the Code) which the Employer elects to aggregate and which, when considered as a group with the Required Aggregation Group, would continue to satisfy the requirements of sections 401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code.
1.38 PLAN. "Plan" means the plan set forth in this document and in the Adoption Agreement as adopted by the Employer, and if amended at any time, then as so amended.
1.39 PLAN ASSETS. "Plan Assets" means the assets of the Plan at the particular time applicable.
1.40 PLAN YEAR. "Plan Year" means the period so designated in the Adoption Agreement.
1.41 PRESENT VALUE (FOR TOP-HEAVY TEST). "Present Value" means, with respect to a defined benefit plan, the present value based on the interest and mortality rates specified in the Adoption Agreement for purposes of computing the top- heavy ratio. The actuarial assumptions used for all plans within the same aggregation group must be the same.
1.42 PROFITS (FOR PROFIT SHARING PLANS). "Profits" means the Employer's net income or profits for its taxable year ending with or within the Plan Year and for all prior taxable years determined by the Employer upon the basis of its books of account in accordance with sound accounting practices, without any deduction for current taxes based upon income and for current contributions made by the Employer under this Plan or any other plan that is qualified under section 401 of the Code.
1.43 PROTOTYPE SPONSOR. "Prototype Sponsor" means Keating, Muething & Klekamp. 1.44 REA EFFECTIVE DATE. "REA Effective Date" means the first day of the |
first Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1984.
1.45 REEMPLOYMENT COMMENCEMENT DATE (FOR ELAPSED TIME METHOD). "Reemployment Commencement Date" means the first day, after a Severance, for which an Employee is paid or entitled to be paid for the performance of duties.
1.46 REQUIRED AGGREGATION GROUP (FOR TOP-HEAVY TEST). "Required Aggregation Group" means:
(a) each qualified plan or simplified employee pension of the Employer (or any other employer taken into account under section 414 of the Code) in which at least one Key Employee participates or participated at any time during the Determination Period (regardless of whether the plan has terminated), and
(b) any other qualified plan of the Employer (or any other employer taken into account under section 414 of the Code) which enables a plan described in subsection (a) to meet the requirements of section 401(a)(4) or 410 of the Code.
1.47 ROLLOVER ACCOUNT. "Rollover Account" means a subaccount of each Participant's Account which reflects his rollover contributions, if any, as adjusted in accordance with Article 5. Pursuant to Section 3.9, a Rollover Account may be established for an Eligible Employee making a rollover contribution prior to becoming a Participant (if elected in the Adoption Agreement); and in such a case, the Rollover Account shall represent the Eligible Employee's allocable share of Plan Assets.
1.48 SECTION 401(k) ACCOUNT. "Section 401(k) Account" means a subaccount of each Participant's Account which reflects contributions on behalf of such Participant under Section 3.1 of the Plan and any forfeitures allocated thereto, as adjusted in accordance with Article 5. A Section 401(k) Account may include a subaccount, the Nonelective Contribution Account.
1.49 SELF-EMPLOYED INDIVIDUAL. "Self-Employed Individual" means, if the Employer is not incorporated, any individual who has Earned Income for the Employer's taxable year ending with or within the Plan Year from the trade or business for which the Plan is established and any individual who would have had Earned
1-12
Income but for the fact that the trade or business had no Profits for such taxable year.
1.50 SERVICE (FOR ELAPSED TIME METHOD).
(a) "Service" means, with respect to an Employee for purposes of eligibility and vesting, the sum of the following periods (whether or not continuous), provided that no period of time shall be counted more than once:
(1) each period beginning on an Employment Commencement Date or Reemployment Commencement Date and ending with the next Severance;
(2) any separation from service of 12 months or less; and
(3) Military Service.
(b) For purposes of determining service under (a)(1) and (2) above, service (including service as a Self- Employed Individual) for the following shall be treated as if it were service for the Employer:
(1) each Affiliate;
(2) each predecessor employer within the meaning of, and to the extent required under, section 414(a) of the Code; and
(3) each other employer identified in the Adoption Agreement for service crediting purposes. In the case of a standardized Plan, any past service credited must comply with the five-year safe harbor in Treasury Regulations section 1.401(a)(4)-5(a)(3).
(c) Anything in the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, the following transition rules shall apply in the case of an individual who transfers from a class of Employees for whom service has been computed on the basis of Hours of Service during 12-month computation periods. Such an individual shall receive credit for a period of service consisting of:
(1) the number of Years of Service credited to him before the computation period in which the transfer occurs plus
(2) the greater of
(A) the period of service that would be credited to him under the elapsed time method under (a) above for his service during the entire computation period in which the transfer occurs or
(B) the service taken into account under the computation periods method as of the date of the transfer.
In addition, the individual shall receive credit for service subsequent to the transfer commencing on the day after the last day of the computation period in which the transfer occurs.
1.51 SEVERANCE (FOR ELAPSED TIME METHOD). "Severance" means, with respect to an Employee, an absence from employment from the Employer and all Affiliates beginning on the earliest of death, quit, discharge, retirement or the first anniversary of any other absence (with or without pay).
1.52 SURVIVING SPOUSE. "Surviving Spouse" means a Participant's surviving spouse (who, in the case of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, is the spouse to whom the Participant was married on the date on which his benefit payments commenced) except to the extent that a former spouse is treated as such, for purposes of the Plan, under a qualified domestic relations order as described in section 414(p) of the Code.
1.53 TOP-HEAVY PLAN. "Top-Heavy Plan" means the Plan, for any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1983, if any of the following conditions exists:
(a) if this Plan is not part of any Required Aggregation Group or Permissive Aggregation Group of plans and the Top-Heavy Ratio for this Plan exceeds 60 percent;
(b) if this Plan is a part of a Required Aggregation Group of plans but not part of a Permissive Aggregation Group and the Top-Heavy Ratio for the group of plans exceeds 60 percent; or
(c) if this Plan is a part of a Required Aggregation Group and part of a Permissive Aggregation
1-13
Group of plans and the Top-Heavy Ratio for the Permissive Aggregation Group exceeds 60 percent.
1.54 TOP-HEAVY RATIO. "Top-Heavy Ratio" means the following:
(a) If the Plan is not aggregated with any defined benefit plan, the Top-Heavy Ratio is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the account balances, under this Plan and any aggregated defined contribution plans, of all Key Employees and the denominator of which is the sum of all account balances of all participants.
(b) If the Plan is aggregated with one or more defined benefit plans, the Top-Heavy Ratio is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of account balances under the defined contribution plans for all Key Employees and the Present Value of accrued benefits under the defined benefit plans for all Key Employees, and the denominator of which is the sum of the account balances under the defined contribution plans for all participants and the Present Value of accrued benefits under the defined benefit plans for all participants.
(c) For purposes of (a) and (b) above, the Top-Heavy Ratio shall be determined in accordance with section 416 of the Code and the applicable regulations thereunder, including, without limitation, the provisions relating to rollovers and transfers and the following provisions:
(1) The value of account balances under the Plan will be determined as of the Determination Date with respect to the applicable Plan Year.
(2) The value of account balances and accrued benefits under plans aggregated with the Plan shall be calculated with reference to the determination dates under such plans that fall within the same calendar year as the applicable Determination Date under the Plan.
(3) The value of account balances and the present value of accrued benefits will be determined as of the most recent valuation date that falls within or ends with the 12-month period ending on the applicable determination date, except as provided in section 416 of the Code and the regulations thereunder for the first and second plan years of a defined benefit plan.
(4) A simplified employee pension shall be treated as a defined contribution plan; provided however, at the election of the Employer, the Top-Heavy Ratio shall be computed by taking into account aggregate employer contributions in lieu of the aggregate of the accounts of employees.
(5) Distributions (including distributions under a terminated plan which had it not been terminated would have been included in the Required Aggregation Group) within the 5-year period ending on a determination date shall be taken into account.
(6) Defined contribution account balances shall be increased to reflect any contribution not actually made as of a determination date but required to be taken into account on that date under section 416 of the Code and the regulations thereunder.
(7) Deductible voluntary contributions shall not be included.
(8) There shall be disregarded the account balances and accrued benefits of a Participant
(A) who is not a Key Employee but who was a Key Employee in a prior Plan Year; or
(B) with respect to a plan year beginning after 1984, who has not performed services for the employer maintaining the plan at any time during the 5-year period ending on the determination date.
(9) Effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1986, the accrued benefit of a Participant other than a Key Employee shall be determined (A) under the method, if any, which uniformly applies for accrual purposes under all defined benefit plans of the Employer, or (B) if there is no such method, as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted under the fractional rule of section 411(b)(1)(C) of the Code.
1.55 TRUST. "Trust" means the trust established, with respect to the Plan, under the Trust Agreement.
1.56 TRUST AGREEMENT. "Trust Agreement" means the trust agreement which is identified in the Adoption Agreement as the trust agreement under which the Plan Assets are held.
1.57 TRUSTEE. "Trustee" means the Trustee under the Trust Agreement named in the Adoption Agreement.
1-14
1.58 YEAR OF SERVICE.
(a) General. "Year of Service" means:
(1) if the hour-counting method is elected in the Adoption Agreement, a Service Computation Period (as defined in the Adoption Agreement) during which an Employee is credited with at least 1,000 Hours of Service; or
(2) if the elapsed time method is elected in the Adoption Agreement, 12 months of Service. Nonsuccessive periods of Service shall be aggregated, and less than whole year periods of Service (whether or not consecutive) shall be aggregated on the basis that 12 months of Service (30 days are deemed to be a month in the case of aggregation of fractional months) equal a whole Year of Service.
If a Service Computation Period (if the hour-counting method is elected) is the Plan Year and if a short Plan Year is created because of an amendment changing the Plan Year, then for purposes of determining whether an Eligible Employee is credited with at least 1000 Hours of Service in the Service Computation Period which otherwise would end on the last day of the short Plan Year (and for determining whether a One-Year Break has occurred), such Service Computation Period shall be treated as including the period after such short Plan Year through the date the Plan Year previously in effect would have ended.
(b) Rule of Parity. If an Employee who does not have any nonforfeitable right to an Employer Contribution Account or Section 401(k) Account incurs a Break in Service, then, for purposes of eligibility and vesting, all of his Years of Service (if the hour-counting method applies) or Service (if the elapsed time method applies) prior to such Break in Service shall be disregarded if such Break in Service equals or exceeds his Years of Service or his Service before such Break in Service, provided that such prior service shall not include any service disregarded by reason of any prior Breaks in Service.
(c) Eligibility. If it is specified under the Adoption Agreement that each Participant's Employer Contribution Account is fully vested after not more than 2 Years of Service, and if an Employee incurs a One-Year Break before completing 2 Years of Service, then all of his Years of Service credited to him for eligibility purposes before the commencement of such One-Year Break shall be disregarded.
(d) Vesting. In addition to any service disregarded pursuant to selections in the Adoption Agreement, if the Plan was in existence before the Effective Date, then Years of Service (if the hour-counting method applies) or Service (if the elapsed time method applies) before the Effective Date shall be disregarded for vesting purposes if such service would have been disregarded under the rules of the Plan with regard to breaks in service as in effect on the applicable date prior to the Effective Date. Such rules mean rules relating to circumstances under which a period of an employee's service or plan participation is disregarded, for purposes of determining the extent to which his rights to his account derived from Employer contributions are unconditional, if under such rules such service is disregarded by reason of such employee's failure to complete a required period of service within a specified period of time.
(e) Other Federal Law. Anything in the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, in determining an Employee's service, he shall be entitled to such credit, if any, as is required by federal law.
1-15
ARTICLE 2
ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
2.1 REQUIREMENTS.
(a) General. Each Eligible Employee shall be a Participant but no earlier than the first Entry Date (as defined in the Adoption Agreement) coinciding with or next following the date on which he meets the eligibility age and service requirements specified in the Adoption Agreement. If an Eligible Employee meets such age and service requirements on an Entry Date and if (subject to Section 2.2) he is an Eligible Employee on such Entry Date, then he shall become a Participant on such Entry Date. Anything in the foregoing to the contrary notwithstanding, if the Plan was in existence before the Effective Date, then any person who was a Participant therein immediately before the Effective Date shall continue to be a Participant.
(b) Multiple Criteria. If, pursuant to the Adoption Agreement, the Plan has more than one set of Entry Date and age and service criteria, an Eligible Employee shall be considered a "Participant" for purposes of a particular type of contribution only if he has met such eligibility criteria specified for such contributions in the Adoption Agreement. As such, if an Eligible Employee meets the age and service requirements specified for a particular type of contribution on a specified Entry Date, then he shall become a Participant for purposes of such contribution type on such Entry Date. Accordingly, an Eligible Employee may be a "Participant" for one type of contribution but not for another.
2.3 ABSENCES AND SEVERANCES OF LESS THAN 12 MONTHS (ELAPSED TIME METHOD). If the elapsed time method is elected in the Adoption Agreement, then:
(a) Absences. If, on the Entry Date determined under Section 2.1, an Eligible Employee is absent from employment for reasons other than quit, discharge, or retirement, and if he returns to employment within 12 months, then, upon the termination of such absence, and provided he is an Eligible Employee, he shall become a Participant retroactive to such Entry Date.
(b) Severances. If an Employee's Entry Date determined under
Section 2.1 falls within a period of Severance of 12 months or less taken into
account as Service under Section 1.50, then, provided he is an Eligible
Employee, he shall become a Participant on the date on which such period of
Severance ends.
2.4 SPECIAL RULES FOR PLANS COVERING OWNER-EMPLOYEES. Effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1996, the special rules for a Plan covering Owner-Employees no longer apply.
2.5 REEMPLOYMENT. If a former Participant is reemployed as an Eligible Employee, and if his prior Years of Service are not disregarded under Section 1.59, then he shall become a Participant immediately upon such reemployment.
2.6 CHANGE OF EMPLOYEE CLASSIFICATION.
(a) In the event a Participant is no longer a member of an
eligible class of Employees and becomes ineligible to participate, but has not
incurred a Break in Service, such individual will participate immediately upon
returning to an eligible class of Employees. If such Participant incurs a Break
in Service, eligibility will be determined under the break in service rules of
Section 1.59 of the Plan.
(b) In the event an Employee who is not a member of the eligible class of Employees becomes a member of the eligible class, such Employee will participate immediately if such Employee has satisfied the minimum age and service requirements and would have otherwise previously become a Participant.
1-16
ARTICLE 3
CONTRIBUTIONS AND THEIR ALLOCATION
3.1 SECTION 401(k) CONTRIBUTIONS.
(a) Elective Deferrals.
(1) Salary Reduction. In the case of a profit sharing plan, if a Section 401(k) feature is elected in the Adoption Agreement, each Participant (who, in accordance with Section 2.1, has satisfied the Plan's eligibility criteria applicable to the Section 401(k) feature) who is an Eligible Employee may enter into a salary reduction agreement with the Employer whereby he authorizes the Employer to reduce his Compensation (which would otherwise be payable absent such an agreement), or any part thereof, by such percentage or dollar amount (subject to such limitations as may be imposed under the Adoption Agreement) as he shall specify. Under the Adoption Agreement, the Administrator may set uniform maximum and/or minimum limits on the percentage or dollar amount of a Participant's Compensation that may be reduced for any Plan Year or for any period during a Plan Year. Contributions of this type may be referred to in the Plan as elective deferrals or as salary reduction contributions.
(2) 402(g) Annual Limit. In no event shall a Participant's Compensation in any calendar year be reduced by a salary reduction agreement under (1) (and under all other plans, contracts or arrangements of the Employer which allow elective deferrals within the meaning of section 402(g)(3) of the Code) in an amount greater than the applicable limit under section 402(g) of the Code for the year.
(3) Contribution to the Plan. Subject to the limits under Article 4 of the Plan and (2) above, the Employer shall reduce the Participant's Compensation (which would otherwise be payable absent such an agreement), or part thereof, by the percentage or amount elected by the Participant in accordance with the terms of the Plan and shall contribute such amounts to the Plan on behalf of such Participant. Such contributions shall be credited to the Participant's Section 401(k) Account. Such contributions shall be made as soon as the Employer can reasonably segregate such amounts, but not later than the 15th business day of the month following the month in which such amounts would have otherwise been payable to the Participant.
(4) Effect of Hardship Withdrawal. In the event an Eligible Employee makes a hardship withdrawal under Section 7.2(b):
(A) the Participant's salary reduction agreement shall immediately terminate and the Participant may not enter a new salary reduction agreement for at least 12 months after receipt of the hardship withdrawal; and
(B) for the Participant's taxable year following the taxable year of the hardship withdrawal, the Participant's salary reduction contributions may not exceed the applicable limit under section 402(g) of the Code for that taxable year less the amount of such Participant's salary reduction contributions for the taxable year of the hardship withdrawal.
(5) Procedural Matters. A Participant may enter, change or terminate a salary reduction agreement under (1) in accordance with the provisions adopted by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement. In no event may a salary reduction agreement be entered into retroactively. In addition, the Employer may require or allow a Highly Compensated Employee to reduce the percentage or amount specified in his salary reduction agreement to the extent that the Employer reasonably anticipates that without the reduction, the limits set forth in Section 3.1(e) or Article 4 would be exceeded for the Plan Year. A Participant's salary reduction agreement shall terminate if his employment status changes so that he is no longer an Eligible Employee. In accordance with such rules and procedures as the Administrator deems appropriate, and which provides an Eligible Employee with an effective opportunity to receive cash, the Employer may treat each Eligible Employee who has satisfied the Plan's eligibility criteria applicable to the Section 401(k) feature, as having made a salary reduction election unless and until such Participant affirmatively elects to revoke or revise such deemed salary reduction election,
(b) QNECs.
(1) Optional QNECs. If elected in the Adoption Agreement, the Employer shall contribute to the Plan an amount determined pursuant to the Adoption Agreement for allocation to the Nonelective Contribution Accounts of those Participants (who, in accordance with Section 2.1, have satisfied the Plan's eligibility criteria applicable to the Section 401(k) feature) entitled under the Adoption Agreement to receive an allocation of this type of contribution. Subject to the limitations of Article 4 of the Plan, as of the last Accounting Date for a Plan Year, there shall be allocated to the Nonelective Contribution Account of each
1-17
Participant qualified, under the Adoption Agreement, to receive such an allocation:
(A) if the allocation method selected in the Adoption Agreement provides for the allocation to be made proportionate to Compensation, that portion of the Employer's contribution for the Plan Year that bears the same ratio to the total amount of such contribution as the Compensation of such Participant for such Plan Year bears to the total amount of the Compensation of all such Participants for such Plan Year; and/or
(B) the same flat dollar amount allocable to all other qualified Participants, if this allocation method is selected in the Adoption Agreement.
(2) Failsafe QNEC.
(A) The Employer, in its sole discretion, may contribute to the Plan for allocation to the Nonelective Contribution Accounts of those Participants (who, in accordance with Section 2.1, have satisfied the Plan's eligibility criteria applicable to the Section 401(k) feature) entitled under (B) below to receive an allocation, such amount as it determines appropriate to satisfy the nondiscrimination tests of section 401(k)(3)(A) and 401(m)(2) of the Code for a Plan Year. Any such contribution shall be allocated as of the last Accounting Date for the Plan Year for which the Employer makes the contribution.
(B) Only Participants who are Eligible Employees at any time during the Plan Year and who are not Highly Compensated Employees with respect to the Plan Year shall be qualified to receive an allocation of any contribution under (A) above for a Plan Year; provided that any such contribution shall be allocated by making the maximum permissible allocation permitted under Article 4 beginning with the Participant with the least Compensation for the Plan Year and continuing such maximum permissible allocation to each such Participant in order of Compensation (least Compensation to highest Compensation) until the entire contribution is allocated.
The types of contributions under this subsection (b) may be referred to in the Plan as a qualified nonelective contribution. This type of contribution is nonforfeitable when made (see Section 6.1(c)) and is subject to the withdrawal and distribution limitations of Section 7.7.
(c) Matching Contributions to Nonelective Contribution Accounts. If elected in the Adoption Agreement, the Employer shall make matching contributions to the Nonelective Contribution Accounts of those Participants for whom salary reduction contributions are made under (a) above for the Plan Year and who also are qualified under the Adoption Agreement to receive such a matching contribution. Such a matching contribution shall be allocated under the method(s) selected in the Adoption Agreement. In the event the rate of matching contribution (determined after corrective distribution of elective deferrals under sections 401(k) or (m) or 402(g) of the Code) is determined by the Administrator to be discriminatory in favor of one or more Highly Compensated Employees, the Administrator shall forfeit that part of such matching contribution (as adjusted in accordance with Article 5) as is necessary to make such rate nondiscriminatory (and in such a case the contributions shall be disregarded under the Plan's provisions relative to sections 401(k)(3) and 401(m)(2) of the Code).
This type of contribution may be referred to in the Plan as a qualified matching contribution. This type of contribution is nonforfeitable when made (see Section 6.1(c)) and is subject to the withdrawal and distribution limitations of Section 7.7.
(d) Time for Contributions. Contributions under (b) and (c) for a Plan Year shall be made no later than the end of the Plan Year following the Plan Year to which the contributions relate (or such later time as may be permitted by Treasury Regulations or the Internal Revenue Service).
(e) Limitation on Section 401(k) Contributions.
(1) Prior Year Testing. Effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1996, if the "Prior Year Testing Method" is elected in the Adoption Agreement, the Actual Deferral Percentage for any Plan Year for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees eligible to make Section 401(k) contributions shall not exceed the greater of:
(A) 1.25 times the Actual Deferral Percentage for the preceding Plan Year for Participants who were Non-highly Compensated Employees eligible to make Section 401(k) contributions for such preceding Plan Year; or
(B) the lesser of:
(i) 2 times the Actual Deferral Percentage for the preceding Plan Year for the
1-18
Participants who were Non-highly Compensated Employees eligible to make Section 401(k) contributions for such preceding Plan Year, provided that the Actual Deferral Percentage for the Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees shall not exceed the Actual Deferral Percentage for the preceding Plan Year for Participants who were Non-highly Compensated Employees eligible to make Section 401(k) contributions for such preceding Plan Year by more than 2 percentage points; or
(ii) such amount as the Secretary of the Treasury or his delegate may prescribe to prevent multiple use of this alternative limitation with respect to any Highly Compensated Employee.
For the first Plan Year in which a section 401(k) feature is part of the Plan, the Actual Deferral Percentage for Non- highly Compensated Employees to be taken into account under (A) and (B) above shall be deemed to be 3 percent, or, at the election of the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, the Actual Deferral Percentage for such first Plan Year for Participants who are Non-highly Compensated Employees eligible to make Section 401(k) contributions for such first Plan Year.
(2) Current Year Testing. Effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1996, if the "Current Year Testing Method" is elected in the Adoption Agreement, the limitations in (1)(A) and (B) above shall be applied by reference to the current Plan Year rather than the preceding Plan Year. Once made, this election can only be undone if the Plan meets the requirements for changing to Prior Year Testing set forth in Notice 98-1 (or superseding guidance). A Participant is a Highly Compensated Employee for a particular Plan Year if he or she meets the definition of a Highly Compensated Employee in effect for that Plan Year. Similarly, a Participant is a Non-highly Compensated Employee for a particular Plan Year if he or she does not meet the definition of a Highly Compensated Employee in effect for that Plan Year.
(3) Special Rules for Early Participation . If the Plan
allows Eligible Employees to participate in the Section 401(k) feature under age
and service criteria lower than the greatest minimum age and service conditions
permissible under section 410(a) of the Code and the Employer elects to apply
the special rule of section 410(b)(4)(B) of the Code in determining that the
Section 401(k) feature satisfies the coverage rules of section 410(b)(1) of the
Code, then the following special rules apply. In such a case, for testing
purposes, the Plan shall be treated as two separate plans: one benefitting the
Eligible Employees who have satisfied the lower minimum age and service
conditions of the Plan but not the greatest such conditions permitted under
section 410(a) of the Code (hereinafter "Component Plan A"); and one benefitting
Eligible Employees who have satisfied the greatest such conditions permitted
under section 410(a) of the Code (hereinafter "Component Plan B"). The testing
in this Section 3.1(e) shall be applied as follows:
(A) For Plan Years beginning before January 1, 1999, and at the election of the Employer, for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1998, the testing shall be applied separately to Component Plan A and Component Plan B. In this regard, the Actual Deferral Percentages and Actual Contribution Percentages shall be determined separately for each such Component Plan.
(B) For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1998, at the election of the Employer, in lieu of the testing as provided in (A) above, the testing shall be applied solely to Component Plan B (and not Component Plan A); provided however any Highly Compensated Employees in Component Plan A must be included in the Actual Deferral Percentage and testing of Component Plan B.
This provision shall be administered in accordance with rules and regulations promulgated by the Secretary of Treasury or its delegate.
(4) Special Rules for Plan Disaggregation. If, pursuant to Treasury Regulations or promulgations of the Internal Revenue Service, the Plan is to be treated as two or more separate plans for Section 401(k) testing purposes, then the Administrator shall apply the testing in this Section 4.1(e) separately to such plans as the Administrator shall determine. This provision shall be administered in accordance with such Treasury Regulations or promulgations.
(f) Return of Excess Elective Deferrals.
(1) Participant Election. If amounts are includible in a
Participant's gross income under section 402(g) of the Code for a taxable year
of the Participant, the Participant may elect to receive a distribution from his
Section 401(k) Account in an amount up to the sum (or difference) of:
(A) the lesser of:
(i) the amount includible in his gross income under section 402(g) of the Code for the taxable year; or
(ii) the amount of his salary deferrals under Section 3.1(a) for the taxable year;
1-19
plus (or minus)
(B) the income (or loss) allocable to the amount determined under (A) determined in accordance with Treasury Regulations under any reasonable method used consistently for all Participants and for all corrective distributions under the Plan for the Plan Year.
(2) Procedure An election under (1) above shall be made
in writing, signed by the Participant, on such form as the Administrator shall
direct and shall be effective only if received by the Administrator no later
than the first March 1st following the close of the Participant's taxable year
to which the election relates. A Participant who has exceeded the limits of
Section 3.1(a)(2) shall be deemed to have made an election hereunder to the
extent of such excess.
(3) Distribution. Any other provisions of the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, the amount determined under (1) if properly elected under (2) shall be paid to the Participant as a lump sum no later than the first April 15th following the close of the Participant's taxable year to which the election relates.
(4) Effect on Other Provisions. Except to the extent provided by the Secretary of the Treasury or his delegate, distributions hereunder shall be taken into account under Sections 3.1(e) and 3.2(b).
(g) Excess Section 401(k) Contributions.
(1) Excess Actual Deferral Percentage. If the Actual Deferral Percentage for a Plan Year for the Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees eligible to make Section 401(k) contributions exceeds the maximum amount allowable under Section 3.1(e), then the Administrator shall determine the amount to be distributed ("Excess Contributions") in accordance with the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations and the following. "Excess Contributions" shall mean, with respect to any Plan Year, the excess of:
(A) The aggregate amount of contributions actually taken into account in computing the Actual Deferral Percentage of Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year, over
(B) The maximum amount of such contributions permitted by the Actual Deferral Percentage test (determined by hypothetically reducing contributions made on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees in order of the ratios calculated separately for each such Participant (under Section 1.4) beginning with the highest of such percentages).
(2) Required Distributees. Excess Contributions are allocated to the Highly Compensated Employees with the largest amounts of contributions taken into account in calculating the Actual Deferral Percentage test for the year in which the excess arose, beginning with the Highly Compensated Employee with the largest amount of such contributions and continuing in descending order until all the Excess Contributions have been allocated. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the "largest amount" is determined after distribution of any Excess Contributions.
(3) Distribution. The Administrator shall distribute to each Highly Compensated Employee specified in (2) above from his Section 401(k) Account the sum (or difference) of:
(A) the amount (if any) determined under (2)
above; plus (or minus)
(B) the income (or loss) allocable to the amount determined under (A) determined by the Administrator in accordance with Treasury Regulations under any reasonable method used consistently for all Participants and for all corrective distributions under the Plan for the Plan Year; minus
(C) that part of the distribution (if any) under
(f) above attributable to salary deferrals under Section 3.1(a) of the Plan
during the Plan Year.
Any other provisions of the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, the Administrator shall distribute the amount so determined as a lump sum no later than the last day of the following Plan Year; provided however, the Employer shall be subject to a 10% excise tax under section 4979 of the Code if the distributions are not made before the close of the first 2-1/2 months of such following Plan Year.
(4) Alternative Limitation. If the alternative limitation referred to in Section 3.1(e)(1)(B) is exceeded, then the Administrator shall take corrective action under either this Section, Section 3.8, or a combination of the two, as determined by the Administrator.
(5) Allocation of Excess. Distributions hereunder shall be from the Participant's Section 401(k) Account (other than his Nonelective Contribution Account) and Nonelective Contribution Account (in
1-20
proportion to the Participant's salary deferral contributions under Section 3.1(a) for the Plan Year and the matching contributions under Section 3.1(c) thereto for the Plan year) to the extent of the contributions thereto for the Plan Year plus the income allocable to such contributions and the excess (if any) shall be distributed from the Participant's Nonelective Contribution Account from the amounts attributable to discretionary Employer contributions under Section 3.1(b).
(6) Effect on Other Provisions. If distributions are made in accordance with this Section 3.1(g) with respect to a Plan Year, then the limitations of Section 3.1(e) shall be deemed satisfied for the Plan Year. Except to the extent provided by the Secretary of the Treasury, distributions hereunder shall be taken into account under Article 4.
3.2 EMPLOYER MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS TO EMPLOYER MATCHING ACCOUNTS.
(a) Employer Matches. In the case of a profit sharing plan, if a
Section 401(k) feature is part of the Plan pursuant to the Adoption Agreement,
and if elected in the Adoption Agreement, the Employer shall make matching
contributions to the Employer Matching Accounts of those Participants (who, in
accordance with Section 2.1, have satisfied the Plan's eligibility criteria
applicable to this type of contribution) for whom salary reduction contributions
are made under Section 3.1(a) for the Plan Year and who also are qualified under
the Adoption Agreement to receive such a matching contribution. Such a matching
contribution shall be allocated under the method(s) selected in the Adoption
Agreement. In the event the rate of matching contribution (determined after
corrective distribution of elective deferrals under sections 401(k) or (m) or
402(g) of the Code) is determined by the Administrator to be discriminatory in
favor of one or more Highly Compensated Employees, the Administrator shall
forfeit that part of such matching contribution (as adjusted in accordance with
Article 5) as is necessary to make such rate nondiscriminatory (and in such a
case the contributions shall be disregarded under the Plan's provisions relative
to sections 401(k)(3) and 401(m)(2) of the Code).
(b) Limitation on Employer Matching and Voluntary (After-Tax) Contributions.
(1) Prior Year Testing. Effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1996, if the "Prior Year Testing Method" is elected in the Adoption Agreement, the Actual Contribution Percentage for any Plan Year for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees eligible to make Section 401(k) contributions or voluntary (after- tax) contributions shall not exceed the greater of:
(A) 1.25 times the Actual Contribution Percentage for the preceding Plan Year for Participants who were Non-highly Compensated Employees eligible to make Section 401(k) contributions or voluntary (after-tax) contributions for such preceding Plan Year; or
(B) the lesser of:
(i) 2 times the Actual Contribution Percentage for the preceding Plan Year for the Participants who were Non-highly Compensated Employees eligible to make Section 401(k) contributions for such preceding Plan Year, provided that the Actual Contribution Percentage for the Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees shall not exceed the Actual Contribution Percentage for the preceding Plan Year for Participants who were Non-highly Compensated Employees eligible to make Section 401(k) or voluntary (after-tax) contributions for such preceding Plan Year by more than 2 percentage points; or
(ii) such amount as the Secretary of the Treasury or his delegate may prescribe to prevent multiple use of this alternative limitation with respect to any Highly Compensated Employee.
For the first Plan Year in which the Plan provides for Employer matching contributions subject to the Actual Contribution Percentage test or voluntary (after-tax) contributions, the Actual Contribution Percentage for Non-highly Compensated Employees to be taken into account under (A) and (B) above shall be deemed to be 3 percent, or, at the election of the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, the Actual Contribution Percentage for such first Plan Year for Participants who are Non-highly Compensated Employees eligible to make Section 401(k) contributions or voluntary (after-tax) contributions for such first Plan Year.
(2) Current Year Testing. Effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1996, if the "Current Year Testing Method" is elected in the Adoption Agreement, the limitations in (1)(A) and (B) above shall be applied by reference to the current Plan Year rather than the preceding Plan Year.
(3) Special Rules for Early Participation . If the Plan allows Eligible Employees to participate in the feature providing Employer matching contributions subject to the Actual Contribution Percentage test or voluntary (after-tax) contributions, under age and service criteria lower than the greatest minimum age and service conditions permissible under section 410(a) of the Code and the Employer elects to apply the special rule of section
1-21
410(b)(4)(B) of the Code in determining that such feature satisfies the coverage rules of section 410(b)(1) of the Code, then the following special rules apply. In such a case, for testing purposes, the Plan shall be treated as two separate plans: one benefitting the Eligible Employees who have satisfied the lower minimum age and service conditions of the Plan but not the greatest such conditions permitted under section 410(a) of the Code (hereinafter "Component Plan A"); and one benefitting Eligible Employees who have satisfied the greatest such conditions permitted under section 410(a) of the Code (hereinafter "Component Plan B"). The testing in this Section 3.2(b) shall be applied as follows:
(A) For Plan Years beginning before January 1, 1999, and at the election of the Employer, for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1998, the testing shall be applied separately to Component Plan A and Component Plan B. In this regard, the Actual Deferral Percentages and Actual Contribution Percentages shall be determined separately for each such Component Plan.
(B) For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1998, at the election of the Employer, in lieu of the testing as provided in (A) above, the testing shall be applied solely to Component Plan B (and not Component Plan A); provided however any Highly Compensated Employees in Component Plan A must be included in the Actual Deferral Percentage, Actual Contribution Percentage and testing of Component Plan B.
This provision shall be administered in accordance with rules and regulations promulgated by the Secretary of Treasury or its delegate.
(4) Special Rules for Plan Disaggregation. If, pursuant to Treasury Regulations or promulgations of the Internal Revenue Service, the Plan is to be treated as two or more separate plans for Section 401(m) testing purposes, then the Administrator shall apply the testing in this Section 3.2(b) separately to such plans as the Administrator shall determine. This provision shall be administered in accordance with such Treasury Regulations or promulgations.
(5) Special Rule. To the extent necessary to avoid a violation of this limitation, amounts contributed under Section 3.1, shall be treated as contributions taken into account under Section 1.3; but only if, and to the extent, the limitations in Section 3.1(e) would not be violated if such amounts were not taken into account under Section 1.4. The determination and treatment of the separate ratios under Section 1.3 of the Plan for each Participant shall satisfy such other requirements as may be prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury or his delegate.
(c) Time for Matches and Nondeductible Contributions. Contributions under this Section 3.2 for a Plan Year shall be made no later than the end of the Plan Year following the Plan Year to which the contributions relate (or such later time as may be permitted by Treasury Regulations). Voluntary (after-tax) Participant contributions (if permitted in the Adoption Agreement) shall be made as soon as the Employer can reasonably segregate such amounts, but not later than the 15th business day of the month following the month in which such amounts would have otherwise been payable to the Participant.
3.3 EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION.
(a) Profit Sharing Plans.
(1) General. In the case of a profit sharing plan, in addition to amounts otherwise contributed (if any) under Sections 3.1 and 3.2, the Employer shall contribute to the Plan an amount determined pursuant to the Adoption Agreement, and such contribution shall be allocated among the Participants (who, in accordance with Section 2.1, have satisfied the Plan's eligibility criteria applicable to this type of contribution) as provided in the Adoption Agreement. Unless specifically provided for in an Adoption Agreement in the case of a profit sharing plan, contributions, including contributions to a profit sharing plan for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1985, shall not be conditioned on Profits.
(2) Non-Integrated Allocation Formula. If the Adoption Agreement provides for the Employer contributions under this Section 3.3 to be allocated proportionate to Compensation and on a non-integrated basis, then subject to the limitations of Article 4, and subject to the top-heavy minimum if applicable, as of the last Accounting Date for a Plan Year, there shall be allocated to the Employer Contribution Account of each Participant entitled to receive such an allocation (determined pursuant to the Adoption Agreement), that portion of the Employer's contribution and any forfeitures allocated with such contribution for such Plan Year that bears the same ratio to the total amount of such contribution and forfeitures as the Compensation of such Participant for such Plan Year bears to the total amount of the Compensation of all such Participants for such Plan Year.
(3) Integrated Allocation Formula.
1-22
(A) General. If the Adoption Agreement provides for the Employer contributions under this Section 3.3 to be allocated on an integrated basis, then subject to the limitations of Article 4 and the overall permitted disparity limits of (E) below, and subject to the top-heavy minimum if applicable, as of the last Accounting Date for a Plan Year, the Employer contribution under Section 3.3 of the Plan and any forfeitures allocated with such contribution for such Plan Year shall be allocated under the method specified in the Adoption Agreement.
(B) Excess Compensation. "Excess Compensation" means Compensation for a particular Plan Year in excess of the Taxable Wage Base for that Plan Year.
(C) Taxable Wage Base. "Taxable Wage Base" has the meaning determined under the Adoption Agreement.
(D) Maximum Disparity Rate.
(i) In General. "Maximum Disparity Rate" for a Plan Year, subject to (ii) below, means the greater of --
(I) 5.7 percent, or
(II) the rate of tax under section 3111(a) of the Code (in effect as of the beginning of the Plan Year) which is attributable to the old age portion of the Old Age, Survivors and Disability Insurance provisions of the Social Security Act.
(ii) Special Rule for Reduced Taxable Wage Base. If a reduced Taxable Wage Base is elected in the Adoption Agreement and the amount specified therein is greater than the greater of $10,000 or one-fifth of the contribution and benefits base under section 230 of the Social Security Act as of the first day of the particular Plan Year, the 5.7 percent factor under (i)(I)above, shall be reduced to 4.3 percent if the amount specified in the Adoption Agreement is not more than 80 percent of the contribution and benefit base under section 230 of the Social Security Act and to 5.4 percent if the amount so specified is greater than 80 percent of such base amount; and the factor under (i)(II)above shall be reduced proportionately.
(E) Overall Permitted Disparity Limits.
(i) Annual Overall Permitted Disparity Limit. If, for any Plan Year, a Participant participates in this Plan and another plan of the Employer that provides for permitted disparity (or imputed disparity), the Participant's total annual disparity fraction (as defined in Treasury Regulation section 1.401(l)-5(b)) may not exceed one. If such fraction would exceed one, the amount allocated to such Participant shall be reduced to the extent necessary to satisfy such limit.
(ii) Cumulative Permitted Disparity Limit. Effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1995, in the case of a Participant who has benefitted under a defined benefit plan or target benefit plan of the Employer for a plan year beginning on or after January 1, 1994, such participant's cumulative disparity fraction (as defined in Treasury Regulation section 1.401(l)-5(c)) may not exceed 35. If such fraction would exceed 35, the amount allocated to such Participant shall be reduced to the extent necessary to satisfy such limit.
(b) Money Purchase Pension Plans. In the case of a money purchase pension plan, the Employer shall contribute to the Plan an amount determined pursuant to the Adoption Agreement, and such contribution shall be allocated among the Participants as provided in the Adoption Agreement.
3.4 TOP-HEAVY MINIMUMS. If, for any Plan Year, the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan, then the following provisions shall apply for such Plan Year:
(a) Except as otherwise provided in (b) and (c) below, the Employer contributions and forfeitures allocated on behalf of any Participant who is not a Key Employee shall not be less than the lesser of three percent of such Participant's Section 415 Compensation or in the case where the Employer has no defined benefit plan which designates this Plan to satisfy section 401 of the Code, the largest percentage of Employer contributions and forfeitures, expressed as a percentage of Section 415 Compensation, allocated on behalf of any Key Employee for that year. For these purposes and for purposes of Section 3.4(f), "Section 415 Compensation" shall mean the first $150,000 (as adjusted by the Secretary of Treasury in accordance with section 401(a)(17) of the Code) of a Participant's Section 415 Compensation (as defined in Section 4.1(k)). The minimum allocation is determined without regard to any Social Security contribution and, if the Plan is a profit sharing plan, without regard to Profits. This minimum allocation shall be made even though, under other Plan provisions, the Participant would not otherwise be entitled to receive an allocation, or would have
1-23
received a lesser allocation for the year because of (1) the Participant's failure to complete 1,000 Hours of Service or (2) compensation of less than a stated amount.
(b) The provision in (a) above shall not apply to any Participant who was not an Eligible Employee on the last day of the Plan Year.
(c) The provision in (a) above shall not apply to any Participant to the extent the Participant is covered under any other plan or plans and the Employer has provided in the Adoption Agreement that the minimum allocation or benefit requirement applicable to top-heavy plans will be met in the other plan or plans.
(d) In the case of a profit sharing plan, if a Section 401(k) feature has been adopted in the Adoption Agreement by the Employer, to the extent required by Treasury Regulations, contributions under Section 3.1(a) allocated to a Key Employee shall be taken into account in determining the minimum required contribution under (a) above; provided however, such contributions under Section 3.1(a) allocated to Participants other than Key Employees shall not count toward satisfying the minimum contribution required under (a) above.
(e) In the case of a profit sharing plan, if a Section 401(k) feature has been adopted in the Adoption Agreement by the Employer, to the extent necessary to prevent a violation of the nondiscrimination requirements under section 401(a)(4) of the Code, matching contributions under Sections 3.1(c) and 3.2 shall not count toward satisfying the minimum contribution required under (a) above. If the Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan election is in effect, any Safe Harbor Matching Contribution shall not count toward satisfying such minimum contribution requirements.
(f) If a Participant participates in one or more defined benefit
plans which are aggregated with the Plan under section 416 of the Code for
purposes of determining top heaviness, and if such defined benefit plan or plans
do not satisfy the minimum benefit requirements of section 416 of the Code with
respect to such Participant, then, with respect to such Participant, the words
"five percent of such Participant's Section 415 Compensation" shall be
substituted for the words "the lesser of three percent of such Participant's
Section 415 Compensation or in the case where the Employer has no defined
benefit plan which designates this Plan to satisfy section 401 of the Code, the
largest percentage of Employer contributions and forfeitures, expressed as a
percentage of Section 415 Compensation, allocated on behalf of any Key Employee
for that year" in (a) above.
3.5 ALLOCATION AMONG EMPLOYERS. If more than one Employer has adopted the Plan, each Employer shall contribute under the Plan the same proportion of the total contribution as the proportion allocated to its Employees of the total contribution.
3.6 RETURN OF EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS.
(a) Mistake of Fact. If a contribution by the Employer to the Plan is made by reason of a mistake of fact, then, subject to (d) below, such contribution may be returned to the Employer within 1 year after the payment of such contribution.
(b) Qualification. Contributions by the Employer to the Plan are conditioned upon initial qualification of the Plan under section 401 of the Code. If the Plan receives an adverse determination with respect to its initial qualification under the Code, then the entire assets attributable to the Employer's contributions may be returned to the Employer within 1 year after such determination, but only if the application for the qualification is made by the time prescribed by law for filing the Employer's return for the taxable year in which the Plan is adopted, or such later date as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe.
(c) Deductibility. Contributions by the Employer to the Plan (other than any contributions allocable to the purchase of life insurance for a Self-Employed Individual) are conditioned upon the deductibility of such contributions under section 404 of the Code, and, subject to (d) below, such contributions (to the extent disallowed) may be returned to the Employer within 1 year after the disallowance of the deduction.
(d) Limitation on Return. The amount of the contribution which may be returned to the Employer under subsection (a) or (c) above shall be limited to the excess of the amount contributed over the amount that would have been contributed had there not occurred a mistake of fact or a mistake in determining the deduction. Earnings attributable to such excess may not be returned to the Employer, but losses attributable thereto must reduce the amount to be so returned. Furthermore, the amount of the contribution which may be returned shall be limited so as not to cause the balance to the credit of a Participant's Account to be reduced to less than the balance which would have been credited to his Account had such contribution not been made.
3.7 VOLUNTARY (AFTER-TAX) PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS.
1-24
(a) General. If the Adoption Agreement provides for voluntary (after-tax) Participant contributions, then each Employee who is a Participant (who, in accordance with Section 2.1, has satisfied the Plan's eligibility criteria applicable to this type of contribution) may make voluntary contributions in cash to the Plan, subject to the limitations in subsection (c) below.
(b) Designation. Effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1986, qualified voluntary employee contributions (as defined in section 219(e)(2)(A) of the Code prior to amendment by the Tax Reform Act of 1986) are no longer permitted. Amounts credited to the Participant's Deductible Voluntary Contribution Account as of December 31, 1986 as adjusted in accordance with Article 5 shall continue to be held until withdrawal or distribution in accordance with the terms of the Plan. A Participant's contributions for tax years after December 31, 1986 shall be considered nondeductible contributions and shall be credited to the Participant's Nondeductible Voluntary Contribution Account.
(c) Limitations. Subject to the applicable limitations of Article 4, the aggregate amount of a Participant's contributions to his Nondeductible Voluntary Contribution Account (together with his nondeductible voluntary contributions to any other qualified plans maintained by the Employer) for all Plan Years since he became a Participant shall not exceed 10 percent of the aggregate compensation that he has received for all such Plan Years.
3.8 EXCESS MATCHING AND PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS.
(a) Excess Actual Contribution Percentage. If the Actual
Contribution Percentage for a Plan Year for the Participants who are Highly
Compensated Employees eligible to make Section 401(k) contributions or voluntary
(after- tax) contributions exceeds the maximum amount allowable under Section
3.2(b) (after application of Section 3.1(f) and (g)), then the Administrator
shall determine the amount to be distributed (or, if forfeitable, forfeited)
("Excess Aggregate Contributions") in accordance with the Code and applicable
Treasury Regulations and the following. "Excess Aggregate Contributions" shall
mean, with respect to any Plan Year, the excess of:
(1) The aggregate amount of contributions actually taken into account in computing the Actual Contribution Percentage of Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year, over
(2) The maximum amount of such contributions permitted by the Actual Contribution Percentage test (determined by hypothetically reducing contributions made on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees in order of the ratios calculated separately for each such Participant (under Section 1.3) beginning with the highest of such percentages).
(b) Required Distributees and Forfeitures. Excess Aggregate Contributions are allocated to the Highly Compensated Employees with the largest amounts of contributions taken into account in calculating the Actual Contribution Percentage test for the year in which the excess arose, beginning with the Highly Compensated Employee with the largest amount of such contributions and continuing in descending order until all the Excess Aggregate Contributions have been allocated. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the "largest amount" is determined after distribution (or forfeiture) of any Excess Aggregate Contributions.
(c) Distribution and Forfeiture. The Administrator shall distribute to (or forfeit from in the case of a forfeitable amount) each Highly Compensated Employee specified in (b) above from his Account the sum (or difference) of:
(1) the amount (if any) determined under (b) above; plus
(or minus)
(2) the income (or loss) allocable to the amount determined under (1) determined by the Administrator in accordance with Treasury Regulations under any reasonable method used consistently for all Participants and for all corrective distributions under the Plan for the Plan Year.
Any other provisions of the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, the Administrator shall distribute (or forfeit, as applicable) the amount so determined as a lump sum no later than the last day of the following Plan Year; provided however, the Employer shall be subject to a 10% excise tax under section 4979 of the Code if the distributions (or forfeitures) are not made before the close of the first 2-1/2 months of such following Plan Year. Any forfeitures in this Section 3.8 may not be allocated to Participants who receive a distribution or incur a forfeiture under this Section 3.8.
(d) Alternative Limitation. If the alterative limitation referred to in Section 3.2(b)(1)(B) is exceeded, then the Administrator shall take corrective action under either this Section, Section 3.1(g) or a combination of the two, as determined by the Administrator.
1-25
(e) Allocation of Excess. The amount determined above shall be distributed from the Participant's Nondeductible Voluntary Contribution Account to the extent of the contributions thereto for the Plan Year plus the income allocable to such contributions and the excess (if any) shall be distributed or forfeited from the Participant's Employer Matching Account in accordance with the vested percentage of the Participant's Employer Matching Account.
(f) Effect on Other Provisions. If distributions are made in accordance with this Section 3.8 with respect to a Plan Year, then the limitations of Section 3.2(b) shall be deemed satisfied for the Plan Year. Except to the extent provided by the Secretary of the Treasury, distributions hereunder shall be taken into account under Article 4.
3.9 ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS.
(a) General. If elected in the Adoption Agreement, an Eligible Employee who has satisfied the Plan's eligibility criteria applicable to any type of contributions, may contribute to the Plan money and/or other property (acceptable to the Trustee) that the Administrator reasonably concludes qualifies for such a rollover under the provisions of section 402(c) or 403(a)(4) of the Code or that qualifies as a rollover contribution under section 408(d)(3) of the Code. Any such contribution shall be credited to such Participant's Rollover Account. Anything in the foregoing to the contrary notwithstanding, amounts constituting accumulated deductible employee contributions, as defined in section 72(o)(5) of the Code, may not be rolled over to the Plan. If the Administrator later determines that the contribution was an invalid rollover contribution, such contribution plus any earnings attributable thereto shall be distributed to the Participant within a reasonable time after such determination.
(b) Pre-Participation Rollovers. If elected in the Adoption Agreement, an Eligible Employee, prior to satisfying the Plan's eligibility requirements and becoming a Participant, may make a rollover contribution in accordance with (a) above (if the availability of rollovers is elected in the Adoption Agreement). Any such contribution shall be credited to a Rollover Account established for the Eligible Employee in which the Eligible Employee's interest is nonforfeitable at all times. Making such a rollover contribution, however, shall not result in the Eligible Employee becoming a Participant any earlier than otherwise provided in the Plan (and, in particular an Eligible Employee prior to becoming a Participant, will not be entitled to make any other, or share in any other, types of contributions under the Plan). For purposes of investments (including the allocation of earnings and losses), withdrawals and distributions, an Eligible Employee with a Rollover Account shall have the same rights as a Participant with a Rollover Account.
3.10 SAFE HARBOR 401(k) PLAN.
(a) General. For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1998, if the Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan election is made in the Adoption Agreement, the Actual Deferral Percentage limitations of Section 3.1(e) and the Actual Contribution Percentage limitations of Section 3.2(b) shall not apply. Instead, the provisions of this Section 3.10 and the Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan provisions of the Adoption Agreement shall apply.
(b) Required Contributions. In accordance with the selections in the Adoption Agreement, the Employer shall make contributions to the Nonelective Contribution Accounts of Participants eligible to receive an allocation of such contributions. Such contributions shall be made no later than the end of the Plan Year following the Plan Year to which the contributions relate (or by such other time as may be required or permitted under Treasury Regulations or Internal Revenue Service promulgations).
(c) Compensation. "Compensation" is defined in Section 1.11 of the Plan, except, for purposes of this Section, no dollar limit, other than the limit imposed by section 401(a)(17) of the Code, applies to the Compensation of a Non-highly Compensated Employee. However, solely for purposes of determining the Compensation subject to a Participant's deferral election, the Employer may use an alternative definition to the one described in the preceding sentence, provided such alternative definition is a reasonable definition within the meaning of section 1.414(s)-1(d)(2) of the Treasury Regulations and permits each Participant to elect sufficient elective deferrals to receive the maximum amount of matching contributions (determined using the definition of Compensation described in the preceding sentence) available to the Participant under the Plan.
(d) Vesting. Since such contributions are allocated to the
Nonelective Contribution Accounts, they are fully vested at all times. See
Section 6.1(c) of the Plan.
(e) Restrictions on Withdrawals and Distributions. Since such contributions are allocated to the Nonelective Contribution Accounts, they are subject to the restrictions on withdrawals and distributions in Section 7.7 of the Plan.
(f) Notice Requirement. The Employer shall meet the notice requirements of section 401(k)(12)(D)
1-26
of the Code. In this regard, at least 30 days, but not more than 90 days, before the beginning of the Plan Year, the Employer will provide each Participant a comprehensive notice of the Employee's rights and obligations under the Plan, written in a manner calculated to be understood by the average Participant. If an Employee becomes eligible after the 90th day before the beginning of the Plan Year and does not receive the notice for that reason, the notice must be provided no more than 90 days before the Employee becomes eligible but not later than the date the employee becomes eligible. In addition to any other election periods provided under the Plan, each Participant may make or modify a deferral election during the 30-day period immediately following receipt of the notice described above.
1-27
ARTICLE 4
LIMITATIONS ON ANNUAL ADDITIONS
4.1 DEFINITIONS. As used in this Article 4, the following terms shall have the following meanings.
(a) Annual Additions. "Annual Additions" means the sum of the following amounts credited to a Participant's account for the Limitation Year:
(1) Employer contributions;
(2) forfeitures; and
(3) (A) for Limitation Years beginning before January 1, 1987, the lesser of:
(i) one-half of the nondeductible employee contributions or
(ii) the nondeductible employee contributions in excess of 6 percent of the Participant's Section 415 Compensation for the Limitation Year; and
(B) for Limitation Years beginning after December 31, 1986, 100 percent of the nondeductible employee contributions.
For this purpose, any excess amount applied under Sections 4.2(d) or 4.3(e) in the Limitation Year to reduce Employer contributions will be considered Annual Additions for such Limitation Year.
Amounts allocated, in years beginning after March 31, 1984, to an individual medical benefit account, as defined in section 415(l)(2) of the Code, which is part of a pension or annuity plan maintained by the Employer or an Affiliate are treated as Annual Additions to a defined contribution plan. Also, amounts derived from contributions paid or accrued after December 31, 1985, in taxable years ending after such date, which are attributable to post-retirement medical benefits allocated to the separate account of a key employee, as defined in section 419A(d)(3) of the Code, under a welfare benefits fund, as defined in section 419(e) of the Code, maintained by the Employer or an Affiliate, are treated as Annual Additions to a defined contribution plan. Allocations under a simplified employee pension as defined in section 408(k) of the Code, are treated as Annual Additions.
(b) Defined Benefit Fraction. "Defined Benefit Fraction" means a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the Participant's Projected Annual Benefits under all the defined benefit plans (whether or not terminated) maintained by the Employer and all Affiliates, and the denominator of which is the lesser of 125 percent of the dollar limitation determined for the Limitation Year under sections 415(b) and (d) of the Code or 140 percent of the Highest Average Compensation, including any adjustments under section 415(b) of the Code.
If a Limitation Year beginning before January 1, 2000 contains any portion of a Plan Year for which the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan, then "100 percent" shall be substituted for "125 percent"; provided however, any limitation which results from the application of this sentence may be exceeded so long as there are no defined benefit plan accruals for the individual and no employer contributions, forfeitures, or voluntary nondeductible contributions allocated to the individual; and provided further, this sentence shall not apply if the sum, for the applicable aggregation group, of the Key Employees' benefits from all defined benefit plans and defined contribution plans does not exceed 90 percent of the total of all participants' benefits and if the Employer contribution would satisfy the requirements of Section 3.4 if "four percent" were substituted for "three percent" and "7-1/2 percent" were substituted for "five percent".
Notwithstanding the above, if the Participant was a participant as of the first day of the first Limitation Year beginning after December 31, 1986, in one or more defined benefit plans maintained by the Employer which were in existence on May 6, 1986, the denominator of this fraction will not be less than 125 percent of the sum of the annual benefits under such plans which the Participant had accrued as of the close of the last Limitation Year beginning before January 1, 1987, disregarding any changes in the terms and conditions of the plan after May 5, 1986. The preceding sentence applies only if the defined benefit plans individually and in the aggregate satisfied the requirements of section 415 of the Code for all Limitation Years beginning before January 1, 1987.
(c) Defined Contribution Fraction. "Defined Contribution Fraction" means a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the Annual Additions to the Participant's account under all the defined contribution
1-28
plans (whether or not terminated) maintained by the Employer or an Affiliate for the current and all prior Limitation Years (including the Annual Additions attributable to the Participant's nondeductible employee contributions to all defined benefit plans, whether or not terminated, maintained by the Employer or an Affiliate, and the Annual Additions attributable to all welfare benefits funds, as defined in section 419(e) of the Code, and individual medical benefit accounts, as defined in section 415(l)(2) of the Code, maintained by the Employer or an Affiliate), and the denominator of which is the sum of the maximum aggregate amounts for the current and all prior Limitation Years of service with the Employer or an Affiliate (regardless of whether a defined contribution plan was maintained by the Employer or an Affiliate). The maximum aggregate amount in any Limitation Year is the lesser of 125 percent of the dollar limitation in effect under section 415(c)(1)(A) of the Code or 35 percent of the Participant's Section 415 Compensation for such year.
If a Limitation Year beginning before January 1, 2000 contains any portion of a Plan Year for which the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan, then "100 percent" shall be substituted for "125 percent"; provided however, any limitation which results from the application of this sentence may be exceeded so long as there are no defined benefit plan accruals for the individual and no employer contributions, forfeitures, or voluntary nondeductible contributions allocated to the individual; and provided further, this sentence shall not apply if the sum, for the applicable aggregation group, of the Key Employees' benefits from all defined benefit plans and defined contribution plans does not exceed 90 percent of the total of all participants' benefits and if the Employer contribution would satisfy the requirements of Section 3.4 if "four percent" were substituted for "three percent" and "7-1/2 percent" were substituted for "five percent".
If the Employee was a participant as of the end of the first day of the first Limitation Year beginning after December 31, 1986, in one or more defined contribution plans maintained by the Employer which were in existence on May 6, 1986, the numerator of this fraction will be adjusted if the sum of this fraction and the Defined Benefit Fraction would otherwise exceed 1.0 under the terms of this Plan. Under the adjustment, an amount equal to the product of (1) the excess of the sum of the fractions over 1.0 times (2) the denominator of this fraction, will be permanently subtracted from the numerator of this fraction. The adjustment is calculated using the fractions as they would be computed as of the end of the last Limitation Year beginning before January 1, 1987, and disregarding any changes in the terms and conditions of the Plan made after May 5, 1986, but using the section 415 limitation applicable to the first Limitation Year beginning on or after January 1, 1987. The Annual Addition for any Limitation Year shall not be recomputed to treat all nondeductible employee contributions as Annual Additions.
(d) Employer. "Employer" means the employer that adopts this Plan, and all members of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in section 414(b) of the Code as modified by section 415(h) of the Code), all commonly controlled trades or businesses (as defined in section 414(c) of the Code as modified by section 415(h) of the Code), all affiliated service groups (as defined in section 414(m) of the Code) of which the adopting employer is a part, and any other entity required to be aggregated with the Employer pursuant to Treasury Regulations under section 414(o) of the Code.
(e) Excess Amount. "Excess Amount" means the excess of the Participant's Annual Additions for the Limitation Year over the Maximum Permissible Amount.
(f) Highest Average Compensation. "Highest Average Compensation" means the average Section 415 Compensation for the three consecutive years of service with the Employer that produces the highest average. A year of service with the Employer is the calendar year or any other 12-consecutive month period defined pursuant to the Adoption Agreement.
(g) Limitation Year. "Limitation Year" means a calendar year, or the 12-consecutive month period elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement. All qualified plans maintained by the Employer must use the same Limitation Year. If the Limitation Year is amended to a different 12-consecutive month period, the new Limitation Year must begin on a date within the Limitation Year in which the amendment is made.
(h) Master or Prototype Plan. "Master or Prototype Plan" means a plan the form of which is the subject of a favorable opinion letter from the Internal Revenue Service.
(i) Maximum Permissible Amount. "Maximum Permissible Amount" means the lesser of (1) $30,000 (as adjusted by the Secretary of Treasury in accordance with Section 415(d) of the Code) or (2) 25 percent of the Participant's Section 415 Compensation for the Limitation Year.
The Section 415 Compensation limitation in (2) shall not apply to any contribution for medical benefits (within the meaning of section 401(h) or 419A(f)(2) of the Code) which is otherwise treated as an Annual Addition.
If a short Limitation Year is created because of an amendment changing the Limitation Year to a different 12-consecutive month period, the Maximum Permissible Amount will not exceed $30,000 (as
1-29
adjusted by the Secretary of Treasury in accordance with Section 415(d) of the Code) multiplied by the following fraction:
(j) Projected Annual Benefit. "Projected Annual Benefit" means the annual retirement benefit (adjusted to an actuarially equivalent straight life annuity if such benefit is expressed in a form other than a straight life annuity or qualified joint and survivor annuity) to which the Participant would be entitled under the terms of the plan assuming:
(1) the participant will continue employment until normal retirement age under the plan (or current age, if later), and
(2) the participant's compensation for the current Limitation Year and all other relevant factors used to determine benefits under the plan will remain constant for all future Limitation Years.
(k) Section 415 Compensation. "Section 415 Compensation" shall have the meaning selected in the Adoption Agreement.
Section 415 Compensation actually paid or made available by the Employer to a
Participant within a Limitation Year (including, at the election of the
Employer, amounts earned but not paid in a Limitation Year because of the timing
of pay periods and pay days if these amounts are paid during the first few weeks
of the next Limitation Year, the amounts are included on a uniform and
consistent basis with respect to all similarly situated Employees and no amount
is included in more than one Limitation Year) shall be used unless, for
Limitation Years beginning before December 31, 1991 (or such later date as may
be prescribed by Treasury Regulations), the Employer had elected to use the
Section 415 Compensation accrued for an entire Limitation Year.
4.2 LIMITATION IN CASE OF NO OTHER PLAN.
(a) Limitation. If the Participant does not participate in, and has never participated in another qualified plan, or a welfare benefits fund as defined in section 419(e) of the Code, maintained by the Employer, or an individual medical benefit account, as defined in section 415(l)(2) of the Code, maintained by the Employer or a simplified employee pension as defined in section 408(k) of the Code, which provides an Annual Addition, the amount of Annual Additions which may be credited to the Participant's Account for any Limitation Year will not exceed the lesser of the Maximum Permissible Amount or any other limitation contained in this Plan. If the Employer contribution that would otherwise be contributed or allocated to the Participant's Account would cause the Annual Additions for the Limitation Year to exceed the Maximum Permissible Amount, the amount contributed or allocated will be reduced so that the Annual Additions for the Limitation Year will equal the Maximum Permissible Amount.
(b) Estimated. Prior to determining the Participant's actual
Section 415 Compensation for the Limitation Year, the Employer may determine the
Maximum Permissible Amount for a Participant on the basis of a reasonable
estimation of the Participant's Section 415 Compensation for the Limitation
Year, uniformly determined for all Participants similarly situated.
(c) Actual. As soon as is administratively feasible after the end of the Limitation Year, the Maximum Permissible Amount for the Limitation Year will be determined on the basis of the Participant's actual Section 415 Compensation for the Limitation Year.
(d) Disposition of Excess. If, pursuant to (c) above, as a result of the allocation of forfeitures, a reasonable error in determining the amount of elective deferrals (within the meaning of section 402(g)(3) of the Code) that may be made within the limits of section 415 of the Code, or under other facts and circumstances which the Commissioner of Internal Revenue finds justify the availability of the rules set forth herein, there is an Excess Amount, the excess will be disposed of as follows:
(1) elective deferrals (within the meaning of section 402(g) of the Code) and employee contributions to the extent matching contributions were not made with respect thereto together with any gains allocated thereto shall be returned to the extent that the return would reduce the excess amount (and in such a case the contributions shall be disregarded under the Plan's provisions relative to sections 402(g), 401(k)(3) and 401(m)(2) of the Code);
(2) elective deferrals (within the meaning of section 402(g) of the Code) and employee contributions together with any gains allocated thereto shall be returned to the extent that the return and the
1-30
forfeiture of any matching contributions made with respect to such contributions would reduce the excess amount (and in such a case the contributions shall be disregarded under the Plan's provisions relative to sections 402(g), 401(k)(3) and 401(m)(2) of the Code);
(3) If after the application of paragraphs (1) and (2) an Excess Amount still exists, and the Participant is covered by the Plan at the end of the Limitation Year, the Excess Amount in the Participant's Account will be used to reduce Employer contributions (including any allocation of forfeitures) for such Participant in the next Limitation Year, and each succeeding Limitation Year if necessary.
(4) If after the application of paragraphs (1) and (2) an Excess Amount still exists, and the Participant is not covered by the Plan at the end of a Limitation Year, the Excess Amount will be held unallocated in a suspense account. The suspense account will be applied to reduce future Employer contributions (including allocation of any forfeitures) for all remaining Participants in the next Limitation Year, and each succeeding Limitation Year if necessary;
(5) If a suspense account is in existence at any time
during a Limitation Year pursuant to this Section, it will not participate in
the allocation of the Plan's investment gains and losses. If a suspense account
is in existence at any time during a particular Limitation Year and paragraph
(5) above is applicable, all amounts in the suspense account must be allocated
and reallocated to Participants' Accounts before any Employer or employee
contributions may be made to the Plan for that Limitation Year. Except as
provided in paragraphs (1) and (2), excess amounts may not be distributed to
Participants or former Participants.
4.3 LIMITATION IN CASE OF ANOTHER MASTER OR PROTOTYPE DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN.
(a) General. This Section applies if, in addition to this Plan, the Participant is covered under another qualified master or prototype defined contribution plan maintained by the Employer, or a welfare benefits fund as defined in section 419(e) of the Code, maintained by the Employer, or an individual medical benefit account, as defined in section 415(l)(2) of the Code, maintained by the Employer, which provides an Annual Addition, during any Limitation Year. The Annual Additions which may be credited to a Participant's Account under this Plan for any such Limitation Year will not exceed the Maximum Permissible Amount reduced by the Annual Additions credited to a Participant's account under the other plans and welfare benefits funds for the same Limitation Year. If the Annual Additions with respect to the Participant under other defined contribution plans and welfare benefits funds maintained by the Employer are less than the Maximum Permissible Amount and the Employer contribution that would otherwise be contributed or allocated to the Participant's Account under this Plan would cause the Annual Additions for the Limitation Year to exceed this limitation, the amount contributed or allocated will be reduced so that the Annual Additions under all such plans and funds for the Limitation Year will equal the Maximum Permissible Amount. If the Annual Additions with respect to the Participant under such other defined contribution plans and welfare benefits funds in the aggregate are equal to or greater than the Maximum Permissible Amount, no amount will be contributed or allocated to the Participant's Account under this Plan for the Limitation Year.
(b) Estimated. Prior to determining the Participant's actual
Section 415 Compensation for the Limitation Year, the Employer may determine the
Maximum Permissible Amount for a Participant in the manner described in Section
4.2(b).
(c) Actual. As soon as is administratively feasible after the end of the Limitation Year, the Maximum Permissible Amount for the Limitation Year will be determined on the basis of the Participant's actual Section 415 Compensation for the Limitation Year.
(d) Allocation of Excess Among Plans. If, pursuant to (c) above, as a result of the allocation of forfeitures, a reasonable error in determining the amount of elective deferrals (within the meaning of section 402(g)(3) of the Code) that may be made within the limits of section 415 of the Code, or under other facts and circumstances which the Commissioner of Internal Revenue finds justify the availability of the rules set forth herein, a Participant's Annual Additions under this Plan and such other plans and funds would result in an Excess Amount for a Limitation Year, the Excess Amount will be deemed to consist of the following (in the following order of priority):
(1) first, employee contributions under any plan of the Employer to the extent matching contributions were not made with respect thereto;
(2) second, elective deferrals (within the meaning of section 402(g)(3) of the Code) under any plan of the Employer to the extent matching contributions were not made with respect thereto;
(3) third, employee contributions under any plan of the Employer proportionate with matching contributions made with respect thereto;
1-31
(4) fourth, elective deferrals (within the meaning of section 402(g)(3) of the Code) under any plan of the Employer proportionate with matching contributions made with respect thereto;
(5) fifth, any other allocations under the Employer's profit sharing plan;
(6) sixth, any other allocations under the Employer's money purchase pension plan; and
(7) seventh, any other Annual Additions under all other plans.
(e) Disposition of Excess. Any Excess Amount attributed to this Plan will be disposed in the manner described in Section 4.2(d).
4.4 LIMITATION IN CASE OF ANOTHER DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN OTHER THAN A MASTER OR PROTOTYPE PLAN. If the Participant is covered under another qualified defined contribution plan maintained by the Employer which is not a Master or Prototype Plan, Annual Additions which may be credited to the Participant's Account under this Plan for any Limitation Year will be limited in accordance with Section 4.3 as though the other plan were a Master or Prototype Plan unless the Employer provides other limitations under the Adoption Agreement.
4.5 LIMITATION IN CASE OF ANOTHER DEFINED BENEFIT PLAN. If the Employer maintains, or at any time maintained, a qualified defined benefit plan covering any Participant in this Plan, the sum of the Participant's Defined Benefit Fraction and Defined Contribution Fraction will not exceed 1.0 in any Limitation Year beginning before January 1, 2000. The Annual Additions which may be credited to the Participant's Account under this Plan for any Limitation Year beginning before January 1, 2000 will be limited in accordance with the Adoption Agreement.
1-32
ARTICLE 5
INVESTMENT OF ACCOUNTS
5.1 GENERAL. Accounts shall be invested as provided in the Adoption Agreement and the Trust Agreement.
5.2 INVESTMENT ELECTIONS. If elected in the Adoption Agreement, each Participant shall elect the manner in which either his entire Account or the selected subaccounts, as elected in the Adoption Agreement, and any future contributions and forfeitures allocated thereto are to be invested. In such a case, each Participant may choose from among such funds as the Administrator directs the Trustee to make available and, if elected in the Adoption Agreement, any other legally permissible investments which the Trustee agrees to hold. Such an election shall be made in writing and shall be given to the Employer, who shall deliver it to the Trustee. Elections relating to existing Account (or subaccount) balances may be changed only effective as of an Accounting Date if the change would involve one or more of the funds made available by the Trustee unless the daily valuation option is elected in the Adoption Agreement for the entire Account (or particular subaccount). The Administrator may prescribe rules deemed appropriate for administering this provision including but not limited to rules which limit the frequency of changes to elections, prescribe times for making elections, regulate the amount or increment a Participant may allocate to a particular fund, require or allow an election (or election change) to relate only to future contributions and forfeitures and provide for the investment of an Account (or subaccount) of a Participant who fails to make an investment election.
5.3 INVESTMENT ADJUSTMENT.
(a) Investment Elections. If the availability of Participant investment elections is elected in the Adoption Agreement, then this provision shall apply with respect to the entire Accounts of Participants or with respect to only the subaccounts of Participants for which Participant investment elections are available, as elected in the Adoption Agreement.
(1) Investment Funds.
(A) Balance Forward Valuation. If the daily valuation option is not applicable to the entire Account or to particular subaccounts, as of each Accounting Date, each of the separate funds comprising the Plan Assets (attributable to the entire Account or such subaccounts, as the case may be) shall be valued at fair market value and on the basis of such value, earnings or losses in the respective funds since the preceding Accounting Date shall be determined and reflected in the Participants' Accounts (in the appropriate subaccounts) in a fair and nondiscriminatory manner on the basis of their varying interests therein since the preceding Accounting Date.
(B) Daily Valuation. If the daily valuation option is applicable to the entire Account or to particular subaccounts, then the Trustee shall account for the investments and investment transactions attributable to each Account or such subaccount, as the case may be, separately. Earnings or losses on Plan Assets attributable to a particular Account or subaccount shall be allocated solely to that Account or subaccount.
(2) Outright Participant Investment Discretion. If, under the Adoption Agreement, a Participant may choose any legally permissible investments which the Trustee agrees to hold, and if the Participant directs the investment of the Account, or any portion thereof, in any investment other than the funds made available by the Trustee under Section 5.2, the Trustee shall account for such investments and investment transactions of such Participant separately. Earnings or losses on Plan Assets attributable to a particular Account shall be allocated solely to that Account. A Participant will be entitled to receive a statement of his Account value at least one time per Plan Year.
(b) No Investment Elections. If the availability of Participant investment elections is not elected in the Adoption Agreement, or is elected but only with respect to some (but not all) subaccounts, then this provision shall apply.
(1) Balance Forward Valuation. If the daily valuation
option is not applicable to the entire Account or to particular subaccounts, as
of each Accounting Date, the Plan Assets (excluding insurance contracts and
excluding Plan Assets subject to investment elections under (a) above)
(attributable to the entire Account or such subaccounts, as the case may be)
shall be valued at fair market value and on the basis of such value, earnings or
losses on the Plan Assets not subject to investment elections under (a) above
since the preceding Accounting Date shall be determined and reflected in the
Participants' Accounts (in the appropriate subaccounts) in a fair and
nondiscriminatory manner on the basis of their varying interests therein since
the preceding Accounting Date.
1-33
(2) Daily Valuation. If the daily valuation option is applicable to the entire Account or to particular subaccounts, then the Trustee shall account for the investments and investment transactions attributable to each Account or such subaccounts, as the case may be, separately. Earnings or losses on Plan Assets attributable to a particular Account or subaccount shall be allocated solely to that Account or subaccount. A Participant will be entitled to receive a statement of his Account value at least one time per Plan Year.
(c) Special Rule for Non-Publicly Traded Qualifying Employer Securities. In the event Plan Assets are invested in qualifying employer securities for which there is no generally recognized market, notwithstanding a selection of the daily valuation option in the Adoption Agreement, the Administrator may determine to use (in a consistent and non-discriminatory manner) the balance forward valuation method with respect to such qualifying employer securities.
5.4 INSURANCE.
(a) Trust Agreement. If the Trust Agreement provides for the purchase of life insurance, then the Employer may direct that, subject to the limitations in (d) below, a Participant's Account be applied to the purchase of life insurance on the life of such Participant. If any part of a Participant's Deductible Voluntary Contribution Account is used to purchase life insurance, the amount so used will be treated as a distribution.
(b) Earmarking. If insurance contracts are so acquired, then either such acquisition shall be only at the Participant's request or the amount devoted to such purpose shall be a uniform percentage of each Participant's interest in the Employer's contribution. If such percentage of the Account of any Participant will provide an amount which is insufficient to purchase an insurance contract as above provided, then such purchase shall be deferred until the amount available therefor is sufficient; in the meantime retaining such amount as a reserve, in cash or invested so as to be readily converted into cash, for the benefit of such Participant.
(c) Accounting. For purposes of Section 5.3, an Account shall be reduced by any insurance premiums allocable thereto. The proceeds or, if the policy is surrendered, the cash value of any such insurance policy shall be allocated, in proportion to the premium paid, to the subaccount or subaccounts to which the premiums were charged. Any dividends or credits earned on insurance contracts will be allocated to the Account of the Participant for whose benefit the contract is held.
(d) Limitations.
(1) General. Payments for life insurance premiums from a Participant's Employer Contribution Account shall be limited as follows:
(A) Ordinary life - For purposes of these incidental insurance provisions, ordinary life insurance contracts are contracts with both nondecreasing death benefits and nonincreasing premiums. If such contracts are purchased, less than one-half of the aggregate Employer contributions allocated to any Participant will be used to pay the premiums attributable to them.
(B) Term and universal life - No more than one- fourth of the aggregate Employer contributions allocated to any Participant will be used to pay the premiums on term life insurance contracts, universal life insurance contracts, and all other life insurance contracts which are not ordinary life.
(C) Combination - The sum of one-half of the ordinary life insurance premiums and all other life insurance premiums will not exceed one-fourth of the aggregate Employer contributions allocated to any Participant.
(2) Non-integrated Profit Sharing Plan. If the Plan is a profit sharing plan and if, under the Adoption Agreement, Employer contributions are allocated on a non-integrated basis, then, at any time, the aggregate payments for life insurance premiums from a Participant's Employer Contribution Account shall be limited to:
(A) the aggregate Employer contributions made at least 2 years before such time, plus
(B) the limitation determined under (1) above with respect to Employer contributions made less than 2 years prior to such time.
(e) Termination of Employment. Upon a Participant's termination of employment, the entire value of the life insurance contract or contracts shall, subject to Section 8.2, be converted into cash or to provide
1-34
periodic income, pursuant to one of the forms of payment provided under the Plan, without life insurance protection beyond retirement, or the contract or contracts shall be distributed at retirement to the Participant; provided however, unless the Adoption Agreement provides for an annuity as a form of payment, no contract may be converted to a life annuity.
(f) Ownership. The Trustee shall apply for and will be the owner of any insurance contract purchased under the Plan. The insurance contract(s) must provide that the proceeds will be payable to the Trustee. Any proceeds shall be applied pursuant to the applicable provisions of Article 9.
(g) Conflict. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Plan and the terms of any insurance contracts hereunder, the Plan provisions shall control.
5.5 LOANS.
(a) Eligibility. If the Adoption Agreement provides for loans, then, upon written application and filing the proper form with the Administrator by a Participant, the Administrator may authorize and direct the Trustee to grant a loan to such Participant, subject to the conditions set forth below.
(b) Conditions. Loans under (a) above shall meet all of the following requirements:
(1) Loans shall be made available to all Participants on a reasonably equivalent basis. If the Adoption Agreement provides that loans are available only to Participants while they are Employees, loans nevertheless shall be available to former Employees who are parties in interest.
(2) Loans shall not be made available to Highly Compensated Employees in an amount greater than the amount made available to other Participants.
(3) Loans shall bear a reasonable rate of interest.
(4) Loans shall be adequately secured, which security may, notwithstanding Section 13.2, consist of up to 50 percent (100 percent for loans granted or renewed prior to October 19, 1989) of an assignment of a borrowing Participant's accrued nonforfeitable benefit under the Plan (excluding any Deductible Voluntary Contribution Account).
(5) If such a loan is secured by a Participant's accrued nonforfeitable benefit under the Plan and if the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity would be the automatic form of benefit to the Participant under Section 8.2 of the Plan at the time such accrued nonforfeitable benefit is used as security, then, with respect to any loan made after August 18, 1985, such loan and the possible reduction in the Participant's benefit must, within the 90-day period prior to making the loan, be consented to by the Participant and (if he is married) his spouse. A new consent is required if the Participant's Account balance is used for any increase in the amount of security or if a loan is renegotiated, extended, renewed or otherwise revised. The consent shall comply with the requirements of Section 8.2(d)(4) but shall be deemed to meet any requirements contained therein even though the Participant is married to a different spouse at the time of any setoff.
(6) No Participant loan shall exceed the limitations under (c) below.
(7) In the event of default, foreclosure on the Participant's accrued nonforfeitable benefit, to the extent used as security for the loan, will not occur until a distributable event occurs under the Plan, which (for purposes hereof) shall include satisfaction of the limitations in (d) below. Events constituting default shall be specified in the promissory note or security agreement executed by the Participant. A suspension of loan repayments pursuant to section 414(u)(4) of the Code shall not constitute a default.
(8) No loans will be made to any Owner-Employee or, if the Employer is an electing small business (Subchapter S) corporation, to any employee or officer of the Employer who owns (or is considered as owning within the meaning of section 318(a)(1) of the Code), on any day during the taxable year of the Employer, more than 5 percent of the outstanding stock of the Employer.
(c) Limitation on Amount. A loan under the Plan (when added to any other loans outstanding under the Plan and any other plans taken into account under section 72(p)(2)(D) of the Code) to a Participant made, renewed, renegotiated, modified or extended after December 31, 1986 shall not exceed the lesser of:
(1) $50,000 reduced by the excess (if any) of -
(A) the highest outstanding balance of loans from the Plan (and other plans taken into account) during the one-year period ending on the day before the date on which such loan was made, over
1-35
(B) the outstanding balance of loans from the Plan (and other plans taken into account) on the date such loan was made, or
(2) the greater of
(A) for loans granted or extended prior to October 19, 1989, the present value of the nonforfeitable portion of the Participant's Account (excluding any Deductible Voluntary Contribution Account) not in excess of $10,000 or
(B) one-half of the present value of the nonforfeitable portion of the Participant's Account (excluding any Deductible Voluntary Contribution Account).
(d) Profit Sharing Plan Distributable Event. Solely for purposes of foreclosure on the Participant's accrued nonforfeitable benefit, to the extent used as security for the loan, default on a Participant's note shall be deemed to be a distributable event for a Participant who has been a Participant for at least 60 months, and for any other Participant except to the extent of the portion of his Account attributable to Employer contributions actually made to the Plan during the 2-year period preceding the foreclosure; provided, however, with respect to a Participant's Section 401(k) Account, such a default shall be deemed a distributable event if, and only if, the Participant has attained age 59-1/2.
(e) Repayment Period. Each loan, by its terms, shall be required to be repaid within 5 years; provided, however, such requirement shall not apply to any loan made, renewed, renegotiated, modified or extended after December 31, 1986 used to acquire any dwelling unit which within a reasonable time is to be used (determined at the time the loan is made) as the principal residence of the Participant.
(f) Level Amortization. Each loan made, renewed, renegotiated, modified or extended after December 31, 1986 shall be subject to substantially level amortization, with payments of principal and interest not less frequently than quarterly, over the term of the loan.
(g) Earmarking. Anything in the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, if a loan is made to a Participant pursuant to (a) above, then his interest in other Plan Assets shall be reduced by the amount of the loan, the loan shall be an investment of his Account, and interest and other amounts allocable to such loan shall be allocated only to his Account. If the Participant's Account represented by a loan becomes payable to him in accordance with the terms of the Plan (and the Participant has not repaid the loan at the time the distribution is to be made) the Administrator shall either include the loan in the distribution or cancel the loan and treat the unpaid loan balance as a distribution.
(h) Effect of Default on Benefits. For purposes of determining the amount of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or Preretirement Survivor Annuity otherwise payable under Section 8.2 or 9.1, a Participant's Account shall be reduced by that part of his Account held as security for the loan and treated as payment in satisfaction of the loan (including accrued interest). Upon a Participant's death, if less than 100 percent of his Account is payable to his Surviving Spouse, then, in determining the amount payable to the Surviving Spouse, the amount treated as payment in satisfaction of any loan (including accrued interest) shall first be treated as reducing the Account.
(i) Assignments. As assignment or pledge of any portion of a Participant's interest in the Plan and a loan, pledge or assignment with respect to an insurance contract purchased under the Plan, will be treated as a loan under this Section.
(j) Administration. The Administrator is authorized to administer the loan program. Loans will be approved if the proper forms and documentation are completed and delivered to the Administrator, the amount of the loan requested does not exceed the limits specified in this Section or the Adoption Agreement, adequate security authorized in this Section is delivered to the Trustee, and the other provisions of this Section are satisfied.
5.6 SEPARATELY ALLOCABLE PLAN EXPENSES. The Administrator may direct that any expenses, including but not limited to Trustee fees, taxes and administrative fees, attributable to specific Participants' accounts due to investment elections under Section 5.2 (if elected in the Adoption Agreement), life insurance under Section 5.4, loans under Section 5.5 (if elected in the Adoption Agreement) or otherwise, be deducted directly from the Account for which the expense was incurred to the extent paid from Plan Assets.
1-36
ARTICLE 6
VESTING AND FORFEITURES
6.1 VESTING PROVISIONS.
(a) Voluntary Contribution Accounts. A Participant's rights to his Deductible Voluntary Contribution Account and/or his Nondeductible Voluntary Contribution Account shall be nonforfeitable at all times.
(b) Rollover Account. A Participant's right to his Rollover Account shall be nonforfeitable at all times.
(c) Section 401(k) Account. A Participant's right to his Section
401(k) Account including any Nonelective Contribution Account shall be
nonforfeitable at all times.
(d) Employer Contribution Account.
(1) At Normal Retirement Age. Upon and after a Participant's attainment of Normal Retirement Age, if he is then in the service of the Employer or an Affiliate, he shall have a nonforfeitable right to his Employer Contribution Account.
(2) At Early Retirement Age. If the Adoption Agreement provides for early retirement, then, upon and after a Participant's satisfaction of the requirements thereunder, if he is then an Employee, he shall have a nonforfeitable right to his Employer Contribution Account.
(3) Prior to Normal Retirement Age.
(A) Vesting Schedule. A Participant with at least one Hour of Service in a Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1988 shall have a nonforfeitable right to a percentage of his Employer Contribution Account on the basis of the vesting schedule specified in the Adoption Agreement. A Participant who does not receive credit for at least one Hour of Service in a Plan Year beginning After December 31, 1988 shall have the vested percentage of his Employer Contribution Account determined under the applicable provisions of the Plan in effect prior to the Plan Year beginning in 1989. If a Participant incurs a forfeiture and is rehired, then separate accounts shall be maintained for the Participant's pre-forfeiture and post-forfeiture Employer-derived accrued benefit, both accounts shall share in the earnings and losses of the Plan, and the pre-forfeiture account shall be fully vested.
(B) Vested Percentage Prior to Effective Date. Notwithstanding (A) above, if the Plan was in existence prior to the Effective Date, then the vested percentage of a Participant's Employer Contribution Account shall not be less than such percentage computed under the Plan as of the later of the Effective Date or the date of adoption of the Adoption Agreement.
(C) Death or Disability. If a Participant's employment as an Employee terminates because of his death or incurrence of a Disability, then his Employer Contribution Account shall be fully vested.
(D) Top-Heavy Rules. For any Plan Year in which this Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan, and if the Plan's vesting schedule does not satisfy section 416 of the Code, one of the minimum vesting schedules as elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement will automatically apply to the Plan; provided however, no Participant's vested percentage (as of the day before the Plan's becoming a Top-Heavy Plan) shall be reduced. The minimum vesting schedule applies to all benefits within the meaning of section 411(a)(7) of the Code except those attributable to employee contributions, including benefits accrued before the effective date of section 416 of the Code and benefits accrued before the Plan became a Top-Heavy Plan. Further, no decrease in a Participant's nonforfeitable percentage may occur in the event the Plan's status as a Top-Heavy Plan changes for any Plan Year. However, this subparagraph (D) does not apply to the account balances of any Employee who does not have an Hour of Service after the Plan has become a Top-Heavy Plan, and such Employee's account balance attributable to Employer contributions and forfeitures will be determined without regard to this subparagraph (D).
(4) Forfeiture for Break in Service. If a Participant
incurs a Break in Service, and if he has not already incurred a forfeiture under
(6) or (8) below, then his forfeitable interest (as of such incurrence) in his
Employer Contribution Account shall be forfeited.
(5) Effect of Certain Distributions. Except as provided in paragraph (6), if a Participant who is
1-37
not fully vested in his Employer Contribution Account receives an amount therefrom prior to his incurrence of a forfeiture, then, at any relevant time after such distribution and prior to his incurrence of a forfeiture, the vested portion ("X") of his Employer Contribution Account ("AB") after the distribution shall be an amount determined by the formula
X = P (AB + D) - D
where "P" is the vested percentage at the relevant time and "D" is the amount of the distribution.
(6) Effect of Cash-Out Distributions.
(A) Forfeiture. If a Participant, who is not fully vested in his Employer Contribution Account, terminates service and, pursuant to Article 7, receives a distribution of the present value of his entire nonforfeitable interest, then, if elected in the Adoption Agreement, his forfeitable interest therein shall be forfeited immediately or upon the incurrence of a One-Year Break as provided in the Adoption Agreement; provided however, there shall be no forfeiture hereunder unless:
(i) the Participant has voluntarily requested to receive such distribution; or
(ii) the value (determined as of the date of distribution) of the Participant's nonforfeitable benefit under the Plan (excluding any Deductible Voluntary Contribution Account) does not exceed $5,000. The $5,000 amount specified above was increased from $3,500 effective on the first day of the Plan Year beginning after August 5, 1997 or such later date as the Administrator implemented this increase. If a Participant would have received a distribution under the preceding sentence but for the fact that the Participant's vested Account balance exceeded $5,000 when the Participant terminated service and if at a later time such Account balance is reduced such that it is not greater than $5,000, the Participant will receive a distribution of such Account balance and the nonvested portion will be treated as a forfeiture.
(B) Restoration. Effective as of the REA Effective Date, any amount that a Participant forfeited under (A) above shall be restored, unadjusted for any gains or losses, if such Participant resumes employment with the Employer covered by the Plan and if he repays to the Plan the full amount of such distribution before the earlier of:
(i) his incurrence of a Break in Service, or
(ii) the end of the five-year period beginning with his resumption of employment with the Employer covered by the Plan.
(C) Source of Restoration. Any restoration under (B) above shall be made from available forfeitures before any other allocation thereof, and, if such forfeitures are insufficient, then the Employer (whether or not it has Profits) shall contribute the difference.
(D) Special Rule. A Participant, who has no vested interest in his Account and who terminates service, shall be treated for purposes of (A) above as if he had received a distribution of the present value of his entire nonforfeitable interest as of the date of his termination of service. Such a Participant who resumes employment with the Employer covered by the Plan before he incurs a Break in Service, shall be treated under (B) above as if he had repaid to the Plan the full amount of that distribution as of the date of his resumption of employment.
(7) Forfeiture for Death After Separation from Service. If a Participant dies after his separation from service with the Employer and if the Administrator has notice of such death, then any forfeitable portion of such Participant's Account shall be forfeited.
6.2 APPLICATION OF FORFEITURES.
(a) Profit Sharing Plans.
(1) No 401(k) Feature. If the Plan is a profit sharing plan and if a Section 401(k) feature is not elected in the Adoption Agreement, then forfeitures occurring during a Plan Year (unadjusted for gain or loss during such Plan Year) shall be applied as determined by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement either to the reduction of the Employer's contributions to the Plan or, added to the Employer's contributions for such Plan Year and, subject to Article 4, shall be allocated to Participants' Employer Contribution Accounts as if they were part of such contributions.
(2) With 401(k) Feature. If the Plan is a profit sharing plan and if a Section 401(k) feature is
1-38
elected in the Adoption Agreement, then, subject to Article 4, forfeitures occurring during a Plan Year shall be applied as determined by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement either to the reduction of the Employer's contributions to the Plan or, added to the Employer's contributions for such Plan Year under such of the following Sections of the Plan as the Employer shall determine, and shall be allocated as if they were part of such contributions:
(A) Section 3.1(b);
(B) Section 3.1(c);
(C) Section 3.2;
(D) Section 3.3; or
(E) Section 3.10.
Amounts allocated under (A), (B), or (C) shall be treated as Employer contributions under the applicable Section for purposes of determining the Actual Deferral Percentage or Actual Contribution Percentage.
(b) Money Purchase Pension Plans. If the Plan is a money purchase pension plan, then forfeitures (unadjusted for gain or loss) shall be applied as elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement either to the reduction of the Employer's contributions to the Plan or, added to the Employer's contributions for such Plan Year and, subject to Article 4, shall be allocated to Participant's Employer Contribution Accounts as if they were part of such contribution.
(c) Plan Expenses. In the discretion of the Employer, prior to the application of forfeitures under (a) or (b) above, forfeitures may be used to pay administrative expenses of the Plan.
6.3 VESTING UPON TERMINATION OR PARTIAL TERMINATION OF THE PLAN OR DISCONTINUANCE OF CONTRIBUTIONS. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 6.1, upon the termination or partial termination of the Plan, or (if the Plan is a profit sharing plan) upon the complete discontinuance of contributions under the Plan, the amounts then credited to all affected Participants' Accounts shall be nonforfeitable.
6.4 UNCLAIMED BENEFITS. Anything in the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, if a Participant or other person entitled to a benefit has not been found within 5 years after such payment becomes due (i.e., the payment is $5,000 or less and is subject to being cashed-out under Section 10.2 or consent to the payment is not needed under Section 7.6(c)), then such benefit shall be forfeited. However, if such Participant or other person is thereafter located, then, no later than 60 days after the date on which such Participant or other person is located, the Employer shall contribute the amount of such benefit to the Plan, and such contribution shall be used to restore such benefit retroactively and shall be in the same amount as was payable at the time such benefit became due without any adjustment for the time between the date such benefit became due and such restoration.
1-39
ARTICLE 7
WITHDRAWALS AND DISTRIBUTION
7.1 WITHDRAWALS FROM VOLUNTARY CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT AND ROLLOVER ACCOUNT.
(a) Election. A Participant shall have the right to make withdrawals from his Deductible Voluntary Contribution Account, Nondeductible Voluntary Contribution Account and Rollover Account, except to the extent that a loan is secured thereby. In no event, however, may the amount of a withdrawal from his Nondeductible Voluntary Contribution Account, when added to the amount of any prior withdrawals therefrom by the Participant, exceed the aggregate amount of his contributions thereto. The Participant's exercise of his rights of withdrawal shall be made on such forms and subject to such time and other limitations as the Administrator shall prescribe.
(b) Payment. Any withdrawal pursuant to this Section shall be payable in a reasonable time (giving consideration to the nature of the Plan investments) after the Participant requests a withdrawal.
(c) Limitations. A Participant may receive a withdrawal under this
Section from his Deductible Voluntary Contribution Account and/or his
Nondeductible Voluntary Contribution Account only once per Plan Year. A
Participant may receive a withdrawal under this Section from his Rollover
Account only once per Plan Year.
(d) No Effect on Employer Contributions. No part of a Participant's Employer Contribution Account (whether or not otherwise nonforfeitable) shall be forfeited because of any withdrawal under this Section 7.1.
7.2 WITHDRAWALS FROM SECTION 401(k) ACCOUNT.
(a) Election. If elected in the Adoption Agreement, during his employment with the Employer as an Eligible Employee, and subject to filing such forms and following such time and other limitations as the Administrator shall prescribe, a Participant may make withdrawals from his Section 401(k) Account except to the extent a loan is secured thereby:
(1) in case of hardship; or
(2) after his attainment of age 59-1/2.
(b) Hardship.
(1) General. For purposes of (a)(1) above, "hardship" means an immediate and heavy financial need of an Eligible Employee, determined in accordance with (2) below. A withdrawal based upon financial hardship cannot exceed the amount necessary to satisfy the financial need (including taxes and penalties on the withdrawal) determined in accordance with (3) below. A withdrawal in case of hardship may not be made from amounts credited to a Participant's Nonelective Contribution Account after the later of December 31, 1988 or the end of the last Plan Year ending before July 1, 1989 or from earnings on the Participant's aggregate salary deferrals after such date.
(2) Immediate and Heavy Financial Need. A withdrawal will be deemed to be made on account of an immediate and heavy financial need of an Eligible Employee if and only if the withdrawal is on account of:
(A) medical expenses described in section 213(d)
of the Code incurred by the Eligible Employee, the Eligible Employee's spouse,
or any dependents of the Eligible Employee (within the meaning of section 152 of
the Code);
(B) purchase (excluding mortgage payments) of a principal residence of the Eligible Employee;
(C) payment of tuition for the next semester or quarter of post-secondary education for the Eligible Employee, his spouse, children, or other dependents; or
(D) the need to prevent the eviction of the Eligible Employee from his principal residence or foreclosure on the mortgage on the Eligible Employee's principal residence.
In the discretion of the Administrator, the hardship criteria specified in (A) may be expanded to include the need for any of such persons to obtain such medical care; and the hardship criteria in (C) may be expanded to
1-40
include related educational fees, room and board expenses and tuition for the next 12 months (rather than the next semester or quarter).
(3) Necessity of the Withdrawal. A withdrawal will be deemed necessary to satisfy an immediate and heavy financial need of an Eligible Employee if and only if all of the following requirements are satisfied:
(A) the withdrawal is not in excess of the amount of the immediate and heavy financial need of the Eligible Employee;
(B) the Eligible Employee has obtained all withdrawals and distributions (other than hardship withdrawals) and all nontaxable loans currently available under all plans maintained by the Employer;
(C) the Plan, and all other plans maintained by the Employer, provide that the Eligible Employee's salary reduction contributions under section 401(k) of the Code and nondeductible employee contributions will be suspended for at least 12 months after receipt of the hardship withdrawal; and
(D) the Plan, and all other plans maintained by the Employer, provide that the Eligible Employee may not make salary reduction contributions under section 401(k) of the Code for the Eligible Employee's taxable year immediately following the taxable year of the hardship withdrawal in excess of the applicable limit under section 402(g) of the Code for such next taxable year less the amount of such Eligible Employee's elective contributions for the taxable year of the hardship withdrawal.
(c) Payment. Any withdrawal pursuant to this Section shall be payable in a reasonable time (giving consideration to the nature of the Plan investments) after the Participant requests a withdrawal.
(d) No Effect on Employer Contributions. No part of a Participant's Employer Contribution Account (whether or not otherwise nonforfeitable) shall be forfeited because of any withdrawal under this Section 7.2.
7.3 WITHDRAWALS ON OR AFTER ATTAINMENT OF AGE 59-1/2.
(a) Election. If elected in the Adoption Agreement, during his employment with the Employer as an Eligible Employee, and subject to filing such forms and following such time and other limitations as the Administrator shall prescribe, a Participant may make withdrawals from his Account (from such subaccounts as he may elect) except to the extent a loan is secured thereby after his attainment of age 59-1/2 or such later age as may be elected in the Adoption Agreement. The Participant's exercise of his rights of withdrawal shall be made on such forms and subject to such time and other limitations as the Administrator shall prescribe.
(b) Payment. Any withdrawal pursuant to this Section shall be payable in a reasonable time (giving consideration to the nature of the Plan investments) after the Participant requests a withdrawal.
(c) Limitations. The amount of any withdrawal from a subaccount may not exceed the Participant's vested and nonforfeitable interest in that subaccount. A Participant may receive a withdrawal under this Section only once per Plan Year.
(d) No Effect on Employer Contributions. No part of a Participant's Employer Contribution Account (whether or not otherwise nonforfeitable) shall be forfeited because of any withdrawal under this Section 7.3.
7.4 EVENTS OF DISTRIBUTION TO PARTICIPANTS. A Participant's benefit shall become distributable to him upon:
(a) retirement on or after Normal Retirement Age;
(b) early retirement, if applicable and as defined under the Adoption Agreement;
(c) retirement for Disability;
(d) other termination of employment; or
(e) the date required under Section 7.6(d).
7.5 AMOUNT OF PAYMENT.
(a) Balance Forward Valuation. If the daily valuation option is not applicable to the entire Account or to particular subaccounts, the amount of a distribution attributable to such Account or subaccounts, as the
1-41
case may be, shall be based on the nonforfeitable percentage of the Participant's Account or subaccounts, as the case may be, valued as of the Accounting Date coinciding with or last preceding the payment, increased by any nonforfeitable contributions made by or on behalf of such Participant after such Accounting Date but not yet credited to such Account or subaccounts, as the case may be, and reduced by any payments and/or withdrawals after such Accounting Date. If, under the Adoption Agreement, a Participant has the discretion to choose any legally permissible investments which the Trustee agrees to hold, in determining the amount of a distribution (other than a distribution occurring on an Accounting Date), the Participant's Account valued as of the preceding Accounting Date shall be adjusted to reflect any earnings or losses after such Accounting Date with respect to Plan Assets separately allocable to such Participant's Account.
(b) Daily Valuation. If the daily valuation option is applicable to the entire Account or to particular subaccounts, the amount of a distribution attributable to such Account or subaccounts, as the case may be, shall be based on the nonforfeitable percentage of the Participant's Account or subaccounts, as the case may be, at the cash value of the Plan Assets allocable to such Account or subaccounts, as the case may be, as said Plan Assets are converted to cash (after taking into account all prior payments and/or withdrawals and the allocation of all contributions to which the Participant is entitled).
7.6 TIME OF PAYMENT TO A PARTICIPANT.
(a) General. Subject to (b), (c) and (d) below, Section 7.7 and Article 10, distribution to a Participant whose benefit has become distributable shall commence in accordance with the Adoption Agreement.
(b) Satisfaction of Early Retirement Requirements. If the Adoption Agreement provides for early retirement, and if a Participant separates from service before satisfying the age requirement but after satisfying the service requirement, the Participant will be entitled to elect to receive distribution of his benefit as provided in the Adoption Agreement as if he had separated from service upon satisfaction of such age requirement.
(c) Consent.
(1) General. If the value of a Participant's nonforfeitable benefit (excluding any Deductible Voluntary Contribution Account) under the Plan exceeds $5,000 (or, for distributions prior to October 17, 2000, at the time of any prior distribution exceeded $5,000), then no part of such benefit may be distributed to him prior to Normal Retirement Age unless he consents in writing to the distribution. If a Participant's Deductible Voluntary Contribution Account exceeds $5,000 (or, for distributions prior to October 17, 2000, at the time of any prior distribution exceeded $5,000), then no part of such benefit may be distributed to him on or after the Effective Date prior to Normal Retirement Age unless he consents to the distribution in writing. The $5,000 amount specified above was increased from $3,500 effective on the first day of the Plan Year beginning after August 5, 1997 or such later date as the Administrator implemented this increase.
(2) Written Explanation. The Administrator shall provide to each Participant whose consent is required under (1) above, no less than 30 days and no more than 90 days prior to the commencement of benefit payments (or, in the discretion of the Administrator, the annuity starting date), a written explanation of the material features and relative values of the optional forms of benefit under the Plan, and his right (if any) to defer receipt of the distribution. A Participant may elect to commence his distribution in less than thirty days (if administratively feasible) from the date he is provided with the explanation provided he is informed of his right to the 30-day period.
(3) Time of Consent. A Participant's consent to a
distribution must not be made before he receives the written explanation under
(2) above and must not be made more than 90 days before benefit payments
commence (or, in the discretion of the Administrator, the annuity starting
date). This Section 7.6(c) shall be deemed to have been satisfied with respect
to any setoff of a Participant loan against the Participant's Account if the
Participant agreed to use his Account as security for the loan.
(d) Latest Date of Payment. The payment of a Participant's distribution under the Plan shall begin not later than the earlier of:
(1) the later of:
(A) the 60th day after the close of the Plan Year in which occurs the latest of
(i) the attainment by the Participant of Normal Retirement Age,
(ii) the 10th anniversary of the date on which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan, or
(iii) the termination of the Participant's service with the Employer and all
1-42
Affiliates; or
(B) such date as the Participant may elect (but
not earlier than the consent of a Participant if required under (c) above); or
(2) the Required Beginning Date elected in the Adoption Agreement.
If the "New Law" option is selected in the Adoption Agreement, a special rule applies for a Participant who is not a Five-Percent Owner for the Plan Year that ends with or within the calendar year in which such Participant attains age 70-1/2 but who later becomes a Five-Percent Owner. If such a Participant has not retired, his Required Beginning Date shall be April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which he became a Five-Percent Owner.
Payments commenced prior to the Effective Date in accordance with the required beginning date provisions of the Plan then in effect shall continue in accordance with such provisions except as provided below. In connection with the "New Law" option in the "Required Beginning Date" item of the Adoption Agreement, the Plan may allow a Participant who previously commenced receiving distributions prior to 1997 to cease receiving distributions until his new Required Beginning Date.
7.7 RESTRICTIONS ON SECTION 401(k) WITHDRAWALS AND DISTRIBUTIONS.
Notwithstanding any other provisions to the contrary, a Participant's Section
401(k) Account shall not be withdrawn or distributed earlier than one of the
following:
(a) the Participant's separation from service;
(b) the Participant's death;
(c) the Participant's incurrence of a Disability;
(d) the termination of the Plan without the establishment or maintenance of another defined contribution plan (other than an employee stock ownership plan, as defined in section 4975(e) or 409 of the Code, or a simplified employee pension, as defined in section 408(k) of the Code);
(e) the date of the disposition by a corporation of substantially all of the assets (within the meaning of section 409(d)(2) of the Code) used by such corporation in a trade or business of such corporation if the corporation continues to maintain the Plan, and if the purchaser is unrelated and does not adopt or maintain the Plan, but only with respect to an Employee who continues employment with the corporation acquiring such assets;
(f) the date of the disposition by a corporation of such corporation's interest in a subsidiary (within the meaning of section 409(d)(3) of the Code) if the corporation continues to maintain the Plan, and if the purchaser is unrelated and does not adopt or maintain the Plan, but only with respect to an Employee who continues employment with such subsidiary;
(g) to the extent provided in Section 7.2 or 7.3, attainment of age 59-1/2 or incurrence of a hardship.
An event described in (d), (e) or (f) shall qualify as an event allowing a withdrawal or distribution only if the payment in a lump sum.
1-43
ARTICLE 8
FORM OF PAYMENT TO PARTICIPANTS
8.1 ALTERNATIVE FORMS OF DISTRIBUTION AND WITHDRAWAL.
(a) Optional Forms. Subject to the provisions of Section 8.2, the amount of the distribution or withdrawal to which a Participant is entitled shall be paid in such one or a combination of the following forms as are made a part of the Plan under the Adoption Agreement, as the Participant elects:
(1) a single sum;
(2) periodic installment payments, not less frequently than annually, with any installments remaining unpaid at the Participant's death to be paid to his Beneficiary;
(3) in the case of a Participant who has attained age 70-1/2 and who is required to commence benefit payments under Section 7.6(d) while employed by the Employer, periodic installment payments sufficient in amount and frequency to satisfy the minimum distribution requirements of Section 8.5, with a lump sum distribution of his remaining Account balance upon termination of employment;
(4) a single life annuity;
(5) a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity;
(6) a joint and survivor annuity for the Participant and his Surviving Spouse under which the survivor annuity is more than one-half of, but not greater than, the annuity payable during the joint lives of the Participant and such spouse; or
(7) any other optional form of benefit available under the Plan prior to amendment or available under a transferor plan which, pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.411(d)-4, cannot be eliminated from the Plan.
(b) Cash or In-Kind Payment. Withdrawals and distributions
generally are payable in cash. If elected in the Adoption Agreement, subject to
Section 10.2, if a Participant's benefit is payable other than in an annuity
form, he may elect to receive any payment to which he is entitled in an in-kind
payment as described in the Adoption Agreement. In the absence of a valid
election to take an in-kind payment by the date payments are to commence, the
payments shall be in cash.
(c) In-Kind Payment in Qualifying Employer Securities. If elected in the Adoption Agreement, subject to Section 10.2, if a Participant's benefit is payable other than in an annuity form, and if his Account is invested in whole or in part in qualifying employer securities, he may elect to receive any payment to which he is entitled in such qualifying employer securities. In the absence of a valid election to take such securities by the date payments are to commence, the payments shall be in cash.
8.2 QUALIFIED JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY.
(a) Applicability. Subject to Section 10.2, this Section 8.2 shall apply to any distribution to a Participant (regardless of when the Participant separated from service) unless:
(1) the Plan is a profit sharing plan;
(2) such Participant does not elect a payment of benefits in the form of a life annuity; and
(3) with respect to such Participant, the Plan is not a direct or indirect transferee of a transfer made on or after January 1, 1985 by a defined benefit plan, a defined contribution plan which is subject to the funding standards of section 412 of the Code, or any other defined contribution plan to which the joint and survivor requirements of section 401(a)(11) of the Code, as amended by the Retirement Equity Act of l984, applied with respect to such Participant; unless, for transfers on or after August 10, 1988, the elective transfer rules of Treasury Regulation section 1.411(d)-4, A-3(c) are satisfied.
(b) Automatic Form of Payment. Subject to the cash-out rules of
Section 10.2 of the Plan, unless the waiver provided for in (d) below is
effective with respect to such Participant, the form of payment to him under the
Plan shall be a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity (defined in (c) below);
provided however, the entitlement to and payment of the Qualified Joint and
Survivor Annuity with respect to distributions
1-44
commencing on or after the Effective Date and prior to the REA Effective Date shall continue to be governed by the provisions, if any, of the Plan in existence on August 22, 1984 and applicable to the qualified joint and survivor annuity under section 401(a)(11) of the Code prior to the Retirement Equity Act of 1984, subject to (d)(4) below.
(c) Definition of Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity.
(1) Married Participant. For a Participant who is married (including a Participant who is subject to an applicable qualified domestic relations order as described in section 414(p) of the Code), "Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity" means an immediate annuity for the life of the Participant with a survivor annuity for the life of the Participant's Surviving Spouse which is equal to one-half of the annuity payable during the joint lives of the Participant and such spouse.
(2) Single Participant. For a Participant who is not married, "Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity" means an immediate annuity for the life of the Participant.
(3) Amount. The Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity will be the amount of benefit which can be purchased with the Participant's nonforfeitable Account balance.
(d) Waiver.
(1) Election Period. A Participant may waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity form of benefit at any time during a 90-day election period ending on the annuity starting date. Such a waiver must be in writing and must specify the optional form of benefit elected and the specific Beneficiary or Beneficiaries, if any, to whom any death benefits under the Plan will be payable.
(2) Revocation. A Participant may also revoke any waiver under (1) above during the election period thereunder. There shall be no limitation on the number of such waivers and revocations permitted during such election period.
(3) Written Explanation. The Administrator shall provide to each Participant, no less than 30 days and no more than 90 days prior to the annuity starting date (and consistent with such regulations as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe), a written explanation of:
(A) the terms and conditions of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity,
(B) the Participant's right to make, and the effect of, an election to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity form of benefit,
(C) the rights of the Participant's spouse under
(4) below,
(D) the right to make, and the effect of, a revocation of an election, and
(E) the eligibility requirements, material features and relative values of any optional forms of benefit under the Plan.
To the extent permitted by Treasury Regulations or pronouncements of the Internal Revenue Service, the Administrator may permit the Participant to waive the 30-day limit and/or to provide such written explanation after the annuity starting date. The annuity starting date for a distribution in a form other than a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity may be less than 30 days after receipt of the written explanation provided: (i) the Participant has been provided with information that clearly indicates that the Participant has at least 30 days to consider whether to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity and elect (with spousal consent) to a form of distribution other than a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity; (ii) the Participant is permitted to revoke any affirmative distribution election at least until the annuity starting date or, if later, at any time prior to the expiration of the 7-day period that begins the day after the explanation of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity is provided to the Participant; and (iii) the annuity starting date is a date after the date that the written explanation was provided to the Participant.
(4) Spousal Consent. A waiver (including any new waiver after any revocation of a prior waiver) of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity shall not take effect with respect to a spouse of a Participant unless:
(A) such spouse consents in writing to such election, and such spouse's consent:
(i) acknowledges the effect of such election,
1-45
(ii) acknowledges the specific Beneficiary or Beneficiaries, if any, to whom any death benefits under the Plan will be payable, which may not be changed without spousal consent (or the consent of the spouse expressly permits designations by the Participant without any requirement of further consent by the spouse),
(iii) for waivers made in Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1986, acknowledges the specific optional form of benefit elected which may not be changed without spousal consent (except back to the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity) (or the consent of the spouse expressly permits changes by the Participant without any requirement of further consent by the spouse), and
(iv) is witnessed by a Plan representative or a notary public; or
(B) it is established to the satisfaction of a Plan representative that the consent required under (A) above may not be obtained because there is no spouse, because the spouse cannot be located, or because of such other circumstances as may be provided in regulations of the Internal Revenue Service.
General consents referred to in the parentheticals under (A)(ii) and (iii) above executed after October 21, 1986 must acknowledge that the spouse has the right to limit consent to a specific Beneficiary or Beneficiaries and a specific optional form or forms of benefit and that the spouse voluntarily elects to relinquish the rights so relinquished.
8.3 INCIDENTAL BENEFITS.
(a) Pre-1989. For calendar years beginning before 1989 (and for annuity contracts distributed before 1989) either the requirements in (b) below must be satisfied or the cost or present value of the payments to be made to a Participant shall be more than 50 percent of the present value of the total payments to be made to such Participant and his beneficiary unless each periodic payment to his beneficiary will be no greater than each payment to such Participant during his lifetime and the payment of survivor benefits to such beneficiary will be limited to the period over which such Participant's spouse survives him.
(b) Post-1988. For calendar years beginning after 1988, (excluding annuity contracts distributed before 1989), in determining the minimum distributions during the Participant's lifetime for years in which minimum distributions are required under Section 8.5, if the Participant's benefit is distributed other than as a single life annuity and if the participant has a Beneficiary other than his spouse, in no event shall the divisor specified in section 8.5(a) exceed the divisor specified in Treasury Regulations under section 401(a)(9) of the Code applicable for the incidental benefit requirement. If the Participant's Account is used to purchase an annuity contract (other than a single life annuity) from an insurance company in order to provide the Participant's benefit, the maximum period certain and the maximum survivor annuity permissible in the case of a non-spouse Beneficiary, shall be determined in accordance with Treasury Regulations under section 401(a)(9) of the Code. In the case of a change in Beneficiaries the minimum distributions required shall be determined in accordance with applicable Treasury Regulations under section 401(a)(9) of the Code.
8.4 DISTRIBUTION PERIODS.
(a) General. Except to the extent that distribution is made in the form of a lump sum, and subject to the provisions of Section 8.2 (relating to the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity), distribution to a Participant must be made over any of the following periods (or any combination thereof):
(1) the life of the Participant;
(2) the lives of the Participant and his Beneficiary (if the Beneficiary is an individual);
(3) a period certain not extending beyond the life expectancy of the Participant; or
(4) a period certain not extending beyond the joint life and last survivor expectancy of the Participant and his Beneficiary (if the Beneficiary is an individual).
(b) Determination of Distribution Periods. For purposes of determining minimum distributions under Section 8.5, the determination of distribution periods under (a) above shall be made in accordance with section 401(a)(9) of the Code, the Treasury Regulations thereunder and the following:
(1) the Beneficiary as of the date benefits are required to commence under Section 7.6(d), shall be determinative; provided that if annuity payments commence to a Participant on or before the date benefits are required to commence, the Beneficiary determined as of any date during the 90 days before the commencement of annuity payments shall be determinative;
1-46
(2) if more than one individual would be a Participant's Beneficiary as of the date benefits are required to commence under Section 7.6(d), the individual Beneficiary with the shortest life expectancy shall be determinative; provided that if the Participant's spouse is a Beneficiary and the spouse's life expectancy is recalculated pursuant to Section 8.6, that recalculated life expectancy shall be compared annually to the remaining life expectancies of the other Beneficiaries, not recalculated, and the shortest life expectancy shall be used for determining the minimum distribution for that calendar year;
(3) if, as of the date benefits are required to commence under Section 7.6(d), at least one of the Participant's Beneficiaries would be other than an individual (other than a trust satisfying the requirements of (5) below), the distribution periods specified in (a)(2) and (4) above shall not be available;
(4) any Beneficiary whose entitlement, as of that date, is contingent on the death of a prior Beneficiary shall be disregarded;
(5) if a trust is a Participant's Beneficiary, the beneficiaries of that trust (and not the trust itself) shall be treated as the Participant's Beneficiaries if all of the following requirements are met:
(A) the trust is valid under state law (or would be but for the fact that there is no corpus);
(B) the trust is irrevocable;
(C) the trust's beneficiaries are identifiable from the trust instrument; and
(D) a copy of the trust instrument is provided to the Plan.
(c) Change in Beneficiaries. If, after the date benefits are required to commence under Section 7.6(d), there is a new or additional Beneficiary or other change in Beneficiaries, the distribution periods under (a) shall be affected as provided in section 401(a)(9), the Treasury Regulations thereunder and the following:
(1) if the new Beneficiary is an individual with a life expectancy shorter than the life expectancy of the Beneficiary whose life expectancy was used for determining the maximum distribution periods under (a) above, the maximum distribution period shall be recalculated as of the date benefits were required to commence under Section 7.6(d), effective for calendar years subsequent to the year of the Beneficiary change; provided that if one of the beneficiaries involved is the Participant's spouse and the spouse's life expectancy is recalculated pursuant to Section 8.6, that recalculated life expectancy shall be compared annually to the remaining life expectancies of the other Beneficiaries, not recalculated, and the shortest life expectancy shall be used for determining the minimum distribution for that year and each succeeding year.
(2) if the new Beneficiary is an individual with a life expectancy longer than the life expectancy of the Beneficiary whose life expectancy was being used, there shall be no effect on the maximum distribution periods even though the old beneficiary is no longer a Beneficiary; provided that if one of the beneficiaries involved is the Participant's spouse and the spouse's life expectancy is recalculated pursuant to Section 8.6, that recalculated life expectancy shall be compared annually to the remaining life expectancies of the other Beneficiaries, not recalculated, and the shortest life expectancy shall be used for determining the minimum distribution for that year and each succeeding year;
(3) if the change results in the Participant having a
Beneficiary which is not an individual (other than a trust meeting the
requirements of (b)(5) above), or, if a trust satisfying the requirements of
(b)(5) above as of the date benefits were required to commence under Section
7.6(d) later fails to satisfy those requirements, the distribution periods
specified in (a)(2) and (4) above shall no longer be available and the maximum
distribution periods under (a) shall be recalculated as of the date benefits
were required to commence under Section 7.6(d), effective for the calendar years
subsequent to the year of the Beneficiary change, or trust change, as the case
may be;
(4) if the Beneficiary whose life expectancy was used for determining the maximum distribution periods under (a) dies, such Beneficiary's remaining life expectancy (deemed to be zero in the case of a Participant's spouse if life expectancies had been recalculated pursuant to Section 8.6) shall continue to apply whether or not a Beneficiary with a shorter life expectancy receives the benefits.
8.5 MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION.
(a) General. For Plan Years beginning after December 31, l984, subject to
Section 10.1, if the Participant's entire interest is to be distributed in a
form other than a lump sum or a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, then the
minimum amount to be distributed beginning with the first calendar year for
which
1-47
distributions are required and for each succeeding calendar year, will, to the extent of his Account balance, be the amount equal to the quotient obtained by dividing his Account balance by the life expectancy of the Participant or the joint life and last survivor expectancy of the Participant and his Beneficiary. The first calendar year for which distributions are required is the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70-1/2, retires or becomes a Five-Percent Owner (whichever is determinative of the latest commencement date under Section 7.6(d)).
(b) Time for Distributions. The distribution for the first calendar year for which distributions are required shall be made on or before the applicable April 1 determined under Section 7.6(d). The minimum distribution for succeeding calendar years (including the calendar year in which such applicable April 1 falls) shall be made on or before December 31 of each such year.
(c) Account Balance. For purposes of determining required minimum distributions, the relevant Account balance shall be the Account balance as of the last Accounting Date in the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year for which the required distributions are being determined, increased by the amount of any contributions and forfeitures made by or on behalf of the Participant as of dates in such immediately preceding calendar year after such last Accounting Date, reduced by any payments or withdrawals in such immediately preceding calendar year after such last Accounting Date, and, in the case of minimum distributions for the second calendar year for which distributions are required, reduced by distributions made in such second calendar year on or before the required benefit commencement date (under Section 7.6(d)) that are not in excess (when added to amounts distributed in the first calendar year) of the amount required to meet the minimum distribution for the first calendar year; provided that, in no event shall an amount greater than the Participant's nonforfeitable percentage be distributed.
(d) Transitional Rules. In the case of a Participant whose benefit commencement date under Section 7.6(d) would have been April 1, 1986, or April 1, 1987, the minimum distributions for 1985 and 1986 need not be made until December 31, 1987. The amount of such distributions and subsequent distributions (including distribution of survivor benefits under (e) below) shall be made in accordance with applicable Treasury Regulations under section 401(a)(9) of the Code.
(e) Survivor Benefits. Any survivor benefits under this Article 8 shall be distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution being used prior to the Participant's death; provided that if the Participant dies before the latest commencement date for benefits under Section 7.6(d) and has been receiving benefits in a form other than an annuity, the remaining survivor benefits must also be distributed as rapidly as provided in Section 9.2.
(f) Annuity Contracts. If a Participant's Account is used to purchase an annuity contract from an insurance company in order to provide the Participant's benefit, notwithstanding the foregoing, the minimum distribution requirements will be satisfied if the annuity provides for periodic payments at intervals not longer than one year, commencing on or before the date a minimum distribution would otherwise be required over a period not exceeding the maximum period described in Section 8.4 remaining (without recalculation of life expectancies after the annuity purchase). Any such annuity contract must satisfy the requirements of the applicable Treasury Regulations under section 401(a)(9) of the Code.
8.6 LIFE EXPECTANCY.
(a) General. For purposes of Sections 8.4 and 8.5, life expectancy and joint life and last survivor expectancy will be computed in accordance with applicable Treasury Regulations under section 401(a)(9) of the Code and by the use of the return multiples contained in Tables V and VI of Treasury Regulation 1.72-9 and, except as provided in (b) and (c) below, will be determined as of the Participant's (and Beneficiary's) birthday in the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70-1/2, retires or becomes a Five-Percent Owner (whichever is determinative of the latest commencement date under Section 7.6(d)), and such multiple shall be reduced by one for each subsequent taxable year.
(b) Recalculation. If the Participant so elects, the life expectancy of a Participant and/or his spouse may be recalculated no more frequently than annually if such election is irrevocable, is made no later than the date benefits must commence under Section 7.6(d), and is applicable to all subsequent years. If recalculation is applicable, the life expectancy of the participant or spouse shall be determined using his or her age as of his or her birthday in each succeeding calendar year.
(c) Annuity Contracts. If annuity payments commence to a Participant before the latest commencement date under Section 7.6(d), life expectancies of the Participant and Beneficiary shall be determined as of their birthdays in the calendar year in which payments commence.
ARTICLE 9
DEATH BENEFITS
1-48
9.1 PRERETIREMENT SURVIVOR ANNUITY.
(a) Applicability. This Section 9.1 shall apply upon the death of any Participant covered under (c) below unless:
(1) the Plan is a profit sharing plan;
(2) such Participant does not elect a payment of benefits in the form of a life annuity; and
(3) with respect to such Participant, the Plan is not a direct or indirect transferee of a transfer made on or after January 1, 1985 by a defined benefit plan, a defined contribution plan which is subject to the funding standards of Section 412 of the Code, or any other defined contribution plan to which the joint and survivor requirements of section 401(a)(11) of the Code, as amended by the Retirement Equity Act of l984, applied with respect to such Participant; unless for transfers on or after August 10, 1988, the elective transfer rules of Treasury Regulation section 1.411(d)-4, A-3(b) are satisfied.
(b) General.
(1) Death After August 22, 1984. If a Participant dies before the commencement of benefit payments, if he has a Surviving Spouse, and if he is covered under (c) below by the Preretirement Survivor Annuity, then his Surviving Spouse shall be entitled to the Preretirement Survivor Annuity, provided that the Participant and such Surviving Spouse were married throughout the 1-year period ending on the date of the Participant's death or, if such Surviving Spouse is a former spouse treated as a Surviving Spouse pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order as described in section 414(p) of the Code, that the Participant and such Surviving Spouse were married for at least 1 year.
(2) Death Before August 23, 1984. Anything in the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, the entitlement to and payment of the Preretirement Survivor Annuity with respect to a Participant who dies prior to August 23, 1984, shall continue to be governed by the provisions, if any, of the Plan in existence on August 22, l984 and applicable to the qualified joint and survivor annuity under section 401(a)(11) of the Code prior to the Retirement Equity Act of l984.
(c) Coverage.
(1) Service on or After August 23, 1984. Subject to the cash-out rules of Section 10.2, the Preretirement Survivor Annuity applies to any Participant:
(A) who has at least 1 Hour of Service or at least 1 hour of paid leave from the Employer (or any other employer for whom service is treated as service for the Employer) on or after August 23, 1984;
(B) who has a nonforfeitable right to any portion of his Employer Contribution Account; and
(C) who has not elected, under (e) below, to waive the Preretirement Survivor Annuity.
(2) Entitlement Under Pre-REA Provisions of Plan. If the Plan was in existence on August 22, l984, the Preretirement Survivor Annuity applies to any Participant: (A) to whom (1) above does not apply; (B) on whose behalf benefits were accrued on or |
after the first day of the first Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1976;
(C) who separated from service on or after becoming entitled to the qualified joint and survivor annuity under the applicable Plan and Code provisions prior to the Retirement Equity Act of 1984; and
(D) who has not elected, under (e) below, to waive the Preretirement Survivor Annuity.
(3) Election for Certain Separated Participants. If the Plan was in existence on August 22, l984, the Preretirement Survivor Annuity applies to any Participant: (A) to whom neither (1) nor (2) above applies; 1-49 |
(B) who has at least 1 Hour of Service in the |
first Plan Year beginning on or after January l, 1976;
(C) who separated from service with at least 10 Years of Service and had a nonforfeitable right to all or part of his Employer Contribution Account;
(D) who is alive on August 23, 1984;
(E) whose benefit payments have not commenced prior to August 23, 1984; and
(F) who elects the coverage of such Annuity during the period beginning on August 23, 1984 and ending on the earlier of the date his benefit payments commence or the date of his death.
(d) Definition of Preretirement Survivor Annuity. The "Preretirement Survivor Annuity" is an annuity which is for the life of a Participant's Surviving Spouse, which is the actuarial equivalent of 50 percent of the Participant's nonforfeitable Account balance as of the date of his death, whether vested before or upon death and including the proceeds of any insurance contracts, and under which annuity payments commence as of a date (not later than December 31 of the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age 70-1/2) elected by such Surviving Spouse.
(e) Waiver of Preretirement Survivor Annuity.
(1) General. A Participant to whom (c)(1) or (2) above applies may waive coverage of the Preretirement Survivor Annuity at any time during his election period under (3) below. Such a waiver must be in writing and must specify the specific Beneficiary or Beneficiaries, if any, to whom any death benefits under the Plan will be payable.
(2) Revocation. Any waiver under (1) above may be revoked at any time during the Participant's election period under (3) below. There shall be no limitation on the number of such waivers and revocations permitted during such election period.
(3) Election Period. For purposes of (1) and (2) above, the election period shall be the period
(A) beginning on the earlier of
(i) the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 35, or
(ii) the date of the Participant's separation from service; provided however, if the Participant returns to service, then any election made prior to the first day of the Plan Year in which he attains age 35 shall be voided; and
(B) ending on the Participant's date of death.
(4) Written Explanation.
(A) The Administrator shall provide to each Participant, within the "Applicable Period," as defined below, and consistent with such regulations as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe, a written explanation of:
(i) the terms and conditions of the Preretirement Survivor Annuity;
(ii) the Participant's right to make, and the effect of, an election under (1) above to waive the coverage of the Preretirement Survivor Annuity;
(iii) the rights of the Participant's spouse under (5) below;
(iv) the right to make, and the effect of, a revocation of an election under (2) above; and
(v) the eligibility conditions, material features and relative values of any optional forms of benefit under the Plan.
(B) "Applicable Period" means, with respect to a Participant, whichever of the following periods ends last:
(i) the period beginning with the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 32 and ending with the close of the Plan Year preceding the Plan Year in which the
1-50
Participant attains age 35;
(ii) the period beginning one year prior to, and ending one year after, the date the individual becomes a Participant, or
(iii) the period beginning one year before, and ending one year after, Section 8.2 first applies to the Participant.
In the case of a Participant who separates from service before attaining age 35, the "Applicable Period" means in all events the period beginning one year before the separation from service and ending one year after such separation; provided that if such a Participant returns to service, the provisions of (i), (ii) and (iii) above shall again apply.
(5) Spousal Consent. A waiver under (1) above (including any new waiver after any revocation of a prior waiver) shall not be effective with respect to a spouse of a Participant unless:
(A) such spouse consents in writing to such election, and such spouse's consent (effective for Plan Years beginning after October 22, 1986):
(i) acknowledges the effect of such election,
(ii) acknowledges the specific Beneficiary or Beneficiaries to whom any death benefits under the Plan will be payable, which may not be changed without spousal consent (or the consent of the spouse expressly permits designations by the Participant without any requirement of further consent by the spouse) and
(iii) is witnessed by a Plan representative or a notary public; or
(B) it is established to the satisfaction of a Plan representative that the consent required under (A) above may not be obtained because there is no spouse, because the spouse cannot be located, or because of such other circumstances as may be provided in regulations of the Internal Revenue Service.
General consents referred to in the parenthetical of (A)(ii) above executed after October 21, 1986 must acknowledge that the spouse has the right to limit consent to a specific Beneficiary or Beneficiaries and that the spouse voluntarily elects to relinquish such right.
(6) Election Under Pre-REA Provisions of Plan. Anything in the foregoing to the contrary notwithstanding, in the case of a Participant to whom (c)(2) above applies, any waiver of the Preretirement Survivor Annuity prior to January 1, 1985 shall be governed by the applicable Plan and Code provisions prior to the Retirement Equity Act of 1984.
(f) Spouse's Election of Lump Sum Payment. A Surviving Spouse entitled to a Preretirement Survivor Annuity may elect to receive a lump sum payment of the amount that would otherwise be applied to the purchase of such Annuity. Such election shall be in writing, shall acknowledge its effect, and shall be witnessed by a Plan representative or a notary public.
9.2 BALANCE OF DEATH BENEFIT.
(a) Entitlement. Upon the death of a Participant, prior to the application of his Account for his benefit, his Beneficiary shall be entitled to a benefit equal to:
(1) (A) if the daily valuation option is not applicable to the entire Account or to particular subaccounts, the nonforfeitable balance to the credit of such Participant's Account or subaccounts, as the case may be, valued as of the Accounting Date coinciding with or last preceding the date on which such benefit payments begin and if, under the Adoption Agreement, a Participant has the discretion to choose any legally permissible investments which the Trustee agrees to hold, in determining the amount of death benefit hereunder, the Participant's Account valued as of the preceding Accounting Date shall be adjusted to reflect any earnings or losses after such Accounting Date with respect to Plan Assets separately allocable to such Participant's Account; plus
(B) if the daily valuation option is applicable to the entire Account or to particular subaccounts, the nonforfeitable percentage of such Participant's Account or subaccounts, as the case may be, at the cash value of the Plan Assets allocable to such Account or subaccounts, as the case may be, as said Plan Assets are converted to cash; plus
1-51
(2) any nonforfeitable contributions made by or on behalf of such Participant after such Accounting Date but not yet credited to such Account or subaccounts, as the case may be; plus
(3) any life insurance proceeds received after such Accounting Date for the Account of such Participant but not yet credited to his Account; minus
(4) any amount applied for the benefit of the Participant's Surviving Spouse pursuant to Section 9.1; minus
(5) any payments to and/or withdrawals by such Participant not yet taken into account.
(b) Payment of Death Benefits.
(1) General. Death benefits under (a) above shall,
subject to the subsections below, be payable to a Participant's Beneficiary in
such form (otherwise available under the Plan under the Adoption Agreement but
excluding the joint and survivor annuity forms) as the Participant or
Beneficiary elects. Subject to (c) below, distribution of death benefits under
(a) above shall commence at such time as the Participant or Beneficiary elects
and, unless administratively impractical, shall first be available for
distribution within 90 days after the Participant's death.
(2) Election. An election by a Participant or Beneficiary under (1) above must be made no later than the earliest date specified in (c)(1) and (2) below for the commencement of death benefits. As of such date, the election must be irrevocable with respect to the Beneficiary (and all subsequent Beneficiaries) and must apply to all subsequent years. In the absence of a valid election by the required date, the death benefits under (a) shall be distributed as soon as administratively feasible after the date by which the election would have been required in a single sum.
(c) Distribution Periods. Death benefits under (a) above shall be distributed to a Participant's Beneficiary:
(1) no later than December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant's death; or
(2) if the Beneficiary is an individual:
(A) beginning not later than December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year of the Participant's death (or, if later, and if the Beneficiary is the Participant's spouse, not later than December 31 of the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age 70-1/2, and if such spouse dies before payments are required to commence, then the distribution period hereunder shall be determined as if such spouse were the Participant); and
(B) (i) over the life of such Beneficiary (if the Beneficiary is an individual) or
(ii) over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of such Beneficiary (if the Beneficiary is an individual).
(d) Determination of Distribution Periods. The determination of distribution periods under (c)(2) above shall be made in accordance with section 401(a)(9) of the Code, the Treasury Regulations thereunder and the following:
(1) the Beneficiary as of the date of the Participant's death (or, if applicable, the surviving spouse's death) shall be determinative;
(2) if more than one individual would be a Participant's (or surviving spouse's) Beneficiary as of the date of the Participant's death (or, if applicable, the surviving spouse's death) the individual Beneficiary with the shortest life expectancy shall be determinative; provided that if the Participant's spouse is a Beneficiary and the spouse's life expectancy is recalculated pursuant to (f) below, that recalculated life expectancy shall be compared annually to the remaining life expectancies of the other Beneficiaries, not recalculated, and the shortest life expectancy shall be used for determining the minimum distribution for that calendar year;
(3) if, as of the date of the Participant's death, at least one of the Participant's Beneficiaries is other than an individual (other than a trust satisfying the requirements of (5) below), the distribution periods specified in (c)(2) above shall not be available;
(4) any Beneficiary whose entitlement, as of the date of the Participant's death, is contingent on
1-52
the death of a prior Beneficiary shall be disregarded;
(5) if a trust is a Participant's Beneficiary as of the date of the Participant's death, the beneficiaries of that trust (and not the trust itself) shall be treated as the Participant's Beneficiaries if all of the following requirements are met:
(A) the trust is valid under state law (or would be but for the fact that there is no corpus);
(B) the trust is irrevocable;
(C) the trust's beneficiaries are identifiable from the trust instrument; and
(D) a copy of the trust instrument is provided to the Plan.
(e) Minimum Distribution.
(1) General. For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1984, subject to such transitional rules as may be provided in Treasury Regulations for the purposes of (c)(2)(B) above the minimum amount to be distributed beginning with the first calendar year for which distributions are required and for each succeeding calendar year, will, to the extent of the Participant's Account balance, be the amount equal to the quotient obtained by dividing his Account balance by the life expectancy of the Beneficiary. The first calendar year for which distributions are required is the calendar year in which the Participant dies or a spouse dies (whichever is applicable).
(2) Time for Distributions. Distributions which are required shall be made on or before December 31 each year commencing with the calendar year specified in (c)(2)(A) above.
(3) Account Balance. For purposes of determining required minimum distributions, the relevant Account balance shall be the Account balance as of the last Accounting Date in the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year for which the required distributions are being determined, increased by the amount of any contributions and forfeitures made by or on behalf of the Participant as of dates in such immediately preceding calendar year after such last Accounting Date, reduced by any payments or withdrawals in such immediately preceding calendar year after such last Accounting Date; provided that, in no event shall an amount greater than the Participant's nonforfeitable percentage be distributed.
(4) Annuity Contracts. If a Participant's Account is used to purchase an annuity contract from an insurance company in order to provide the Beneficiary's benefit hereunder, notwithstanding the foregoing, the minimum distribution requirements will be satisfied if the annuity provides for periodic payments at intervals not longer than one year, commencing on or before the date a minimum distribution would otherwise be required over a period not exceeding the maximum period described in (c)(2)(B) above remaining (without recalculation of life expectancies after the annuity purchase). Any such annuity contract must satisfy the requirements of the applicable Treasury Regulations under section 401(a)(9) of the Code.
(f) Life Expectancy.
(1) General. For purposes of Sections (c),(d) and (e) above, life expectancy will be computed in accordance with applicable Treasury Regulations under section 401(a)(9) of the Code and by the use of the return multiples contained in Tables V and VI of Treasury Regulation 1.72-9 and, except as provided in (2) and (3) below, will be determined as of the Beneficiary's birthday in the calendar year in which distributions are required to commence under (c)(2) above, and such multiple shall be reduced by one for each subsequent taxable year.
(2) Recalculation. If a Beneficiary who was the Participant's spouse so elects, the life expectancy of such spouse may be recalculated no more frequently than annually if such election is irrevocable, is made no later than the date benefits must commence under (c)(2) above, and is applicable to all subsequent years. If recalculation is applicable, the life expectancy of the spouse shall be determined using his or her age as of his or her birthday in each succeeding calendar year.
(3) Annuity Contracts. If annuity payments commence irrevocably to a Beneficiary before the latest commencement date under (c)(2) above, the Beneficiary's life expectancy shall be determined as of his birthday in the calendar year in which payments commence.
1-53
ARTICLE 10
PAYMENT EXCEPTIONS
10.1 PRE-1984 DESIGNATIONS.
(a) General. Anything in the Plan (other than the provisions relating to the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity and the Preretirement Survivor Annuity) to the contrary notwithstanding, distribution on behalf of any Participant may be made in accordance with the following requirements (regardless of when such distribution commences):
(1) the distribution is one which would not have disqualified the Plan under section 401(a)(9) of the Code as in effect prior to amendment by the Deficit Reduction Act of 1984;
(2) the distribution is in accordance with a method of distribution designated by the Participant whose interest is being distributed or, if the Participant is deceased, by a beneficiary of such Participant;
(3) such designation was in writing, was signed by the Participant or beneficiary, and was made before January 1, 1984;
(4) the Participant had accrued a benefit under the Plan as of December 31, 1983; and
(5) the method of distribution designated by the Participant or the beneficiary specifies the form of the distribution, the time at which distribution will commence, the period over which distributions will be made, and in the case of any distribution upon the Participant's death, the beneficiaries of the Participant listed in order of priority.
(b) Distributions Upon Death. A distribution upon death will not be covered by this transitional rule unless the information in the designation contains the required information described above with respect to the distributions to be made upon the death of the Participant.
(c) Distributions Commencing Before January 1, 1984. For any
distribution which commences before January 1, 1984, but continues after
December 31, 1983, the Participant, or the beneficiary, to whom such
distribution is being made, will be presumed to have designated the method under
which the distribution is being made if the method of distribution was specified
in writing and the distribution satisfies the requirements in paragraphs (1) and
(5) of (a) above.
(d) Effect of Revocation. If a designation is revoked, any subsequent distribution must satisfy the requirements of section 401(a)(9) of the Code as in effect at the time and the Treasury Regulations thereunder. If a designation is revoked, the Plan shall distribute by the end of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the revocation occurs, the total amount not yet distributed which would have been required under section 401(a)(9) of the Code (including, for calendar years after 1988, the minimum distribution incidental benefit requirement), had the designation not been in effect. Any changes in the designation will be considered to be a revocation of the designation; provided however, the mere substitution or addition of another beneficiary (one not named in the designation) under the designation will not be considered to be a revocation of the designation so long as such substitution or addition does not alter the period over which distributions are to be made under the designation, directly or indirectly (for example, by altering the relevant measuring life).
10.2 CASH-OUT DISTRIBUTIONS.
(a) Cash-Out Limits. Any other provisions of the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, any amount payable to a Participant or any Preretirement Survivor Annuity payable to a Surviving Spouse (with respect to a Participant who has at least one Hour of Service or one hour of paid leave on or after August 23, 1984), shall be paid in a cash lump sum; provided that:
(1) If elected in the Adoption Agreement:
(A) in the case of an amount payable to a Participant, the value (determined as of the date of distribution or, for distributions prior to October 17, 2000, any prior distribution) of his nonforfeitable benefit under the Plan does not exceed $5,000 and such payment is made before payment otherwise begins; or
(B) in the case of a Preretirement Survivor Annuity, the value (determined as of the date of distribution) of such Preretirement Survivor Annuity does not exceed $5,000 and such payment is made
1-54
before payment otherwise begins; or
(2) (A) in the case of a payment to a Participant, the Participant consents in writing to the distribution and (if the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity applies to him under Section 8.2(a)) his spouse consents, in the manner described in Section 8.2(d)(4), to the distribution; or
(B) in the case of a Preretirement Survivor Annuity, the Surviving Spouse consents in writing to the distribution.
For purposes of (1)(A) and (B) above, a Participant's nonforfeitable benefit under the Plan and the value of the Preretirement Survivor Annuity shall be determined by excluding any Deductible Voluntary Contribution Account; and such rules shall be applied separately to any Deductible Voluntary Contribution Account as if such Account was the Participant's sole benefit under the Plan.
The $5,000 amount specified above was increased from $3,500 effective on the first day of the Plan Year beginning after August 5, 1997 or such later date as the Administrator implemented this increase.
(b) Transitional Rules for Cash-Out Limits.
(1) General. This subsection provides transitional rules with regard to the cash-out limits for distributions made prior to October 17, 2000.
(2) Distributions Subject to Section 417. If the payment in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity is required with regard to a Participant, the rule in this Section 10.2(b)(2) is substituted for the rule in section 10.2(a). If the value of a Participant's vested Account balance derived from Employer and employee contributions exceeds (or at the time of any prior distribution (A) in Plan Years beginning before August 6, 1997, exceeded $3,500 or (B) in Plan Years beginning after August 5, 1997 exceeded) $5,000, and the Account balance is immediately distributable, the Participant and the Participant's spouse (or where either the Participant or the spouse has died, the survivor) must consent to any distribution of such Account balance.
(3) Distributions not Subject to Section 417. If payment in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity is not required with respect to a Participant, the rule in this Section 10.2(b)(3) is substituted for the rule in Section 10.2(a).
If the value of a Participant's vested Account balance derived from Employer and employee contributions:
(A) for Plan Years beginning before August 6, 1997, exceeds $3,500 (or exceeded $3,500 at the time of any prior distribution),
(B) for Plan Years beginning after August 5, 1997, and for a distribution made prior to March 22, 1999, exceeds $5,000 (or exceeded $5,000 at the time of any prior distribution),
(C) and for Plan Years beginning after August 5, 1997 and for a distribution made after March 21, 1999, that either exceeds $5,000 or is a remaining payment under a selected optional form of payment that exceeded $5,000 at the time the selected payment began,
and the Account balance is immediately distributable, the Participant and the Participant's spouse (or where either the Participant or the spouse has died, the survivor) must consent to any distribution of such Account balance.
10.3 DIRECT ROLLOVER.
(a) General. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary that would otherwise limit a distributee's election under this Section, but subject to such exceptions permitted by the Internal Revenue Service, a distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Administrator, to have any portion of an eligible rollover distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee in a direct rollover.
(b) Definitions.
(1) Eligible rollover distribution. An eligible rollover distribution is any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of the distributee, except that an eligible rollover distribution does not include: any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the distributee and the distributee's designated beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten
1-55
years or more; any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under section 401(a)(9) of the Code; any hardship distribution described in section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(IV) received after December 31, 1998; and the portion of any distribution that is not includible in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities).
(2) Eligible retirement plan. An eligible retirement plan is an individual retirement account described in section 408(a) of the Code, an individual retirement annuity described in section 408(b) of the Code, an annuity plan described in section 403(a) of the Code, or a qualified trust described in section 401(a) of the Code, that accepts the distributee's eligible rollover distribution. However, in the case of an eligible rollover distribution to the surviving spouse, an eligible retirement plan is an individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity.
(3) Distributee. A distributee includes an employee or former employee. In addition, the employee's or former employee's surviving spouse and the employee's or former employee's spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in section 414(p) of the Code, are distributees with regard to the interest of the spouse or former spouse.
(4) Direct rollover. A direct rollover is a payment by the Plan to the eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee.
1-56
ARTICLE 11
ADMINISTRATION
11.1 PURPOSES OF THE PLAN. The purposes of the Plan are to provide retirement and other benefits for Participants and their respective beneficiaries. Except as otherwise provided by Sections 3.6 and 12.6 and by law, the assets of the Plan shall be held for the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to Participants and their beneficiaries and defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan, and it shall be impossible for any part of the assets or income of the Plan to be used for, or diverted to, purposes other than such exclusive purposes.
11.2 ADMINISTRATOR.
(a) Named Fiduciary. The Administrator shall be the "Named Fiduciary" for the Plan.
(b) Responsibilities. The Administrator shall discharge its responsibilities with respect to the Plan in accordance with the documents and instruments governing the Plan insofar as such documents and instruments are consistent with the provisions of title I of ERISA.
(c) Powers. In addition to the powers and responsibilities which are expressly provided in the Plan, the Administrator shall have the power and authority in its sole, absolute and uncontrolled discretion to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan and shall have all powers necessary to accomplish these purposes including, but not limited to the following:
(1) the power to determine who is a Participant;
(2) the power to determine allocations, balances, and nonforfeitable percentages with respect to Participants' Accounts; provided however, it may be specified in the Adoption Agreement that the Trustee shall have the ministerial function of maintaining Participants' Accounts in accordance with information, interpretations, and directions from the Administrator;
(3) the power to determine when, to whom, in what amount, and in what form distributions are to be made; and
(4) such powers as are necessary, appropriate or desirable to enable it to perform its responsibilities, including the power to establish rules, regulations and forms with respect thereto.
Benefits under this Plan will be paid only if the Administrator decides in its discretion that the applicant is entitled to them.
11.3 PROCEDURES FOR DELEGATION.
(a) Delegations. The Administrator or the Employer may delegate to one or more persons or entities certain of its fiduciary responsibilities (other than duties involving the management or control of the Plan Assets) under an arrangement whereby it shall have the opportunity for such periodic review of the delegate's performance as is appropriate under the circumstances and at such times and in such manner as it may choose for the purpose of its evaluation of continuing such designation and delegation and whereby it can promptly terminate the delegate's services.
(b) Advisors. The Administrator shall have the right to employ one or more persons or entities to render advice with regard to any responsibility it has under the Plan.
(c) Removal, Resignation, and Vacancies. A holder of a delegated position of fiduciary responsibility (including an individual member of a group holding such position) may be removed therefrom at any time and without cause by the person or entity making the delegation and may resign at any time upon prior written notice to such person or entity. Vacancies in any such positions created by removal, resignation, death or other cause may be filled by such person or entity or the fiduciary responsibilities for such position may be retained and/or redelegated by such person or entity.
11.4 MISCELLANEOUS ADMINISTRATION PROVISIONS.
(a) Written Records. The Administrator shall maintain all such books of account and other records and data as are necessary for the proper performance of its responsibilities under the Plan.
(b) Administrative Expenses. The Employer may pay the reasonable expenses of administering the
1-57
Plan, including any expenses incident to the functioning of the Administrator and the professional fees of any consultants or advisors with respect to the Plan; provided however, any expenses not so paid by the Employer shall be paid from the Plan Assets; and provided further, no person who already receives full-time pay from the Employer shall receive any compensation from the Plan, except for reimbursement of expenses properly and actually incurred.
(c) Incompetency or Disability. Each person to whom a distribution is payable under the Plan shall be conclusively presumed to be mentally competent and not under a disability that renders him unable to care for his affairs, until the date on which the Administrator receives a written notice, in a form and manner acceptable to the Administrator, indicating that a guardian, conservator, or other party legally vested with the care of the person or the estate of such person has been appointed by a court of competent jurisdiction, and any payment of a distribution due thereafter shall be made to the same, provided that proper proof of his appointment and continuing qualification is furnished in a form and manner acceptable to the Administrator. The Administrator shall not be required to look to the application of any such payment so made.
(d) Indemnification. The Employer may indemnify, through insurance or otherwise, some or all of the fiduciaries with respect to the Plan against claims, losses, damages, expenses and liabilities arising from their performance of their responsibilities under the Plan.
(e) Effectiveness of Elections, etc. An election, designation, request or revocation provided for in the Plan shall be made in writing and shall not become effective until it has been properly filed with the Administrator.
(f) Administration Consistent with ERISA and the Code. The Plan is intended to comply with the provisions of ERISA and of the Code, and the Plan shall be interpreted and administered consistently with such provisions and with the applicable regulations and rulings thereunder.
(g) Interpretations. All interpretations of the Plan and questions concerning its administration and application as determined by the Administrator in its sole, absolute and uncontrolled discretion shall be binding on all persons having an interest under the Plan.
(h) Uniform and Non-Discriminatory Application. All determinations and actions under the Plan shall be uniformly and consistently applied in a non-discriminatory manner to all persons under similar circumstances.
(i) Service in More Than One Fiduciary Capacity. Any person or entity may serve in more than one fiduciary capacity for the Plan.
(j) Qualified Domestic Relations Order Procedures. The Administrator shall establish reasonable procedures to determine the qualified status, under section 4l4(p) of the Code, of domestic relations orders and to administer distributions under such qualified orders.
11.5 INITIAL CLAIMS PROCEDURE.
(a) Claim.
(1) Filing. In order to present a complaint regarding the nonpayment of a Plan benefit or a portion thereof (a "Claim"), a Participant or beneficiary under the Plan (a "Claimant") or his duly authorized representative must file such Claim by mailing or delivering a writing stating such Claim to the Administrator.
(2) Acknowledgement. Upon such receipt of a Claim, the Administrator shall furnish to the Claimant a written acknowledgement which shall inform such Claimant of the time limit set forth in (b)(1) below and of the effect, pursuant to (b)(3) below, of failure to decide the Claim within such time limit.
(b) Initial Decision.
(1) Time Limit. The Administrator shall decide upon a Claim within a reasonable period of time after receipt of such Claim; provided however, that such period shall in no event exceed 90 days, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing. If such an extension of time for processing is required, then the Claimant shall, prior to the termination of the initial 90-day period, be furnished a written notice indicating such special circumstances and the date by which the Administrator expects to render a decision. In no event shall an extension exceed a period of 90 days from the end of the initial period.
(2) Notice of Denial. If the Claim is wholly or partially denied, then the Administrator shall furnish to the Claimant, within the time limit applicable under (1) above, a written notice setting forth in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant:
1-58
(A) the specific reason or reasons for such denial;
(B) specific reference to the pertinent Plan provisions on which such denial is based;
(C) a description of any additional material or information necessary for such Claimant to perfect his Claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and
(D) appropriate information as to the steps to
be taken if such Claimant wishes to submit his Claim for review pursuant to
Section 11.6, including notice of the time limits set forth in Section
11.6(b)(2).
(3) Deemed Denial for Purposes of Review. If a Claim is not granted and if, despite the provisions of (1) and (2) above, notice of the denial of a Claim is not furnished within the time limit applicable under (1) above, then the Claimant may deem such Claim denied and may request a review of such deemed denial pursuant to the provisions of Section 11.6.
11.6 CLAIM REVIEW PROCEDURE.
(a) Claimant's Rights. If a Claim is wholly or partially denied under Section 11.5, then the Claimant or his duly authorized representative shall have the following rights:
(1) to obtain, subject to (b) below, a full and fair review by the Administrator;
(2) to review pertinent documents; and
(3) to submit issues and comments in writing.
(b) Request for Review.
(1) Filing. To obtain a review pursuant to (a) above, a Claimant entitled to such a review or his duly authorized representative shall, subject to (2) below, mail or deliver a writing requesting such a review (a "Request for Review") to the Administrator.
(2) Time Limits for Requesting a Review. A Request for Review must be mailed or delivered within 60 days after receipt by the Claimant of written notice of the denial of the Claim or within such longer period as is reasonable and related to the nature of the benefit which is the subject of the Claim and to other attendant circumstances.
(3) Acknowledgement. Upon such receipt of a Request for
Review, the Administrator shall furnish to the Claimant a written
acknowledgement which shall inform such Claimant of the time limit set forth in
(c)(1) below and of the effect, pursuant to (c)(3) below, of failure to furnish
a decision on review within such time limit.
(c) Decision on Review.
(1) Time Limit. If, pursuant to (b) above, a review is requested, then the Administrator shall make a decision promptly and no later than 60 days after receipt of the Request for Review; except that, if special circumstances require an extension of time for processing, then the decision shall be made as soon as possible but not later than 120 days after receipt of the Request for Review. The Administrator must furnish the Claimant written notice of any extension prior to its commencement.
(2) Notice of Decision. The Administrator shall furnish to the Claimant, within the time limit applicable under (1) above, a written notice setting forth in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant:
(A) the specific reason or reasons for the decision on review; and
(B) specific reference to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the decision on review is based.
1-59
(3) Deemed Denial. If, despite the provisions of (1) and
(2) above, the decision on review is not furnished within the time limit
applicable under (1) above, then the Claimant shall be deemed to have exhausted
his remedies under the Plan and he may deem the Claim to have been denied on
review.
1-60
ARTICLE 12
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
12.1 AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN BY THE PROTOTYPE SPONSOR. The Employer delegates to the Prototype Sponsor full authority and right, at any time and from time to time, to amend the Plan in any manner which the Prototype Sponsor deems desirable, subject to Section 12.3. A copy of any such amendment shall be given to the Employer.
12.2 AMENDMENTS BY THE EMPLOYER. The Employer shall have the right to adopt:
(a) changes to the choice of options in the Adoption Agreement (and may do so by completing a new Adoption Agreement or by a separate document specifying the choices in the Adoption Agreement being changed);
(b) overriding language stated in the Adoption Agreement which allows the Plan to satisfy section 415 of the Code or to avoid duplication of minimums under section 416 of the Code because of the required aggregation of multiple plans; and
(c) model amendments published by the Internal Revenue Service which specifically provide that their adoption will not cause a plan to be treated as individually designed.
If the adopting employer amends the Plan for any other reason, including a waiver of the minimum funding requirement under section 412(d) of the Code, it will no longer participate in the prototype plan, but will be considered to have an individually designed plan.
If the Plan is maintained by more than one Employer, the first Employer designated in the Adoption Agreement shall have the right to amend the Plan on behalf of all Employers. If, at any time, by reason of the adoption of an amendment or modification of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan with respect to any of the other Employers differ from those that are applicable to the first Employer designated in the Adoption Agreement, such other Employer or Employers shall be deemed to have adopted a separate plan.
If the Employer (or the first Employer designated in the Adoption Agreement) is a corporation, the amendments may be made by action of its Board of Directors. For any other entity, the amendments may be made on behalf of the Employer by the person or persons having the legal authority to act on behalf of the entity. An Employer may adopt different amendment procedures by attachment to the Adoption Agreement.
12.3 LIMITATIONS ON AMENDMENTS.
(a) General. Neither the Prototype Sponsor nor the Employer shall have the right to amend the Plan in the following respects:
(1) to vest in the Employer, directly or indirectly, any interest in, or ownership of, or control of the Plan Assets; or
(2) to provide that the Plan Assets, or any part thereof, may or shall be used for or diverted to purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of Participants or for the payment of administration expenses of the Administrator and of the Trustee; or
(3) to reduce any then vested or accrued interest of a Participant unless permitted under section 412(c)(8) of the Code or necessary to comply with a ruling to qualify the Plan or keep the Plan qualified under the Code.
(b) Treatment of Certain Amendments. For purposes of (a)(3) above, an amendment which has the effect, with respect to benefits attributable to service before the amendment, of -
(1) eliminating or reducing an early retirement benefit or a retirement-type subsidy or
(2) (except as otherwise provided by Treasury Regulations) eliminating an optional form of benefit shall be treated as reducing accrued benefits. In the case of a retirement-type subsidy, the preceding sentence shall apply only with respect to a Participant who satisfies (either before or after the amendment) the preamendment conditions for the subsidy. In addition, this prohibition shall not apply to a Plan amendment
1-61
that eliminates or restricts the ability of a Participant to receive payment of his or her Account balance under a particular optional form of benefit if the amendment satisfies the conditions of (A) and (B) below:
(A) The amendment provides a single-sum distribution form that is otherwise identical to the optional form of benefit eliminated or restricted. For purposes of this condition (A), a single-sum distribution form is otherwise identical only if it is identical in all respects to the eliminated or restricted optional form of benefit (or would be identical except that it provides greater rights to the Participant) except with respect to the timing of payments after commencement.
(B) The amendment is not effective unless the amendment provides that the amendment shall not apply to any distribution with an annuity starting date earlier than the earlier of: (i) the 90th day after the date the Participant receiving the distribution has been furnished a summary that reflects the amendment and that satisfies the ERISA requirements at 29 CFR 2520.104b-3 relating to a summary of material modifications or (ii) the first day of the second Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the amendment is adopted.
(c) Changes in Vesting Schedule. No amendment shall reduce the nonforfeitable percentage of a Participant's accrued benefit (determined as of the later of the date such amendment is adopted or the date such amendment becomes effective). Further, if the Plan's vesting schedule is amended, or the Plan is amended in any way that directly or indirectly affects the computation of the Participant's nonforfeitable percentage, or if the Plan is deemed amended by an automatic change to or from a top-heavy vesting schedule, each Participant with at least 5 Years of Service (3 Years of Service for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1988 with respect to Participants with at least one Hour of Service in a Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1988) with the Employer may elect, within a reasonable period after the adoption of the amendment, to have the nonforfeitable percentage computed under the Plan without regard to such amendment. The period during which the election may be made shall commence with the date the amendment is adopted and shall end on the latest of:
(1) 60 days after the amendment is adopted;
(2) 60 days after the amendment becomes effective; or
(3) 60 days after the Participant is issued written notice of the amendment by the Employer or Administrator.
12.4 TERMINATION.
(a) Voluntary. The Employer shall have the right to terminate the Plan. If the Plan is maintained by more than one Employer, the First Employer designated in the Adoption Agreement shall have the right to terminate the Plan on behalf of all Employers. Otherwise, a termination with respect to one Employer shall not cause a termination with respect to any other Employer.
(b) Automatic Termination of the Plan. The Plan shall automatically terminate upon the discontinuance or liquidation of the Employer's business or the merger or consolidation of the Employer with or into any other business organization or the sale by the Employer of substantially all of its assets unless a successor business organization agrees with the Employer to continue the Plan.
12.5 DISTRIBUTION OF PLAN ASSETS UPON TERMINATION OF THE PLAN. If the Plan is terminated, then distributions and withdrawals shall continue to be made as provided in the Plan; provided however, the Administrator may cause Participants' Accounts to be paid to them on account of such termination of the Plan.
12.6 DISPOSITION OF UNALLOCATED FORFEITURES AND SUSPENSE ACCOUNT AMOUNTS UPON TERMINATION.
(a) Profit Sharing Plans. If the Plan is a profit sharing plan, then any unallocated forfeitures or suspense account amounts remaining at the time the Plan terminates shall be allocated among the Participants in an equitable and nondiscriminatory manner, subject to the provisions of Article 4.
(b) Pension Plans. If the Plan is a pension plan, then after the satisfaction of all liabilities to Participants or the Beneficiaries, any suspense account amounts remaining at the time the Plan terminates shall be paid to the Employer.
1-62
ARTICLE 13
MISCELLANEOUS
13.1 ARTICLE AND SECTION REFERENCE. Except as otherwise indicated by the context, all references to Articles or Sections in the Plan refer to Articles or Sections of the Plan. The titles thereto are for convenience of reference only and the Plan shall not be construed by reference thereto.
13.2 ASSIGNMENT OR ALIENATION OF BENEFITS.
(a) General. Except as provided in (b) below and section 401(a)(13)(C) of the Code, benefits provided under the Plan may not be anticipated, assigned (either at law or in equity), alienated or subject to attachment, garnishment, levy, execution or other legal or equitable process.
(b) QDRO. Notwithstanding (a) above, benefits shall be paid in accordance with the applicable requirements of any domestic relations order which is a qualified domestic relations order (as defined in section 206(d) of ERISA or section 414(p) of the Code); and provided further that benefits shall be paid pursuant to any domestic relations order was entered before January 1, 1985 if either the Plan is paying benefits pursuant to such order on such date or the Administrator elects to treat such order as a qualified domestic relations order.
(1) Immediate Single Sum Distribution. If a qualified domestic relations order so provides, the Alternate Payee's entire benefit shall be paid as soon as administratively feasible after the Administrator's receipt of the order, determination of its qualified status and determination of the amount payable thereunder; or, if the Participant's benefit, upon becoming distributable to him, would commence only after the first Accounting Date following his election, the payment to the Alternate Payee may not be made until after the first Accounting Date following the Administrator's receipt of the order, determination of its qualified status and determination of the amount payable thereunder.
(2) Alternate Payee's Beneficiary. In the event an Alternate Payee who is entitled to a benefit hereunder pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order dies prior to the receipt of the entire benefit due, the Alternate Payee's remaining benefit shall be payable to the Alternate Payee's beneficiary designated in the order or on a form specified by the Administrator and received by the Administrator prior to the Alternate Payee's death. In the event there is no designated beneficiary to receive any such amount then such amount shall be payable to the estate of the Alternate Payee.
(3) Alternate Payee Defined. "Alternate Payee" shall have the meaning given in section 414(p)(8) of the Code.
13.3 DATA.
(a) Obligation to Furnish. Each person who participates or claims benefits under the Plan shall furnish to the Administrator, the Trustee, or any insurance company involved in the funding of the benefits under the Plan, such signatures, documents, evidence, or information as the Administrator, the Trustee, or such insurance company shall consider necessary or desirable for the purpose of administering the Plan.
(b) Mistakes or Misstatements. In the event of a mistake or a misstatement as to any item of such information, as is furnished pursuant to (a) above, which has an effect on the amount of benefits to be paid under the Plan, or in the event of a mistake or misstatement as to the amount of payments to be made to a person entitled to receive a benefit under the Plan, then the Administrator shall cause such amounts to be withheld or accelerated, as shall in its judgment accord to such person the payment to which he is properly entitled under the Plan.
13.4 EMPLOYMENT RELATIONSHIP.
(a) No Enlargement of Rights. Except as otherwise provided by law or legally enforceable contract, the establishment of the Plan or of any fund or any insurance contract thereunder, any amendment of the Plan, participation in the Plan, or the payment of any distribution under the Plan, shall not be construed as giving any person whomsoever any legal or equitable claims or rights against any other person or against any entity or organization, or as giving any person the right to be retained in the employment of the Employer.
(b) Employer's Rights. The right of the Employer to discipline or discharge an employee shall not be effected by reason of any of the provisions of the Plan.
1-63
13.5 GENDER AND NUMBER. As used in the Plan, except when otherwise indicated by the context, the genders of pronouns and the singular and plural numbers of terms shall be interchangeable.
13.6 GOVERNING LAW. The Plan and all rights and duties under the Plan shall be governed, construed and administered in accordance with the laws of the state of the Employer's principal place of business, except as governed separately by or preempted by federal law.
13.7 MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION OF THE PLAN. In the case of any merger or consolidation of the Plan with, or transfer of assets or liabilities of the Plan to, any other plan, each Participant in the Plan shall (if the surviving plan terminated immediately after the merger, consolidation, or transfer) be entitled to receive a benefit which is equal to or greater than the benefit he would have been entitled to receive immediately before the merger, consolidation, or transfer (if the Plan had then terminated). The Employer shall have the power to direct such a merger, consolidation or transfer and the Trustee shall follow such instructions as it may receive from the Employer in order to implement the transaction. The Employer, and not the Trustee, shall have sole responsibility for maintaining the qualified status of the Plan in connection with such a transaction. The Trustee shall have no liability or responsibility for acting pursuant to the direction of the Employer in implementing a merger, consolidation or transfer.
13.8 ANNUITIES. Any annuity contract distributed from the Plan must be nontransferable. The terms of any such annuity contract shall comply with the requirements of the Plan.
13.9 ACCEPTANCE OF TRANSFERS AND MERGERS. The Employer may direct that the Plan accept transfers of assets and benefit liabilities from other qualified plans and mergers of other qualified plans into the Plan. In the event of any such transfer or merger, the Plan Assets received shall be held in such subaccounts as are appropriate to reflect the vesting provisions, distribution limitations and optional forms of benefit applicable to the transferred or merged benefits. The Employer shall amend the Plan as necessary to reflect the appropriate vesting and optional forms of benefit applicable with respect to such transferred benefits and to make such other amendments as it deems necessary or appropriate in order to maintain the qualified status of the Plan. The Employer, and not the Trustee, shall have sole responsibility for maintaining the qualified status of the Plan in connection with such a transaction. The Trustee shall have no liability or responsibility for acting pursuant to the direction of the Employer in accepting a merger or transfer.
In the event another plan merged into the Plan prior to such other plan having been amended for GUST, then provisions in this Plan affecting qualification under section 401 of the Code with effective dates on or before the merger date shall be treated as amendments to such plan, as it existed prior to the merger, effective as of the same effective dates.
13.10 USERRA. Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, effective December 12, 1994, contributions, benefits and service credit with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with section 414(u) of the Code.
13.11 FAILURE TO QUALIFY. If the Plan fails to attain or retain qualification under the Code, the Plan will no longer participate in this prototype plan and will be considered an individually designed plan. The Employer is responsible for the qualified status of the Plan.
13.12 SEVERABILITY. In case any provision of the Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, such illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining provisions of this Plan, and this Plan shall be construed and interpreted as if such illegal or invalid provision had never been a part of it.
1-64
EXHIBIT 10.27
MERIDIAN BIOSCIENCE, INC.
INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
1. Meridian Bioscience, Inc. hereby grants to the Optionee named below an incentive stock option to purchase, in accordance with and subject to the terms and restrictions of the Company's 1996 Stock Option Plan as Amended and Restated, a copy of which is attached hereto and made part hereof, the number of shares of Common Stock of the Company at the price set forth below as follows:
Optionee: XXX
No. of Shares Covered by Option: **XXX**
Option Price Per Share: **$6.30**
Date of Grant: November 19, 2002
Expiration Date: November 18, 2012
2. This option is granted pursuant to Meridian's 1996 Stock Option Plan as Amended and Restated pursuant to the authority given to the Committee in Article 5 which entitles the Committee to grant options on such terms and conditions as the Committee may determine and the authority in Section 6.1 wherein the Committee may establish different exercise schedules and impose other conditions upon exercise for any particular option or groups of options.
3. This option shall not vest until November 19, 2011 except it shall become fully vested and exercisable upon occurrence of any of the following:
3.1 The net income, as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, exceeds $6,800,000 for fiscal 2003; or
3.2 Substantially all of the assets of the Company are sold in fiscal 2003; or
3.3 As otherwise provided in the 1996 Stock Option Plan as Amended and Restated.
4. To the extent that the percentage of this Option which becomes exercisable is not exercised in any given year it may be exercised in the subsequent years of the term of this Option. The Option granted under this Agreement may not be exercised for less than ten shares at any time, or the remaining shares then purchasable under the Option if less than ten. In no event may this Option be exercised after the expiration of ten years from the date of grant of this Option.
5. This Option may be exercised for the number of shares specified by written notice delivered to the Secretary of the Company accompanied by full payment, in the manner and subject to the conditions set forth in the Plan, for the number of shares in respect of which it is exercised. If any applicable law or regulation requires the Company to take any action with respect to the shares specified in such notice, or if any action remains to be taken under the Articles of Incorporation or Code of Regulations of the Company to effect due issuance of the shares, the Company shall take such action and the date for delivery of such stock shall be extended for the period necessary to take such action.
6. This Option is not transferable other than by will or by operation of the laws of descent and distribution or as otherwise provided in the attached 1996 Stock Option Plan as Amended and Restated and is subject to termination as provided in the Plan.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has executed this Agreement on this 19th day of November, 2002.
BY /s/ Melissa Lueke ----------------------------------------- Name: Melissa Lueke Its: Vice President, Chief Financial Officer |
I hereby accept the above Option to purchase shares of Common Stock of Meridian Bioscience, Inc. granted above in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and its 1996 Stock Option Plan as Amended and Restated and agree to be bound thereby.
----------------------------- ---------------------------------------- Date Accepted XXX Optionee |
EXHIBIT 10.28
AGREEMENT CONCERNING DISABILITY AND DEATH
AGREEMENT entered into this 10th day of September, 2003 by and between
MERIDIAN BIOSCIENCE, INC. and WILLIAM J. MOTTO.
WHEREAS, Motto has been employed by Meridian and has rendered faithful and competent services to Meridian; and
WHEREAS, Meridian and Motto desire to enter into an Agreement to replace their Split Dollar Agreements dated February 8, 1996 and May 1, 1995; and
WHEREAS, Meridian desires to have a death and disability program for Motto to provide protection to Motto and his family should his death or disability occur while employed by Meridian; and
WHEREAS, the Compensation Committee of Meridian's Board of Directors approved on April 23, 2003 a special death and disability benefits program for Motto and approved the specific form of this Agreement by written action on September 3, 2003;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements hereafter set forth, the parties agree as follows:
1. Meridian shall make a monthly payment to Motto for up to 60 months if Motto meets the definition of "Disability" in Section 5 below while employed by Meridian. The gross amount of each monthly payment shall be equal to 60% of the average total annual salary and bonus paid by Meridian to Motto during Meridian's three fiscal years ending immediately before Motto's Disability commenced. Any such payments to Motto shall be reduced by the gross amount of any payments made to Motto through any group or other disability insurance policy or program maintained by Meridian. Provided, however, that no such monthly payment shall be made after either the month of Motto's death or the month that Motto ceases to meet the definition of "Disability" in Section 5 below. Meridian may fulfill its obligation under this Section by purchasing insurance coverage.
2. If Motto dies while employed by Meridian or while receiving the Disability payments described in Section 1 above, Meridian shall pay $1 million to the designated beneficiaries of Motto or, if none, to Motto's estate, reduced by the gross amount of any payments made as Disability compensation pursuant to Section 1 above and also reduced by any other insurance proceeds on Motto's life received by Motto's estate or beneficiaries from any policies of life insurance maintained by Meridian.
3. Meridian shall maintain health insurance coverage for Motto and his spouse and the survivor of them for a period of five years after Motto's employment with Meridian ends because of Motto's death or Disability. The health insurance coverage shall be at levels comparable for executives in Motto's position at the time that Motto's employment with Meridian has ended as determined by Meridian. This shall satisfy Meridian's obligation to provide continuation coverage to Motto and his spouse under Section 4980B of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
4. Motto or, after his death, his estate or heirs, shall have the right to cause Meridian, on three separate occasions, to register for public sale under the Securities Act of 1933 those shares of Meridian Common Stock beneficially owned by Motto during his lifetime or at his death which may not, at the time of request, be publicly sold without registration. The right to request such registration shall commence upon the execution of this Agreement and end five years after Motto's death. This registration
right is conditioned upon Meridian being able to utilize the SEC's short-form registration statement, Form S-3, or its equivalent. Meridian shall bear all costs of the registration except brokerage commissions which shall be the responsibility of Motto.
5. For purposes of this Agreement, "Disability" shall be defined as in the group disability policy under which Meridian covers Motto or his successor. In the absence of such a policy, "Disability" shall mean an injury or disease which was not intentionally self-inflicted and which Meridian at its sole discretion, determines, on the basis of such evidence and information as it deems satisfactory, causes Motto to be completely and indefinitely incapable of performing his regular duties for Meridian.
6. Motto shall be responsible for all taxes, including, without limitation, federal, state or local taxes, related to any action taken by Meridian pursuant to this Agreement.
7. The parties' Split Dollar Agreements dated February 8, 1996 and May 1, 1995 shall be deemed cancelled by Meridian and Motto effective upon the execution of this Agreement, and Motto and Meridian promptly shall notify The Fifth Third Bank, trustee under Motto's Irrevocable Life Insurance Trust Agreement dated March 9, 1992.
8. This Agreement may not be amended or modified except by written instrument signed by Meridian and Motto.
9. This Agreement shall be binding upon the parties hereto and their successors, assigns, executors, administrators and beneficiaries.
10. This Agreement shall be subject to and construed according to the laws of the State of Ohio.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Meridian and Motto have execute this Agreement on the day and year first above written.
MERIDIAN BIOSCIENCE, INC.
BY: /s/ Melissa Lueke ---------------------------------------- Melissa A. Lueke Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary /s/ William J.Motto ------------------------------------ William J. Motto |
EXHIBIT 10.29
PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT 2002
THIS PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT ("Agreement") dated October 1, 2002 by and between MEIDIAN BIOSCIENCE, INC. a United States corporation ("Meridian Inc.") and Antonio Interno, an Italian resident ("Mr. Interno").
WITNESSETH
WHEREAS, Meridian Inc. requires the services of Mr. Interno to assist it in certain marketing and business development activities throughout Europe;
WHEREAS, Mr. Interno has the services and capabilities to assist Meridian Inc. with its varied marketing and business development activities;
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties agree as follows:
1. Services. Mr. Interno shall provide services to Meridian Inc. to assist in certain marketing and business development activities throughout Europe ("Services"). Mr. Interno has no authority to negotiate or conclude contracts on behalf of Meridian Inc. or its US subsidiaries.
2. Fees. Meridian Inc. shall pay fees for the Services of 157,452 Euros. The fees shall be paid monthly. Meridian Inc. shall pay such monthly payment on the fifteenth (15th) business day of each month.
3. Term. The term of this Agreement shall be for one year commencing on
the date hereof and shall automatically be renewed for additional one
(1) year terms unless either party shall terminate this Agreement with
sixty (60) days prior written notice to the other party.
4. Notice. All notices and other information to be given by either party shall be deemed given if transmitted by facsimile or in writing and deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, and addressed to John A. Kraeutler, Meridian Bioscience, Inc., 3471 River Hills Drive, Cincinnati, OH 45244 and Antonio Interno, Via Solferino 41, 20023 Cerro Maggiore, Milan, Italy.
5. Amendments. No change, modification, termination, amendment or waiver of any provisions of this Agreement, nor consent to any departure therefrom, shall be of any force of effect unless the same is in a written instrument signed by all parties hereto. Any such consent, waiver, modification, termination or amendment shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the limited purpose of which it is given.
6. Assignability. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, duties or obligations hereunder shall be assignable in whole or in part by Meridian Inc. or Mr. Interno without the prior written consent of the other party.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the day and year first above written.
MERIDIAN BIOSCIENCE, INC.
/s/ John A. Kraeutler ------------------------------------------- By: John A. Kraeutler |
Its: President, Chief Operating Officer
/s/ Antonio A. Interno ------------------------------------------- By: Antonio Alessandro Interno |
CORPORATE PROFILE
Meridian is a fully integrated life science company that manufactures, markets and distributes a broad range of innovative diagnostic test kits, purified reagents and related products and offers biopharmaceutical enabling technolo- gies. Utilizing a variety of methods, these products provide accuracy, simplicity and speed in the early diagnosis and treatment of common medical conditions, such as gastrointestinal, viral, urinary and respiratory infections. All Meridian diagnostic products are used outside of the human body and require little or no special equipment. The Company's products are designed to enhance patient well-being while reducing the total outcome costs of healthcare. Meridian has strong market positions in the areas of gastrointestinal and upper respiratory infections, serology, parasitology and fungal disease diagnosis. In addition, Meridian is a supplier of rare reagents and specialty biologicals along with proteins and other biologicals used by biopharmaceutical companies engaged in research for new drugs and vaccines. The Company markets its products to hospitals, reference laboratories, research centers, veterinary testing centers, physician offices and diagnostics manufacturers in more than 60 countries around the world. The Company's shares are traded through Nasdaq's National Market, symbol VIVO. Meridian's website address is www.meridianbioscience.com.
FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS
The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 provides a safe harbor from civil litigation for forward looking statements accompanied by meaningful cautionary statements. Except for historical information, this report contains forward-looking statements which may be identified by words such as "estimates", "anticipates", "projects", "plans", "expects", "intends", "believes", "should", and similar expressions or the negative versions thereof and which also may be identified by their context. Such statements are based upon current expectations of the Company and speak only as of the date made. The company assumes no obligation to publicly update any forward looking statements. These statements are subject to various risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause actual results to differ, including, without limitation, the following.
Meridian's continued growth depends, in part, on its ability to introduce into the marketplace enhancements of existing products or new products that incorporate technological advances, meet customer requirements and respond to products developed by Meridian's competition. While Meridian has introduced a number of internally-developed products, there can be no assurance that it will be successful in the future in introducing such products on a timely basis. Ongoing consolidations of reference laboratories and formation of multi-hospital alliances may cause adverse changes to pricing and distribution. Costs and difficulties in complying with laws and regulations administered by the United States Food and Drug Administration can result in unanticipated expenses and delays and interruptions to the sale of new and existing products. Changes in the relative strength or weakness of the U.S. dollar can change expected results. One of Meridian's main growth strategies is the acquisition of companies and product lines. There can be no assurance that additional acquisitions will be consummated or that, if consummated, will be successful and the acquired businesses successfully integrated into Meridian's operations.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA Meridian Bioscience, Inc. and Subsidiaries (Amounts in thousands, except for per share data) Income Statement Information ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FY 2003 FY 2002 FY 2001 FY 2000 FY 1999 FY 1998 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Net sales $65,864 $59,104 $56,527 $57,096 $53,927 $33,169 Gross profit 38,288 34,598 26,706 35,446 34,369 22,519 Operating income (loss) 12,789 9,994 (12,507) 9,354 6,527 8,351 Net earnings (loss) 7,018 5,031 (10,275) 7,111 2,073 4,958 Basic earnings (loss) per share $ 0.48 $ 0.34 $ (0.70) $ 0.49 $ 0.14 $ 0.34 Diluted earnings (loss) per share $ 0.47 $ 0.34 $ (0.70) $ 0.49 $ 0.14 $ 0.34 Cash dividends declared per share $ 0.34 $ 0.28 $ 0.26 $ 0.23 $ 0.20 $ 0.22 Book value per share $ 1.87 $ 1.67 $ 1.57 $ 2.51 $ 2.33 $ 2.41 |
Balance Sheet Information ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 30-Sep-03 30-Sep-02 30-Sep-01 30-Sep-00 30-Sep-99 30-Sep-98 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Current assets $33,161 $30,375 $32,502 $40,798 $31,744 $39,763 Current liabilities 15,330 15,249 16,368 16,619 13,602 3,869 Total assets 66,420 65,095 65,982 84,717 72,161 59,147 Long-term debt obligations 21,505 23,626 24,349 27,159 22,187 20,808 Shareholders' equity 27,484 24,381 22,944 36,611 33,591 34,683 |
CORPORATE DATA
CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS
3471 River Hills Drive
Cincinnati, Ohio 45244
(513) 271-3700
ANNUAL MEETING
The annual meeting of the
shareholders will be held on Thursday,
January 22, 2004 at 2:00 p.m. Eastern Time
at the Holiday Inn Eastgate, 4501 Eastgate
Boulevard, Cincinnati, OH 45245.
Directions to the Holiday Inn
Eastgate can be found on our website:
www.meridianbioscience.com
COMMON STOCK INFORMATION
NASDAQ National Market System Symbol: "VIVO." Approximate number of record
holders: 1000
The following table sets forth by calendar quarter the high and low sales prices
of the Common Stock on the NASDAQ National Market System.
Years Ended September 30, 2003 2002 Quarter ended: HIGH LOW High Low -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- December 31 6.900 6.400 6.690 4.300 March 31 7.890 7.550 7.830 5.750 June 30 9.630 8.280 7.600 5.821 September 30 10.400 9.870 7.000 4.590 |
DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
DIRECTORS
WILLIAM J. MOTTO
Chairman of the Board and
Chief Executive Officer
JOHN A. KRAEUTLER
President and
Chief Operating Officer
JAMES A. BUZARD, PH.D.
Retired Executive
Vice President,
Merrell Dow
Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
GARY P. KREIDER
Senior Partner,
Keating, Muething &
Klekamp, P.L.L.
ROBERT J. READY
Chairman of the Board
and President,
LSI Industries, Inc.
DAVID C. PHILLIPS
Retired Managing Partner,
Arthur Andersen LLP
OFFICERS
WILLIAM J. MOTTO
Chairman of the Board and
Chief Executive Officer
JOHN A. KRAEUTLER
President and
Chief Operating Officer
RICHARD L. EBERLY
Executive Vice President,
General Manager, Meridian
Life Science
ANTONIO A. INTERNO
President,
Managing Director,
Meridian Bioscience Europe
KENNETH J. KOZAK
Vice President,
Research and
Development
MELISSA A. LUEKE
Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer
SUSAN D. ROLIH
Vice President,
Regulatory Affairs and
Quality Assurance
LAWRENCE J. BALDINI
Vice President, Operations
EXHIBIT 14
MERIDIAN BIOSCIENCE, INC.
CODE OF ETHICS
ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS ON JULY 24, 2003
Meridian Bioscience, Inc. and its directors, officers and employees have committed to conduct Meridian's business in accordance with the highest ethical standards. This Code sets out the principles to which all directors, officers and employees of Meridian are expected to adhere and advocate in meeting these standards. The Code embodies rules regarding individual and peer responsibilities, as well as responsibilities to Meridian, its investors and the public.
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
Meridian's directors, officers and employees have an obligation to promote the best interests of Meridian at all times. They should avoid any action which may involve a conflict of interest with Meridian. Directors, officers and employees should not have any undisclosed, unapproved financial or other business relationships with suppliers, customers or competitors of a magnitude or nature that could impair the independence of any judgment they may need to make on behalf of Meridian. Conflicts of interest would also arise if a director, officer or employee, or a member of his or her family, receives improper payments or other personal benefits as a result of his or her position in Meridian.
Directors, officers and employees must also avoid apparent conflicts of interest, which occur where a reasonable observer might assume there is a conflict of interest and, therefore, a loss of objectivity in their dealings on behalf of Meridian.
Where conflicts of interest arise, directors, officers and employees must provide full disclosure of the circumstances and stand back from any related decision making process. Directors and officers shall provide full disclosure to Meridian's Audit Committee Chairman, and all other employees shall provide full disclosure to their immediate supervisor.
CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES
Directors, officers and employees shall not take for themselves any business opportunities that are discovered through the use of Meridian property, information or position, use Meridian property, information or position for personal gain, or compete with Meridian. All directors, officers and employees owe a duty to Meridian to advance its legitimate business interests when the opportunity to do so arises.
CONFIDENTIALITY
Directors, officers and employees shall maintain the confidentiality of all information entrusted to them by Meridian, except when disclosure is authorized or legally mandated. They should recognize that such information is the property of Meridian and only the corporation may authorize its publication or use by others. Confidential information includes, but is not limited to, all non-public information that might be used by Meridian's competitors or harmful to Meridian or its customers, if disclosed. Officers shall inform subordinates, as appropriate, regarding the
confidentiality of information acquired in the course of their work and monitor, as needed, to ensure that subordinates maintain that confidentiality.
FAIR DEALING
Meridian bases its relationships with customers, suppliers, competitors and employees on fair practices. Accordingly, all directors, officers and employees of Meridian should endeavor to deal fairly with all customers, suppliers, competitors and employees of Meridian. No director, officer or employee shall take unfair advantage of anyone through manipulation, concealment, abuse of privileged information, misrepresentation of material facts, or any other unfair dealing practice.
PROTECTION AND PROPER USE OF MERIDIAN ASSETS
All directors, officers and employees must safeguard Meridian property, whether it is a piece of equipment, an electronic file or confidential information. All directors, officers and employees should ensure that all Meridian property is used in an efficient manner and for legitimate business purposes. Theft, carelessness and waste impact Meridian's profitability, and should be promptly reported.
COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS
Directors, officers and employees of Meridian must respect and follow and cause Meridian to comply with all governmental laws, rules and regulations applicable to Meridian's business.
In addition all directors, officers and employees shall comply with Meridian's Insider Trading Policy and Foreign Corrupt Practices Policy.
DISCLOSURE
Meridian has an obligation to comply with all reporting requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Nasdaq listing requirements.
In accordance with Meridian's disclosure obligations, financial communications and reports will be delivered in a manner that facilitates the highest degree of clarity of content and meaning so that readers and users will be able to determine their significance and consequence quickly and accurately.
All financial officers shall communicate to executive management of Meridian and to the accountants engaged to conduct an audit of Meridian's financial statements, all relevant information and professional judgments or opinions. The financial officers shall encourage open communication and full disclosure of financial information by all relevant employees.
Furthermore, any director, officer or employee in possession of material information must not disclose such information before its public disclosure and must take steps to ensure that Meridian complies with its timely disclosure obligations.
All officers shall ensure that all relevant employees understand Meridian's open communication and full disclosure standards and processes. Further, all officers shall ensure that all employees are aware of Meridian's Employee Complaint Policy which encourages employees to submit good faith complaints regarding Meridian's accounting, internal controls and auditing matters.
COMPLIANCE WITH CODE OF ETHICS
If employees have knowledge or are suspicious of any noncompliance with any section of this Code or are concerned whether circumstances could lead to a violation of this Code, they should discuss the situation with their immediate supervisor who shall bring it to the attention of senior management. If the employee feels uncomfortable or otherwise believes it is inappropriate to discuss such matter with their immediate supervisor, then the employee may discuss the matter directly with the Audit Committee Chairman or leave an anonymous message with the Audit Committee Chairman by following the procedures in Meridian's Employee Complaint Policy.
If directors and executive officers have knowledge or are suspicious of any noncompliance with any section of this Code or are concerned whether circumstances could lead to a violation of this Code, they should discuss the situation with the Audit Committee Chairman.
Meridian will not allow any retaliation against a director, officer or employee who acts in good faith in reporting any such violation or suspected violation.
Any waiver of this Code for directors, officers or employees may be made only by the Audit Committee and will be promptly disclosed as required by law.
ACCOUNTABILITY FOR ADHERENCE TO THE CODE
All directors, officers and employees are responsible for abiding by this Code. This includes individuals responsible for the failure to exercise proper supervision and to detect and report a violation by their subordinates. Directors, officers and employees who violate the Code are subject to disciplinary action, up to and including dismissal.
IMPORTANT
THIS CODE OF ETHICS AND THE POLICIES DESCRIBED IN IT ARE NOT AN EMPLOYEE CONTRACT. MERIDIAN DOES NOT CREATE ANY CONTRACTUAL RIGHTS BY ISSUING THIS CODE OF ETHICS OR THE POLICIES. THIS CODE OF ETHICS DOES NOT LIMIT THE OBLIGATIONS OF ANY EMPLOYEE UNDER ANY EXISTING NON-COMPETE, NON-DISCLOSURE OR OTHER EMPLOYMENT RELATED AGREEMENTS TO WHICH THE EMPLOYEE IS BOUND OR MERIDIAN POLICIES WHICH COVER THE EMPLOYEE.
I have read the Meridian Bioscience, Inc. Code of Ethics
EXHIBIT 21
SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT
1. Omega Technologies, Inc., an Ohio corporation
2. Meridian Bioscience Corporation, an Ohio corporation
3. Meridian Bioscience Europe, s.r.l., an Italian corporation
4. Meridian Bioscience FSC, Inc., a Barbados corporation
5. Gull Laboratories, Inc., a Utah corporation
6. BIODESIGN International Incorporated, a Maine corporation
7. Meridian Bioscience Europe S.A., a Belgium corporation
8. Gull Europe S.A. Holding, a Belgium corporation
9. Meridian Bioscience Europe B.V., a Netherlands corporation
10. Viral Antigens, Inc., a Tennessee corporation
EXHIBIT 23
Consent of Independent Accountants
We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-18979), Form S-8 (File No. 33-38488), Form S-8 (File No. 33-78868), Form S-8 (File No. 33-89214), Form S-8 (File No. 33-65443), Form S-8 (File No. 333-74825), Form S-8 (File No. 333-75312), and Form S-3 (file No. 333-109139) of Meridian Bioscience, Inc. of our report dated November 14, 2003 relating to the financial statements and financial statement schedule, which appears in this Form 10-K.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP Cincinnati, Ohio December 22, 2003 |
EXHIBIT 31.1
CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO SECURITIES EXCHANGE
ACT RULE 13a-14(a)
I, William J. Motto, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Meridian Bioscience, Inc.;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:
a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
c) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal year that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting;
5. The registrant's other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.
Date: December 22, 2003 /s/ William J. Motto ------------------------- William J. Motto Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer |
EXHIBIT 31.2
CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO SECURITIES EXCHANGE
ACT RULE 13a-14(a)
I, Melissa Lueke, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Meridian Bioscience, Inc.;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:
a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
c) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal year that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting;
5. The registrant's other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.
Date: December 22, 2003 /s/ Melissa Lueke --------------------- Melissa Lueke Vice President and Chief Financial Officer |
MERIDIAN BIOSCIENCE, INC.
EXHIBIT 32
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission of the Annual Report of Meridian Bioscience, Inc. (the "Company") on Form 10-K for the period ended September 30, 2003 (the "Report"), the undersigned officers of the Company, certify, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of their knowledge:
1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Act of 1934; and
2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
/s/ William J. Motto ---------------------- William J. Motto Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer December 22, 2003 /s/ Melissa Lueke ----------------- Melissa Lueke Vice President and Chief Financial Officer December 22, 2003 |